Performance Management Avaya Ethernet Routing

Performance Management
Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600
7.1
NN46205-704, 04.05
September 2011
© 2011 Avaya Inc.
Copyright
All Rights Reserved.
Except where expressly stated otherwise, no use should be made of
materials on this site, the Documentation, Software, or Hardware
provided by Avaya. All content on this site, the documentation and the
Product provided by Avaya including the selection, arrangement and
design of the content is owned either by Avaya or its licensors and is
protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws including the
sui generis rights relating to the protection of databases. You may not
modify, copy, reproduce, republish, upload, post, transmit or distribute
in any way any content, in whole or in part, including any code and
software unless expressly authorized by Avaya. Unauthorized
reproduction, transmission, dissemination, storage, and or use without
the express written consent of Avaya can be a criminal, as well as a
civil offense under the applicable law.
Notice
While reasonable efforts have been made to ensure that the
information in this document is complete and accurate at the time of
printing, Avaya assumes no liability for any errors. Avaya reserves the
right to make changes and corrections to the information in this
document without the obligation to notify any person or organization of
such changes.
Documentation disclaimer
“Documentation” means information published by Avaya in varying
mediums which may include product information, operating instructions
and performance specifications that Avaya generally makes available
to users of its products. Documentation does not include marketing
materials. Avaya shall not be responsible for any modifications,
additions, or deletions to the original published version of
documentation unless such modifications, additions, or deletions were
performed by Avaya. End User agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
Avaya, Avaya's agents, servants and employees against all claims,
lawsuits, demands and judgments arising out of, or in connection with,
subsequent modifications, additions or deletions to this documentation,
to the extent made by End User.
Third-party components
Certain software programs or portions thereof included in the Product
may contain software distributed under third party agreements (“Third
Party Components”), which may contain terms that expand or limit
rights to use certain portions of the Product (“Third Party Terms”).
Information regarding distributed Linux OS source code (for those
Products that have distributed the Linux OS source code), and
identifying the copyright holders of the Third Party Components and the
Third Party Terms that apply to them is available on the Avaya Support
Web site: http://support.avaya.com/Copyright.
Link disclaimer
Preventing Toll Fraud
Avaya is not responsible for the contents or reliability of any linked Web
sites referenced within this site or documentation provided by Avaya.
Avaya is not responsible for the accuracy of any information, statement
or content provided on these sites and does not necessarily endorse
the products, services, or information described or offered within them.
Avaya does not guarantee that these links will work all the time and has
no control over the availability of the linked pages.
“Toll fraud” is the unauthorized use of your telecommunications system
by an unauthorized party (for example, a person who is not a corporate
employee, agent, subcontractor, or is not working on your company's
behalf). Be aware that there can be a risk of Toll Fraud associated with
your system and that, if Toll Fraud occurs, it can result in substantial
additional charges for your telecommunications services.
Avaya Toll Fraud Intervention
Warranty
Avaya provides a limited warranty on its Hardware and Software
(“Product(s)”). Refer to your sales agreement to establish the terms of
the limited warranty. In addition, Avaya’s standard warranty language,
as well as information regarding support for this Product while under
warranty is available to Avaya customers and other parties through the
Avaya Support Web site: http://support.avaya.com. Please note that if
you acquired the Product(s) from an authorized Avaya reseller outside
of the United States and Canada, the warranty is provided to you by
said Avaya reseller and not by Avaya.
Licenses
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS AVAILABLE ON THE AVAYA
WEBSITE, HTTP://SUPPORT.AVAYA.COM/LICENSEINFO/ ARE
APPLICABLE TO ANYONE WHO DOWNLOADS, USES AND/OR
INSTALLS AVAYA SOFTWARE, PURCHASED FROM AVAYA INC.,
ANY AVAYA AFFILIATE, OR AN AUTHORIZED AVAYA RESELLER
(AS APPLICABLE) UNDER A COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT WITH
AVAYA OR AN AUTHORIZED AVAYA RESELLER. UNLESS
OTHERWISE AGREED TO BY AVAYA IN WRITING, AVAYA DOES
NOT EXTEND THIS LICENSE IF THE SOFTWARE WAS OBTAINED
FROM ANYONE OTHER THAN AVAYA, AN AVAYA AFFILIATE OR AN
AVAYA AUTHORIZED RESELLER; AVAYA RESERVES THE RIGHT
TO TAKE LEGAL ACTION AGAINST YOU AND ANYONE ELSE
USING OR SELLING THE SOFTWARE WITHOUT A LICENSE. BY
INSTALLING, DOWNLOADING OR USING THE SOFTWARE, OR
AUTHORIZING OTHERS TO DO SO, YOU, ON BEHALF OF
YOURSELF AND THE ENTITY FOR WHOM YOU ARE INSTALLING,
DOWNLOADING OR USING THE SOFTWARE (HEREINAFTER
REFERRED TO INTERCHANGEABLY AS “YOU” AND “END USER”),
AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AND CREATE A
BINDING CONTRACT BETWEEN YOU AND AVAYA INC. OR THE
APPLICABLE AVAYA AFFILIATE ( “AVAYA”).
2
If you suspect that you are being victimized by Toll Fraud and you need
technical assistance or support, call Technical Service Center Toll
Fraud Intervention Hotline at +1-800-643-2353 for the United States
and Canada. For additional support telephone numbers, see the Avaya
Support Web site: http://support.avaya.com. Suspected security
vulnerabilities with Avaya products should be reported to Avaya by
sending mail to: securityalerts@avaya.com.
Trademarks
The trademarks, logos and service marks (“Marks”) displayed in this
site, the Documentation and Product(s) provided by Avaya are the
registered or unregistered Marks of Avaya, its affiliates, or other third
parties. Users are not permitted to use such Marks without prior written
consent from Avaya or such third party which may own the Mark.
Nothing contained in this site, the Documentation and Product(s)
should be construed as granting, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise,
any license or right in and to the Marks without the express written
permission of Avaya or the applicable third party.
Avaya is a registered trademark of Avaya Inc.
All non-Avaya trademarks are the property of their respective owners,
and “Linux” is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
Downloading Documentation
For the most current versions of Documentation, see the Avaya
Support Web site: http://support.avaya.com.
Contact Avaya Support
Avaya provides a telephone number for you to use to report problems
or to ask questions about your Product. The support telephone number
is 1-800-242-2121 in the United States. For additional support
telephone numbers, see the Avaya Web site: http://support.avaya.com.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Contents
Chapter 1: New in this release........................................................................................... 11
Chapter 2: Introduction...................................................................................................... 13
Chapter 3: Performance management fundamentals...................................................... 17
Switch management tools......................................................................................................................... 17
Command line interface................................................................................................................... 18
Avaya command line interface......................................................................................................... 18
Enterprise Device Manager.............................................................................................................. 18
Dynamic network applications................................................................................................................... 18
Automatic trace......................................................................................................................................... 19
Switch fabric and ARP table...................................................................................................................... 19
Digital diagnostic monitoring..................................................................................................................... 20
Remote monitoring.................................................................................................................................... 20
RMON Alarms.................................................................................................................................. 21
RMON history................................................................................................................................... 23
RMON events................................................................................................................................... 23
RMON statistics................................................................................................................................ 23
Layer 2 and Layer 3 redundancy.............................................................................................................. 24
Layer 3 redundancy limitations and considerations......................................................................... 24
Internet Protocol Flow Information eXport................................................................................................ 25
Applications...................................................................................................................................... 26
IPFIX templates................................................................................................................................ 27
IPFIX concepts and terminology...................................................................................................... 27
Modules............................................................................................................................................ 29
FTP file transfer................................................................................................................................ 29
Flow statistics................................................................................................................................... 30
License information.......................................................................................................................... 30
Chapter 4: Chassis performance management using Enterprise Device Manager...... 31
Chassis performance management navigation......................................................................................... 31
Viewing the trap sender table.................................................................................................................... 31
Viewing system performance.................................................................................................................... 32
Configuring HA CPU for Layer 3 redundancy........................................................................................... 33
Enabling CPU High Availability................................................................................................................. 33
Chapter 5: Chassis performance management using the CLI........................................ 35
Viewing system performance.................................................................................................................... 35
Configuring HA CPU for Layer 3 redundancy........................................................................................... 36
Enabling CPU High Availability mode....................................................................................................... 36
Chapter 6: Chassis performance management with the ACLI........................................ 39
Viewing system performance.................................................................................................................... 39
Configuring HA CPU for Layer 3 redundancy........................................................................................... 40
Enabling the CPU High Availability mode................................................................................................. 41
Chapter 7: IPFIX configuration using Enterprise Device Manager................................. 43
Enabling IPFIX globally............................................................................................................................. 43
Configuring a slot for a collector................................................................................................................ 44
Configuring an exporter slot...................................................................................................................... 45
Performance Management
September 2011
3
Modifying IPFIX on a port.......................................................................................................................... 46
Chapter 8: IPFIX configuration using the CLI................................................................... 49
Enabling IPFIX globally............................................................................................................................. 52
Enabling ACL filters................................................................................................................................... 53
Enabling IPFIX on an ACL........................................................................................................................ 53
Configuring IPFIX parameters on a port................................................................................................... 54
Configuring IPFIX slot parameters............................................................................................................ 56
Configuring IPFIX collector parameters.................................................................................................... 57
Using the show ip ipfix commands............................................................................................................ 58
Displaying an exporter database.............................................................................................................. 60
Displaying exporter configuration.............................................................................................................. 61
Displaying hashing properties................................................................................................................... 61
Displaying collector information................................................................................................................ 61
Displaying global information.................................................................................................................... 62
Configuring the IPFIX local collector on a secondary SF/CPU................................................................. 62
Chapter 9: IPFIX configuration using the ACLI................................................................ 65
Enabling and disabling IPFIX globally....................................................................................................... 68
Enabling ACL filters................................................................................................................................... 69
Enabling IPFIX on an ACL........................................................................................................................ 70
Configuring IPFIX parameters on a port................................................................................................... 70
Job aid: Hash mask descriptions...................................................................................................... 72
Configuring IPFIX slot parameters............................................................................................................ 72
Configuring IPFIX collector parameters.................................................................................................... 73
Using the show ip ipfix commands............................................................................................................ 75
Displaying an exporter database.............................................................................................................. 76
Displaying exporter configuration.............................................................................................................. 78
Displaying interface information................................................................................................................ 79
Displaying collector information................................................................................................................ 80
Displaying global information.................................................................................................................... 81
Configuring the IPFIX local collector on a secondary SF/CPU................................................................. 82
Chapter 10: Port performance management using Enterprise Device Manager.......... 85
Configuring DDI......................................................................................................................................... 85
Viewing DDI information............................................................................................................................ 86
Setting rate limits....................................................................................................................................... 89
Enabling FDB protection on a port............................................................................................................ 90
Chapter 11: Port performance management using the CLI............................................. 93
Configuring DDI using the CLI.................................................................................................................. 94
Viewing DDI information using the CLI............................................................................................. 95
Viewing DDI module information using the CLI................................................................................ 96
Viewing DDI temperature information using the CLI........................................................................ 97
Viewing DDI voltage information using the CLI................................................................................ 98
Configuring an automatic trace using the CLI........................................................................................... 99
Configuring FDB protection on a port....................................................................................................... 100
Chapter 12: Port performance management using the ACLI.......................................... 103
Configuring DDI using the ACLI................................................................................................................ 104
Viewing DDI configuration information using the ACLI..................................................................... 106
Viewing DDI detailed information using the ACLI............................................................................. 106
4
Performance Management
September 2011
Viewing DDI module information using the ACLI.............................................................................. 108
Viewing DDI temperature information using the ACLI...................................................................... 109
Viewing DDI voltage information using the ACLI.............................................................................. 110
Configuring an automatic trace using the ACLI........................................................................................ 111
Configuring FDB protection on a port....................................................................................................... 112
Chapter 13: Graphing chassis statistics using Enterprise Device Manager................. 113
Chapter 14: Graphing port statistics using Enterprise Device Manager....................... 115
Chapter 15: Viewing chassis statistics using Enterprise Device Manager................... 117
Viewing chassis system statistics............................................................................................................. 117
Viewing chassis SNMP statistics.............................................................................................................. 118
Viewing chassis IP statistics..................................................................................................................... 120
Viewing chassis ICMP In statistics............................................................................................................ 122
Viewing chassis ICMP Out statistics......................................................................................................... 123
Viewing chassis TCP statistics.................................................................................................................. 124
Viewing chassis UDP statistics................................................................................................................. 126
Chapter 16: Viewing port statistics using Enterprise Device Manager......................... 129
Viewing port interface statistics................................................................................................................. 129
Viewing port Ethernet errors statistics....................................................................................................... 131
Viewing port bridging statistics.................................................................................................................. 134
Viewing port spanning tree statistics......................................................................................................... 134
Viewing port routing statistics.................................................................................................................... 135
Viewing port egress queue set statistics................................................................................................... 136
Viewing port DHCP statistics.................................................................................................................... 137
Viewing IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics.......................................................................................................... 137
Viewing port OSPF statistics..................................................................................................................... 138
Viewing LACP port statistics..................................................................................................................... 139
Viewing RMON statistics for a specific port.............................................................................................. 140
Viewing RMON statistics........................................................................................................................... 141
Chapter 17: Displaying flash and PCMCIA statistics using Enterprise Device Manager 143
Chapter 18: Displaying file statistics using Enterprise Device Manager....................... 145
Chapter 19: Viewing IPFIX statistics using Enterprise Device Manager....................... 147
Viewing IPFIX hash statistics using Enterprise Device Manager.............................................................. 147
Viewing IPFIX exporter statistics using Enterprise Device Manager........................................................ 148
Chapter 20: Viewing QoS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager......................... 149
Viewing QoS policy statistics.................................................................................................................... 149
Viewing egress queue statistics................................................................................................................ 150
Viewing ACE port statistics....................................................................................................................... 151
Viewing ACL statistics............................................................................................................................... 152
Viewing filter statistics............................................................................................................................... 153
Clearing ACL statistics.............................................................................................................................. 153
Chapter 21: Viewing multicast statistics using Enterprise Device Manager................. 155
Enabling the collection of multicast statistics............................................................................................ 155
Viewing Retransmit parameters using Enterprise Device Manager.......................................................... 156
Viewing Interface Spms/Rdata statistics................................................................................................... 157
Viewing Session Spms/Rdata statistics.................................................................................................... 158
Viewing Session NAK statistics................................................................................................................. 159
Viewing Interface NAK statistics............................................................................................................... 160
Performance Management
September 2011
5
Chapter 22: Viewing VLAN statistics using Enterprise Device Manager....................... 163
Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree CIST statistics using Enterprise Device Manager............................. 163
Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree MSTI statistics using Enterprise Device Manager............................. 165
Viewing RSTP status statistics.................................................................................................................. 166
Viewing VRRP interface stats................................................................................................................... 167
Viewing VRRP statistics............................................................................................................................ 168
Viewing VRRP graph statistics.................................................................................................................. 169
Viewing IPv6 VRRP statistics.................................................................................................................... 169
Viewing IPv6 VRRP interface statistics..................................................................................................... 170
Chapter 23: Viewing SMLT statistics using Enterprise Device Manager....................... 173
Viewing SMLT statistics............................................................................................................................ 173
Viewing MLT Ethernet error statistics........................................................................................................ 175
Viewing IST statistics................................................................................................................................ 178
Chapter 24: Viewing routing statistics using Enterprise Device Manager.................... 181
Viewing ACE/ACL port statistics............................................................................................................... 181
Viewing RIP statistics................................................................................................................................ 182
Viewing IPv6 interface statistics................................................................................................................ 183
Viewing IPv6 OSPF statistics.................................................................................................................... 185
Viewing OSPF chassis statistics............................................................................................................... 186
Viewing global BGP statistics.................................................................................................................... 187
Chapter 25: Viewing multicast route statistics using Enterprise Device Manager....... 193
Chapter 26: Viewing MPLS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager...................... 195
Viewing MPLS receive statistics............................................................................................................... 195
Viewing MPLS transmit statistics.............................................................................................................. 196
Viewing MPLS LDP statistics.................................................................................................................... 196
Viewing MPLS LDP session stats............................................................................................................. 198
Viewing MPLS RSVP global statistics....................................................................................................... 200
Viewing MPLS RSVP interface statistics.................................................................................................. 201
Chapter 27: Viewing VRF statistics for a VRF using Enterprise Device Manager........ 203
Chapter 28: Viewing EAPoL statistics using Enterprise Device Manager..................... 205
Viewing EAPoL Authenticator statistics.................................................................................................... 205
Viewing EAPoL diagnostic statistics......................................................................................................... 206
Viewing EAPoL session statistics............................................................................................................. 209
Showing the Authenticator Session Statistics........................................................................................... 210
Chapter 29: Viewing RADIUS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager................... 213
Showing RADIUS server statistics............................................................................................................ 213
Showing RADIUS IPv6 server statistics.................................................................................................... 214
Chapter 30: Viewing DHCP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager...................... 217
Viewing DHCP statistics............................................................................................................................ 217
Chapter 31: Viewing SNMP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager...................... 219
Showing SNMP statistics.......................................................................................................................... 219
Chapter 32: Viewing UDP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager......................... 221
Viewing UDP statistics.............................................................................................................................. 221
Chapter 33: Viewing PCAP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager...................... 223
Viewing PCAP stats.................................................................................................................................. 223
Chapter 34: Viewing RMON statistics using Enterprise Device Manager..................... 225
6
Performance Management
September 2011
Enabling RMON statistics (default)........................................................................................................... 225
Verifying RMON statistics are enabled...................................................................................................... 226
Enabling RMON statistics (nondefault owner).......................................................................................... 227
Viewing RMON statistics........................................................................................................................... 228
Viewing RMON history statistics............................................................................................................... 230
Chapter 35: CLI statistics command reference................................................................ 233
Roadmap of CLI commands for viewing statistics.................................................................................... 233
Chapter 36: Viewing TCP statistics using the CLI........................................................... 239
Chapter 37: Viewing interface statistics using the CLI................................................... 241
Viewing Port routing statistics................................................................................................................... 241
Displaying bridging statistics for specific ports.......................................................................................... 242
Displaying DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports................................................................................... 243
Viewing IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics.......................................................................................................... 244
Displaying LACP statistics for specific ports............................................................................................. 244
Displaying RMON statistics for specific ports............................................................................................ 245
Viewing VRRP interface statistics............................................................................................................. 247
Viewing IPv6 VRRP statistics.................................................................................................................... 248
Chapter 38: Viewing IPFIX statistics using the CLI......................................................... 249
Viewing IPFIX exporter statistics............................................................................................................... 249
Viewing IPFIX hash statistics.................................................................................................................... 250
Chapter 39: Viewing QoS statistics using the CLI........................................................... 253
Traffic shaping statistics............................................................................................................................ 253
Displaying egress queue set statistics...................................................................................................... 254
Displaying egress queue statistics for specific ports................................................................................. 255
Displaying policing statistics...................................................................................................................... 256
Clearing ACL default statistics.................................................................................................................. 258
Displaying ACE for each-port statistics..................................................................................................... 258
Clearing ACE for each-port statistics........................................................................................................ 259
Clearing traffic filter statistics.................................................................................................................... 260
Showing traffic filter statistics.................................................................................................................... 261
Chapter 40: Viewing multicast statistics using the CLI................................................... 263
Showing PGM retransmission statistics.................................................................................................... 263
Showing PGM session statistics............................................................................................................... 264
Showing PGM interface statistics.............................................................................................................. 266
Showing PGM interface nak statistics....................................................................................................... 267
Showing PGM interface parity statistics.................................................................................................... 268
Viewing multicast and unicast statistics using the CLI.............................................................................. 268
Chapter 41: Viewing 10GbE statistics using the CLI....................................................... 271
Showing port statistics.............................................................................................................................. 271
Viewing 10 GbE WAN section statistics using the CLI.............................................................................. 273
Viewing 10 GbE current section statistics at a specified interval using the CLI........................................ 274
Viewing 10 GbE WAN current line statistics using the CLI....................................................................... 275
Viewing 10 GbE WAN line statistics at a specified interval using the CLI................................................. 277
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far end line statistics using the CLI....................................................................... 278
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far end line statistics at a specified interval using the CLI.................................... 279
Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics using the CLI.................................................................................. 280
Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics at a specified interval using the CLI............................................... 281
Performance Management
September 2011
7
Viewing 10 GbE WAN FE path statistics using the CLI............................................................................ 283
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far end path statistics at a specified interval using the CLI................................... 284
Viewing 10 GbE SONET medium statistics using the CLI........................................................................ 285
Chapter 42: Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree statistics using the CLI....................... 287
Viewing RSTP status statistics using the CLI........................................................................................... 287
Viewing RSTP port statistics..................................................................................................................... 288
Viewing STG statistics counters................................................................................................................ 289
Viewing MSTP statistics using the CLI...................................................................................................... 290
Viewing MLT statistics............................................................................................................................... 291
Chapter 43: Setting the duration and interval to monitor statistics using the CLI....... 293
Chapter 44: Viewing OSPF statistics using the CLI......................................................... 295
Configuring the switch to monitor OSPF statistics.................................................................................... 295
Showing OSPF error statistics on a port using the CLI............................................................................. 296
Viewing OSPF interface statistics using the CLI....................................................................................... 297
Viewing OSPF range statistics using the CLI............................................................................................ 299
Viewing basic OSPF statistics on a port using the CLI............................................................................. 300
Showing extended OSPF statistics using the CLI..................................................................................... 301
Chapter 45: Viewing LACP statistics using the CLI......................................................... 303
Chapter 46: Viewing MPLS statistics using the CLI........................................................ 305
Enabling MPLS receive statistics.............................................................................................................. 305
Showing the MPLS receive statistics configuration.................................................................................. 306
Showing MPLS receive statistics.............................................................................................................. 307
Enabling MPLS transmit statistics............................................................................................................. 308
Showing the MPLS transmit statistics configuration................................................................................. 308
Showing MPLS transmit statistics............................................................................................................. 309
Showing MPLS LDP statistics................................................................................................................... 310
Viewing MPLS RSVP statistics................................................................................................................. 312
Chapter 47: Viewing EAPoL statistics using the CLI....................................................... 315
Showing the EAPoL status of the device.................................................................................................. 315
Showing EAPoL Authenticator statistics................................................................................................... 315
Showing EAPoL Authenticator diagnostics............................................................................................... 317
Showing EAPoL Authenticator session statistics...................................................................................... 319
Showing EAPoL configuration statistics.................................................................................................... 321
Showing EAPoL operation statistics......................................................................................................... 322
Chapter 48: Viewing RADIUS statistics using the CLI..................................................... 325
Chapter 49: Viewing DHCP relay statistics using the CLI............................................... 327
Chapter 50: Viewing RMON statistics using the CLI....................................................... 329
Configuring the switch to capture RMON statistics................................................................................... 329
Viewing RMON statistics........................................................................................................................... 330
Chapter 51: Viewing PCAP statistics using the CLI........................................................ 331
Chapter 52: Viewing MSDP statistics using the CLI........................................................ 333
Chapter 53: ACLI statistics command reference............................................................. 335
Roadmap of ACLI commands for viewing statistics.................................................................................. 335
Chapter 54: Viewing TCP statistics using the ACLI......................................................... 341
Chapter 55: Viewing interface statistics using the ACLI................................................. 343
Viewing Port routing statistics................................................................................................................... 343
8
Performance Management
September 2011
Displaying bridging statistics for specific ports.......................................................................................... 344
Displaying DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports................................................................................... 345
Viewing IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics.......................................................................................................... 347
Displaying IPVPN statistics for specific ports............................................................................................ 347
Displaying LACP statistics for specific ports............................................................................................. 348
Displaying RMON statistics for specific ports............................................................................................ 349
Displaying STG statistics for specific ports............................................................................................... 351
Displaying statistics for all ports................................................................................................................ 352
Viewing VRRP interface statistics............................................................................................................. 353
Viewing IPv6 VRRP statistics.................................................................................................................... 354
Chapter 56: Viewing IPFIX statistics using the ACLI....................................................... 357
Viewing IPFIX exporter statistics............................................................................................................... 357
Viewing IPFIX hash statistics.................................................................................................................... 358
Chapter 57: Viewing QoS statistics using the ACLI........................................................ 361
Traffic shaping statistics............................................................................................................................ 361
Displaying egress queue set statistics...................................................................................................... 362
Displaying egress queue statistics for specific ports................................................................................. 363
Displaying policing statistics...................................................................................................................... 364
Clearing ACL statistics.............................................................................................................................. 365
Viewing ACE port statistics....................................................................................................................... 366
Clearing ACE for each-port statistics........................................................................................................ 367
Clearing traffic filter statistics.................................................................................................................... 367
Showing traffic filter statistics.................................................................................................................... 368
Chapter 58: Viewing multicast statistics using the ACLI................................................ 371
Showing PGM retransmission statistics.................................................................................................... 371
Showing PGM session statistics............................................................................................................... 372
Showing PGM interface statistics.............................................................................................................. 374
Showing PGM interface NAK statistics..................................................................................................... 375
Showing PGM interface parity statistics.................................................................................................... 376
Chapter 59: Viewing 10GbE statistics using the ACLI.................................................... 377
Viewing 10 GbE WAN section statistics using the ACLI........................................................................... 378
Viewing 10 GbE current section statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI...................................... 379
Viewing 10 GbE WAN current line statistics using the ACLI..................................................................... 380
Viewing 10 GbE WAN line statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI.............................................. 381
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far-end line statistics using the ACLI..................................................................... 383
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far-end line statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI.................................. 384
Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics using the ACLI................................................................................ 385
Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI............................................. 386
Viewing 10 GbE WAN FE path statistics using the ACLI.......................................................................... 388
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far-end path statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI................................ 389
Viewing 10 GbE SONET medium statistics using the ACLI...................................................................... 390
Procedure steps............................................................................................................................... 390
Variable definitions........................................................................................................................... 390
Job aid: Output for show port statistics wis fepathcurrent................................................................ 391
Chapter 60: Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree statistics using the ACLI..................... 393
Viewing MSTP statistics using the ACLI................................................................................................... 393
Viewing RSTP statistics............................................................................................................................ 394
Performance Management
September 2011
9
Viewing RSTP port statistics..................................................................................................................... 395
Viewing MLT statistics............................................................................................................................... 396
Chapter 61: Viewing OSPF statistics using the ACLI...................................................... 399
Showing OSPF error statistics on a port................................................................................................... 399
Viewing OSPF interface statistics............................................................................................................. 400
Viewing OSPF range statistics.................................................................................................................. 402
Viewing basic OSPF statistics on a port................................................................................................... 404
Showing extended OSPF statistics using the CLI..................................................................................... 405
Chapter 62: Viewing LACP statistics using the ACLI...................................................... 407
Chapter 63: Viewing MPLS statistics using the ACLI...................................................... 409
Enabling MPLS receive statistics.............................................................................................................. 409
Enabling MPLS transmit statistics............................................................................................................. 410
Showing MPLS receive statistics.............................................................................................................. 410
Showing MPLS transmit statistics............................................................................................................. 411
Showing MPLS LDP statistics................................................................................................................... 412
Viewing MPLS RSVP statistics................................................................................................................. 414
Chapter 64: Viewing EAPoL statistics using the ACLI.................................................... 417
Showing the EAPoL status of the device.................................................................................................. 417
Showing EAPoL Authenticator statistics................................................................................................... 417
Showing Showing EAPoL session statistics............................................................................................. 421
Chapter 65: Viewing RADIUS statistics using the ACLI.................................................. 423
Chapter 66: Viewing DHCP relay statistics using the ACLI............................................ 425
Chapter 67: Viewing RMON statistics using the ACLI..................................................... 427
Chapter 68: Viewing PCAP statistics using the ACLI...................................................... 429
Chapter 69: Viewing MSDP statistics using the ACLI..................................................... 431
Chapter 70: RMON alarm variables................................................................................... 433
Chapter 71: Customer Service........................................................................................... 455
10
Performance Management
September 2011
Chapter 1: New in this release
The following sections detail what's new in Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 Performance
Management , NN46205-704 for Release 7.1.
Features on page 11
Features
There are no updates to this document in Release 7.1.
Performance Management
September 2011
11
New in this release
12
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 2: Introduction
The Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 is a flexible and multifunctional switch that supports a
range of network architectures and protocols. This guide to performance management for the Ethernet
Routing Switch 8800/8600 provides information about switch management tools, the Dynamic Network
Applications feature, SNMP, RMON, IPFIX, and viewing and creating graphs for statistics.
For information about remote and port mirroring, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600
Troubleshooting , NN46205-703 .
Navigation
• Performance management fundamentals on page 17
• Chassis performance management using Enterprise Device Manager on page 31
• Chassis performance management using the CLI on page 35
• Chassis performance management with the ACLI on page 39
• IPFIX configuration using Enterprise Device Manager on page 43
• IPFIX configuration using the CLI on page 49
• IPFIX configuration using the ACLI on page 65
• Port performance management using Enterprise Device Manager on page 85
• Port performance management using the CLI on page 93
• Port performance management using the ACLI on page 103
• Graphing chassis statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 113
• Graphing port statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 115
• Viewing chassis statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 117
• Viewing port statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 129
• Displaying flash and PCMCIA statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 143
• Displaying file statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 145
• Viewing IPFIX statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 147
• Viewing QoS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 149
• Viewing multicast statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 155
Performance Management
September 2011
13
Introduction
• Viewing VLAN statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 163
• Viewing SMLT statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 173
• Viewing routing statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 181
• Viewing multicast route statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 193
• Viewing MPLS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 195
• Viewing EAPoL statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 205
• Viewing RADIUS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 213
• Viewing DHCP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 217
• Viewing SNMP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 219
• Viewing UDP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 221
• Viewing PCAP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 223
• Viewing RMON statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 225
• CLI statistics command reference on page 233
• Viewing TCP statistics using the CLI on page 239
• Viewing interface statistics using the CLI on page 241
• Viewing IPFIX statistics using the CLI on page 249
• Viewing QoS statistics using the CLI on page 253
• Viewing multicast statistics using the CLI on page 263
• Viewing 10GbE statistics using the CLI on page 271
• Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree statistics using the CLI on page 287
• Setting the duration and interval to monitor statistics using the CLI on page 293
• Viewing OSPF statistics using the CLI on page 295
• Viewing LACP statistics using the CLI on page 303
• Viewing MPLS statistics using the CLI on page 305
• Viewing EAPoL statistics using the CLI on page 315
• Viewing RADIUS statistics using the CLI on page 325
• Viewing DHCP relay statistics using the CLI on page 327
• Viewing RMON statistics using the CLI on page 329
• Viewing PCAP statistics using the CLI on page 331
• Viewing MSDP statistics using the CLI on page 333
• ACLI statistics command reference on page 335
• Viewing TCP statistics using the ACLI on page 341
14
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Navigation
• Viewing interface statistics using the ACLI on page 343
• Viewing IPFIX statistics using the ACLI on page 357
• Viewing QoS statistics using the ACLI on page 361
• Viewing multicast statistics using the ACLI on page 371
• Viewing 10GbE statistics using the ACLI on page 377
• Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree statistics using the ACLI on page 393
• Viewing OSPF statistics using the ACLI on page 399
• Viewing LACP statistics using the ACLI on page 407
• Viewing MPLS statistics using the ACLI on page 409
• Viewing EAPoL statistics using the ACLI on page 417
• Viewing RADIUS statistics using the ACLI on page 423
• Viewing DHCP relay statistics using the ACLI on page 425
• Viewing RMON statistics using the ACLI on page 427
• Viewing PCAP statistics using the ACLI on page 429
• Viewing MSDP statistics using the ACLI on page 431
• RMON alarm variables on page 433
• Customer Service on page 455
Performance Management
September 2011
15
Introduction
16
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 3: Performance management
fundamentals
Performance management includes the management tools and features that are available to monitor and
manage your routing switch. This chapter provides overviews for Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP), Remote Monitoring (RMON), Internet Protocol Flow Information eXport (IPFIX), and Digital
Diagnostic Monitoring.
Navigation
• Switch management tools on page 17
• Dynamic network applications on page 18
• Automatic trace on page 19
• Switch fabric and ARP table on page 19
• Remote monitoring on page 20
• Layer 2 and Layer 3 redundancy on page 24
• Internet Protocol Flow Information eXport on page 25
• License information on page 30
Switch management tools
Four management tools are available to monitor and manage the switch:
• Command line interface on page 18
• Avaya command line interface on page 18
• Enterprise Device Manager on page 18
Performance Management
September 2011
17
Performance management fundamentals
Command line interface
To access the command line interface (CLI) initially, you need a direct connection to the switch
from a terminal or PC. After you enable Telnet, you can access the CLI from a Telnet session
on the network.
The CLI consists of two sets of commands that you access in different ways. While the switch
boots, you can interrupt the boot process and display the Boot Monitor CLI, which contains
commands to configure boot options and to manage files in flash memory. The logon screen
for the run-time CLI appears after the boot sequence is complete. The run-time CLI contains
commands to configure switch operations and management access.
For more information about the CLI, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 User
Interface Fundamentals, NN46205-308.
Avaya command line interface
The Avaya command line interface (ACLI) is a standard CLI that you can use to device
management across Avaya products. The ACLI has five major command modes, accesses in
order of increasing privileges. Each mode provides a specific set of commands. The command
set of a high-privilege mode is a superset of a low-privilege mode. You can access all lowprivilege mode commands if you use a high-privilege mode.
To learn the basic structure and operation of the ACLI, and the command modes, see Avaya
Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 User Interface Fundamentals, NN46205-308.
Enterprise Device Manager
The Enterprise Device Manager interface is a Web-based GUI tool that operates with a Web
browser. Use it to configure and monitor a single device and to access and monitor devices
on your network from various locations within the network.
To access the Enterprise Device Manager interface, you need a Web browser and an IP
address for the switch. For more information, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600
User Interface Fundamentals, NN46205-308.
Dynamic network applications
The remote access services, for example the File Transfer Protocol (FTP), Trivial FTP (TFTP),
rlogin, and Telnet, supported on the Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 Release 5.0
use daemons. These remote access daemons start unconditionally to enhance security.
18
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Automatic trace
After you disable a daemon flag, all existing connections abruptly terminate, and the daemon
remains idle (accepts no connection requests). Additionally, if the High Availability (HA) CPU
is on and you disable a daemon, all existing connections, even those to the standby Switch
Fabric/Central Processing Unit (SF/CPU), abruptly terminate.
Use the following dynamic network applications to manage remote access services:
• access policies
• port lock
• CLI access
• ACLI access
• SNMP community strings
• Enterprise Device Manager interface access
For instructions to enable remote access services, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch
8800/8600 Commissioning, NN46205-319.
For information about how to access policies, lock a port, access the CLI, access the ACLI,
and configure SNMP community strings, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600
Security, NN46205-100.
For information about how to access the Enterprise Device Manager interface, see Avaya
Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 User Interface Fundamentals, NN46205-308.
Automatic trace
You can configure the switch to automatically enable a trace if SF/CPU usage reaches a
predefined value. If you enable automatic trace, the SF/CPU usage increases by up to
30 percent.
If you enable or disable automatic trace, the information is not saved to the configuration file.
After an Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 reboots, automatic trace is disabled.
Switch fabric and ARP table
You can use the Test tab in Enterprise Device Manager to perform two tests: test the switch
fabric and check the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table for consistency.
The fabric test causes the SF/CPU to generate traffic and send it through the switch fabric.
Adhering to the forwarding rate of the Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600, the SF/CPU
generates minimal traffic, but it performs a simple test of the switch fabric memory.
Performance Management
September 2011
19
Performance management fundamentals
The ARP table test performs a consistency check on address resolution table entries.
Digital diagnostic monitoring
You use Digital Diagnostic Monitoring (DDM) to monitor laser operating characteristics such
as temperature, voltage, current, and power. This feature works at any time during active laser
operation without affecting data traffic. Two optical transceivers support DDM: Small Formfactor Pluggable (SFP) tranceivers and 10 Gigabit SFPs (XFP).
Digital Diagnostic Interface (DDI) is an interface that supports DDM. These devices provide
real-time monitoring of individual DDI SFPs and XFPs on a variety of Avaya products. The
DDM software provides warnings or alarms after the temperature, voltage, laser bias current,
transmitter power or receiver power falls outside of vendor-specified thresholds during
initialization.
For information about SFPs and XFPs, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600
Installation — SFP, XFP, GBIC, and OADM Hardware Components ., NN46205-305.
Remote monitoring
Remote monitoring (RMON) is a management information base (MIB) or a group of
management objects that you use to obtain or configure values using the Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP). Use the CLI, ACLI, or Enterprise Device Manager to globally
enable RMON for devices on the switch. After you globally enable RMON, you then enable
monitoring for individual devices on a port-by-port basis.
RMON has four major functions:
• configure alarms for user-defined events
• collect Ethernet statistics
• log events
• send traps for events
Within Device Manager, you can configure RMON alarms that relate to specific events or
variables by selecting these variables from a list. Specify events associated with alarms to trap
or log-and-trap. In turn, tripped alarms are trapped or logged.
You can view all RMON information using Device Manager, the CLI, or the ACLI. Alternatively,
you can use any management application that supports SNMP traps to view RMON trap
information.
20
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Remote monitoring
This section includes the following concepts:
• RMON Alarms on page 21
• RMON history on page 23
• RMON events on page 23
• RMON statistics on page 23
RMON Alarms
You can use alarms to alert you if the value of a variable goes out of range. You can define
RMON alarms on any MIB variable that resolves to an integer value. You cannot use string
variables (such as system description) as alarm variables.
All alarms share the following characteristics:
• a defined upper and lower threshold value
• a corresponding rising and falling event
• an alarm interval or polling period
After you activate alarms, you can view the activity in a log or a trap log, or you can create a
script to alert you by beeping at a console, sending an e-mail, or calling a pager.
The alarm variable is polled and the result is compared with upper and lower limit values
selected when the alarm is created. If either limit is reached or crossed during the polling period,
then the alarm fires and generates an event that you can view in the event log or the trap
log.
The upper limit of the alarm is the rising value, and the lower limit is the falling value. RMON
periodically samples data based upon the alarm interval. During the first interval that the data
exceeds the rising value, the alarm fires as a rising event. During the first interval that the data
drops below the falling value, the alarm fires as a falling event.
Figure 1: How alarms fire
The alarm fires during the first interval that the sample goes out of range. No additional events
generate for that threshold until the opposite threshold is crossed. Therefore, it is important to
carefully define the rising and falling threshold values for alarms. Incorrect thresholds cause
an alarm to fire at every alarm interval.
Performance Management
September 2011
21
Performance management fundamentals
A general rule is to define one threshold value to an expected baseline value, and then define
the opposite threshold as the out-of-bounds limit. Because of sample averaging, the value is
equal to ±1 baseline unit. For example, assume you define an alarm with octets leaving a port
as the variable. The intent of the alarm is to notify you if excessive traffic occurs on that port.
You enable spanning tree, and then 52 octets transmit from the port every 2 seconds, which
is equivalent to baseline traffic of 260 octets every 10 seconds. This alarm notifies you if the
lower limit of exiting octets is defined at 260 and the upper limit is defined at 320 (or at any
value greater than 260 + 52 = 312).
The first time outbound traffic other than spanning tree Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs)
occurs, the rising alarm fires. After outbound traffic other than spanning tree ceases, the falling
alarm fires. This process provides the time intervals of any nonbaseline outbound traffic.
If you define the alarm with a falling threshold less than 260 (assuming the alarm polling interval
is 10 seconds), for example, 250, then the rising alarm can fire only once, as shown in the
following example. The falling alarm (the opposite threshold) must fire for the rising alarm to
fire a second time. The falling alarm cannot fire unless the port becomes inactive or you disable
spanning tree (which causes the value for outbound octets to drop to zero) because the
baseline traffic is always greater than the value of the falling threshold. By definition, the failure
of the falling alarm to fire prevents the rising alarm from firing a second time.
Figure 2: Alarm example, threshold less than 260
When you create an alarm, you select a variable from the variable list and a port, or another
switch component to which the port connects. Some variables require port IDs, card IDs, or
other indexes (for example, spanning tree group IDs). You then select a rising and a falling
threshold value. The rising and falling values compare to the actual value of the variable that
you choose. If the variable falls outside of the rising or falling value range, an alarm triggers
and an event is logged or trapped.
When you create an alarm, you also select a sample type, which can be either absolute or
delta. Define absolute alarms based on the cumulative value of the alarm variable. An example
of an absolute alarm value is card operating status. Because this value is not cumulative, but
represents states, such as card up (value 1) and card down (value 2), you configure it as the
absolute value. Therefore, you can create an alarm with a rising value of 2 and a falling value
of 1 to alert you whether the card is up or down.
Configure most alarm variables related to Ethernet traffic as a delta value. Define delta alarms
based on the difference in the value of the alarm variable between the start of the polling period
and the end of the polling period. Delta alarms are sampled twice for each polling period. For
each sample, the last two values are added and compared to the threshold values. This
process increases precision and detects threshold crossings that span the sampling boundary.
22
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Remote monitoring
Therefore, if you track the current values of a delta-valued alarm and add them, the result is
twice the actual value. This result is not a software error.
RMON history
The RMON history group records periodic statistical samples from a network. A sample is a
history and is gathered in time intervals referred to as buckets. You enable and create histories
to establish a time-dependent method to gather RMON statistics on a port. The following are
the default values for history:
• Buckets are gathered at 30-minute intervals.
• The number of buckets gathered is 50.
You can configure both the time interval and the number of buckets. However, after the last
bucket is reached, bucket 1 is dumped and recycled to hold a new bucket of statistics. Then
bucket 2 is dumped, and so forth.
RMON events
RMON events and alarms work together to notify you when values in your network go out of
a specified range. After a value passes the specified range, the alarm fires. The event specifies
how the activity is recorded.
An event specifies whether a trap, a log, or a trap and a log are generated to view alarm activity.
After you globally enable RMON, two default events occur:
• RisingEvent
• FallingEvent
The default events specify that after an alarm goes out of range, both a trap and a log track
the firing of the alarm. For example, after an alarm fires at the rising threshold, the rising event
instructs to send this information to both a trap and a log. Likewise, after an alarm passes the
falling threshold, the falling event instructs to send this information to a trap and a log.
RMON statistics
You can use Device Manager to gather and graph Ethernet statistics in a variety of formats, or
you can save the statistics to a file and export them to a third-party presentation or graphing
application.
This implementation of RMON requires a control row for Ethernet statistics. This control row
appears as port 0/1 when you choose RMON, Control, Ethernet Statistics. The row ID is
reserved for the control row. Therefore, some automated tests, such as ANVL, can fail when
the test attempts to create a row 1.
Performance Management
September 2011
23
Performance management fundamentals
Layer 2 and Layer 3 redundancy
Layer 2 redundancy supports the synchronization of virtual local area network (VLAN) and
Quality of Service (QoS) software parameters. Layer 3 redundancy, which is an extension of
and includes the Layer 2 redundancy software feature, supports the synchronization of VLAN
and QoS software parameters, static and default route records, ARP entries, and LAN virtual
interfaces. Specifically, Layer 3 redundancy passes table information and Layer 3 protocolspecific control packets to the Standby SF/CPU.
If you use Layer 2 and Layer 3 redundancy, the bootconfig file is saved to both the Master and
the Standby SF/CPUs, and the Standby SF/CPU resets automatically. You must manually reset
the Master SF/CPU.
Layer 3 redundancy limitations and considerations
CPU HA mode is a Layer 3 redundancy feature. If you enable the HA mode, certain features
can become disabled. For information about feature support in CPU HA mode for each
software release, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 Administration,
NN46205-605.
Avaya recommends that you save your configuration before you enable CPU HA mode.
Layer 3 redundancy (CPU HA) is not compatible with the Packet Capture Tool (PCAP). Ensure
that you disable CPU HA before you use the PCAP.
If you enable Layer 3 redundancy, you disable the brouter port capability; you cannot assign
IP addresses to Ethernet ports. To assign an IP address, you must create a VLAN, add ports
to that VLAN, and then assign the IP address.
You must reboot to activate the CPU HA mode.
For information about how to configure ARP and IP static routes, see Avaya Ethernet Routing
Switch 8800/8600 Configuration ― IP Routing, NN46205-500. For information about IP
dynamic routing protocols, for example, Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) and the Routing
Information Protocol (RIP), see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 Configuration OSPF and RIP , NN46205-522.
If you want to use the HA mode, verify that the link speed and duplex mode for the SF/CPU
module are 100 Mb/s and Full Duplex. If you do not configure the link to 100 Mb/s and Full
Duplex mode, you cannot synchronize the two SF/CPUs or the synchronization can take a
long time. Error messages can appear on the console.(Q00839619) In HA mode, Avaya
recommends that you do not configure the OSPF hello timers for less than 1 second, and the
dead router interval for less for than 15 seconds(Q01445505).
24
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Internet Protocol Flow Information eXport
Internet Protocol Flow Information eXport
Internet Protocol Flow Information eXport (IPFIX) is an Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF)
standard that improves the Netflow Version 9 (V9) protocol. Use IPFIX to monitor IP flows on
the Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 platforms and on other Avaya switching platforms.
An IP flow is a set of packets, with the following common properties, that are sent over a period
of time:
• source IP address
• destination IP address
• protocol type
• source protocol port
• destination protocol port
• ingress VLAN ID
• ingress port and observation point (VLAN or port)
The IPFIX monitoring tool shows egress port information. After the egress port information is
available, the IPFIX record is updated.
You can view the flow information using Enterprise Device Manager, the CLI, or the ACLI.
The flow information is exported periodically to third-party collectors. The collector stores a
large number of flow records from several devices in the network. The IPFIX standard specifies
the protocol for exporting flows to the collector, including the formatting of flow records and the
underlying transport protocols, such as UDP, TCP, or SCTP. Avaya recommends that you use
the collector agent NetQoS.
IPFIX and advanced filters allow collection of IP flow information for ACL’s that have a deny
action.
This section includes the following concepts:
• Applications on page 26
• IPFIX templates on page 27
• IPFIX concepts and terminology on page 27
• Modules on page 29
• FTP file transfer on page 29
• Flow statistics on page 30
Performance Management
September 2011
25
Performance management fundamentals
Applications
Third-party applications collect flow information from the collector and use it to monitor network
flow volume.
IPFIX specifies requirements to meter flows, to export or report flows to a collector, and for the
interface between the exporter and collector. Avaya switching platforms run the metering and
reporting processes, and the collector runs on a server or an appliance.
Export flow information to a third-party collector or a local collector on PCMCIA by exporting
as you do for the Netflow V9 format by using the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) as the
transport protocol. The collector and report generating applications are developed by third
parties. The following figure shows the IPFIX data collection process.
Figure 3: IPFIX collecting and reporting functions
Some third-party tools use this information to generate interactive graphic displays of traffic
patterns, as shown in the following examples:
• Show the top 10 user flows with the largest data rates.
• Show the flow patterns between subnets.
26
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Internet Protocol Flow Information eXport
• Show the bandwidth use on an interface by protocol type or by user IP addresses.
• Monitor the QoS level in the flow records to characterize Voice over IP (VoIP) traffic.
• Characterize certain viruses by a well-known UDP port number. You can use this
information for the following purposes:
- planning a network
- troubleshooting a live network
- monitoring security threats and anomalous behaviors such as viruses or Denial of
Service (DoS) attacks
- billing and accounting
Accurate billing requires monitoring every packet in a flow. The Avaya implementation performs
this task if the route switch processor (RSP) loading permits it. However, if the RSP processes
a high traffic volume and you configure IPFIX metering to sample one in several packets, billing
is impossible.
IPFIX templates
In addition to flow records, you can export additional information by using IPFIX templates. For
example, collector applications can use the information to create differentiating features, such
as tracking flows by Uniform Resource Locator (URL).
You can use the PCMCIA card on the secondary SF/CPU as a local or an external collector.
You can develop your own scripts to analyze exported records.
IPFIX concepts and terminology
The following table shows definitions for common IPFIX concepts.
Table 1: IPFIX concepts and terminology
Term
Description
Observation point
An observation point is a network location where you can
observe IP packets. Examples include a port or a VLAN.
Observation domain
The set of observation points that is the largest set of flow
information that can be aggregated at the metering process.
Each observation domain uses a unique ID for the export
process to identify the IPFIX messages it generates. For
example, a router line card can comprise several interfaces with
each interface being an observation point. Every observation
point is associated with an observation domain.
Performance Management
September 2011
27
Performance management fundamentals
Term
Description
IP traffic flow or flow
A set of IP packets that pass an observation point in the network
during a certain time interval. All packets belonging to a
particular flow have a set of common properties. In the Avaya
IPFIX implementation, IP SRC, IP DST, IP Protocol, SrcPort,
Dst port and observation point uniquely define a flow.
Flow key
Each field that
• belongs to the packet header (for example, destination IP
address)
• is a property of the packet itself (for example, packet length)
• is derived from packet treatment (for example, AS number)
A field used to define a flow is termed a flow key.
28
Metering process
A process that generates flow records. An input to the process
is packets observed at an observation point and packet
treatment at the observation point. The metering process
consists of a set of functions that includes packet header
capturing, time stamping, sampling, classifying, and
maintaining flow records. The maintenance of flow records can
include creating new records, updating existing records,
computing flow statistics, deriving further flow properties,
detecting flow expiration, passing flow records to the exporting
process, and deleting flow records.
Exporting process
An export process that sends flow records to one or more
collecting processes. One or more metering processes
generate the flow records.
IPFIX device
A device that hosts at least one observation point, a metering
process, and an exporting process. Typically, corresponding
observation points, metering processes, and exporting
processes are colocated at the device, for example, at a
router.
IPFIX node
A host that implements the IPFIX protocol; that is, it can contain
an exporting process, a collecting process, or both.
Collecting process
A process that receives flow records from one or more exporting
processes. The collecting process can process or store
received flow records.
Collector
A device that hosts one or more collecting processes.
Template record
An ordered list (for example, of <type, length> pairs) that
identifies the structure and semantics of a particular set of
information to communicate from an IPFIX device to a collector.
Each template is uniquely identifiable, for example, by using a
template ID.
Flow data record
A data record that contains values of the flow parameters that
correspond to a template record.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Internet Protocol Flow Information eXport
Term
Description
Options template record
A record that defines the structure and interpretation of fields in
an options data record, including defining the scope within
which the options data record is relevant.
Options data record
The data record that contains values and scope information of
the flow measurement parameters that correspond to an
options template record.
Flowset
A generic term for a collection of flow records that use a similar
structure. In an export packet, one or more flowsets follow the
packet header. Three flow sets are available: template flowset,
options template flowset, and data flowset.
Template flowset
One or more template records in an export packet.
Options template flowset
One or more options template records in an export packet.
Data flowset
One or more records, of the same type, in an export packet.
Each record is either a flow data record or an options data
record previously defined by a template record or an options
template record.
Modules
Each RSP implements metering for ingress traffic. The system preconfigures the parameters
for metering, such as the observation point or the sampling rate. Filtering occurs first, followed
by IPFIX metering. Metering consists of sampling the packets and categorizing them into IPFIX
flows. For each IP flow, a flow record is maintained and updated every time a new packet is
sampled for the same IP flow. The flow records are maintained in a hash table structure. The
COP periodically reads the flow records from the RSPs and maintains them in a flow data
base.
The terms flow and IPFIX flow are often used interchangeably. The distinction is that flow refers
to a flow characterized by the filters and is based on traffic attributes. An IPFIX flow, however,
is characterized by the following unique handle: SIP, DIP, Protocol, Source Port, Destination
Port, ingress VID, ingress port ID, and type of observation point (port or VLAN).
FTP file transfer
Use FTP to save the flow records to a network because it is a secure protocol. If you did not
configure a user name and password in config bootconfig host, use the default user
name anonymous and password ipfix. To avoid file access while a transfer is in progress, create
a file with a random name and copy the contents to the actual file after the transfer finishes.
Performance Management
September 2011
29
Performance management fundamentals
Flow statistics
The following statistics are maintained for each flow:
• aggregate byte count (four bytes)
• aggregate packet count (four bytes)
• time stamp for the start of flow (four or eight bytes)
• time stamp for the last time this flow was seen (four or eight bytes)
The counts for bytes and packets are accurate if the flow is monitored continuously. If the flow
is sampled, the counts for bytes and packets are only approximate. However, they provide a
relative bandwidth comparison between flows.
If a flow is sampled, the time stamps also divulge the first and last time the flow was
observed.
License information
You require a Base license for IPFIX. For information about licenses, see Administration,
NN46205-605.
30
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 4: Chassis performance
management using Enterprise
Device Manager
You can use Enterprise Device Manager to configure chassis parameters and to graph chassis statistics
on an Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600.
Chassis performance management navigation
• Viewing the trap sender table on page 31
• Viewing system performance on page 32
• Configuring HA CPU for Layer 3 redundancy on page 33
• Enabling CPU High Availability on page 33
Viewing the trap sender table
Use the Trap Sender Table tab to view source and receiving addresses.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Edit.
3. Click Chassis.
4. Click the Trap Sender Table tab.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Trap Sender Table tab.
Performance Management
September 2011
31
Chassis performance management using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
Value
RecvAddress
IP address for the trap receiver. This is a read-only parameter that
contains the IP address configured in the TAddress field in the
TargetTable.
SrcAddress
An editable field that identifies the IP address for the trap sender.
Viewing system performance
Use the Performance tab to check system performance. The Performance tab displays the
same data as the Graph, Chassis, System menu, except the DramSize field.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Edit.
3. Click Chassis.
4. Click the Performance tab.
Job aid
The following table describes parameters on the Performance tab.
Parameter
32
Description
DramSize
The DRAM size in megabytes. The default value is 512
megabytes for the 8692 SF/CPU, and 1024 megabytes for the
8895 SF/CPU.
DramUsed
The percentage of DRAM space used. The default value is
27%.
DramFree
The amount of DRAM free in kilobytes. The default value is
377688 Kilobytes.
CpuUtil
Percentage of SF/CPU usage. The default value is 8%.
SwitchFabricUtil
Percentage of switch fabric usage. This field displays 0% when
the Ethernet Routing Switch is installed.
OtherSwitchFabricUtil
Percentage of other switch fabric usage. This field displays 0%
when the Ethernet Routing Switch is installed.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring HA CPU for Layer 3 redundancy
Parameter
BufferUtil
Description
Percentage of the system buffer usage. The default value
displayed is 0 %.
Configuring HA CPU for Layer 3 redundancy
When you use Layer 2 and Layer 3 redundancy, the bootconfig file is saved to both the Master
and the Standby Switch Fabric/Central Processing Unit (SF/CPU) and the Standby SF/CPU
resets automatically. You must manually reset the Master SF/CPU.
For more information about HA CPU Layer 3 redundancy, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch
8800/8600 Administration, NN46205-605.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Edit.
3. Click Chassis.
4. Click the System Flags tab.
5. In the HaCpu box, select enable to enable L2/L3 Redundancy.
6. Click Apply.
7. You must reboot the switch to enable HA CPU.
Enabling CPU High Availability
CPU high-availability (HA) mode enables switches with two CPUs to recover quickly from a
failure of the master SF/CPU. Use the procedure in this section to enable CPU HA mode.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Edit.
3. Click Chassis.
4. Click the System Flags tab.
Performance Management
September 2011
33
Chassis performance management using Enterprise Device Manager
5. In HaCpu section, select Enable.
6. Click Apply.
A message box appears.
7. Click Yes to confirm.
After enabling HA mode on the master SF/CPU, the secondary SF/CPU
automatically resets to load settings from its previously-saved boot configuration
file. You must manually reset the primary SF/CPU while the secondary SF/CPU is
booting.
Important:
Failure to manually boot the primary CPU before the secondary finishes booting
can lead to system instability. Traffic is interrupted when the master is manually
reset.
Caution:
Enabling the HA mode can cause certain features to become disabled. See the
Release Notes for your software version for details on HA mode specific
information.
34
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 5: Chassis performance
management using the CLI
You can use the CLI to configure chassis parameters on an Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600.
Chassis performance navigation
• Viewing system performance on page 35
• Configuring HA CPU for Layer 3 redundancy on page 36
• Enabling CPU High Availability mode on page 36
Viewing system performance
Verify chassis system performance parameter values.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view performance parameters.
show sys perf
Job aid: Output for show sys perf
The following table describes the output for the show sys perf command.
Parameter
Description
CpuUtil
Percentage of SF/CPU usage. The default
value is 3%.
SwitchFabricUtil
Percentage of switch fabric usage. This field
displays 0% when the Ethernet Routing
Switch is installed.
Performance Management
September 2011
35
Chassis performance management using the CLI
Parameter
Description
OtherSwitchFabricUtil
Percentage of other switch fabric usage. This
field displays 0% when the Ethernet Routing
Switch is installed.
BufferUtil
Buffer usage as a percentage of the total
amount of buffer space in the system. A high
value indicates congestion. The default
value displayed is 0%.
DramSize
The DRAM size in megabytes. The default
value is 512 megabytes for the 8692 SF/
CPU, and 1024 megabytes for the 8895 SF/
CPU.
DramUsed
The percentage of DRAM space used. The
default value is 30%.
DramFree
The amount of DRAM free in kilobytes. The
default value is 362920 kilobytes.
Configuring HA CPU for Layer 3 redundancy
When you use Layer 2 and Layer 3 redundancy, the bootconfig file is saved to both the Master
and the Standby Switch Fabric/Central Processor Unit (SF/CPU) and the Standby SF/CPU
resets automatically. You must manually reset the Master SF/CPU.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to reset the master SF/CPU.
config bootconfig flags ha-cpu true
Enabling CPU High Availability mode
CPU high-availability (HA) mode enables switches with two CPUs to recover quickly from a
failure of the master SF/CPU. Use the procedure in this section to enable CPU HA mode.
Procedure steps
To enable HA mode, enter the following boot flag command on the master SF/CPU:
36
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Enabling CPU High Availability mode
config bootconfig flags ha-cpu true
After enabling HA mode on the master SF/CPU, the secondary SF/CPU automatically
resets to load settings from its previously-saved boot configuration file. You must
manually reset the primary SF/CPU while the secondary SF/CPU is booting.
Important:
Failure to manually boot the primary CPU before the secondary finishes booting can
lead to system instability. Traffic is interrupted when the master is manually reset.
Caution:
Enabling the HA mode can cause certain features to become disabled. See the
Release Notes for your software version for details on HA mode specific
information.
For more information, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 Administration
(NN46205-605).
Performance Management
September 2011
37
Chassis performance management using the CLI
38
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 6: Chassis performance
management with the ACLI
You can use the ACLI to configure chassis parameters on an Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch
8800/8600.
Chassis performance management navigation
• Viewing system performance on page 39
• Configuring HA CPU for Layer 3 redundancy on page 40
• Enabling the CPU High Availability mode on page 41
Viewing system performance
View system performance to monitor network functionality.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view performance parameters.
show sys perf
Job aid: Output for show sys perf command
The following table describes the output for the show sys perf command.
Parameter
CpuUtil
Performance Management
Description
Percentage of SF/CPU utilization. The
default value is 7%.
September 2011
39
Chassis performance management with the ACLI
Parameter
Description
SwitchFabricUtil
Percentage of switch fabric usage. This field
displays 0% when the Ethernet Routing
Switch is installed.
OtherSwitchFabricUtil
Percentage of other switch fabric usage. This
field displays 0% when the Ethernet Routing
Switch is installed.
BufferUtil
Buffer usage as a percentage of the total
amount of buffer space in the system. A high
value indicates congestion. The default
value is 0%.
DramSize
The DRAM size in megabytes. The default
value is 512 megabytes for the 8692 SF/
CPU, and 1024 megabytes for the 8895 SF/
CPU.
DramUsed
The percentage of DRAM space used. The
default value is 28%.
DramFree
The amount of DRAM free in kilobytes. The
default value is 376075 Kilobytes.
Configuring HA CPU for Layer 3 redundancy
When you use Layer 2 and Layer 3 redundancy, the bootconfig file is saved to both the Master
and the Standby Switch Fabric/Central Processor Unit (SF/CPU) and the Standby SF/CPU
resets automatically. You must manually reset the Master SF/CPU.
Prerequisites
You must log on to Global Configuration mode to complete this procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to reset the master SF/CPU.
40
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Enabling the CPU High Availability mode
boot config flags ha-cpu
Enabling the CPU High Availability mode
CPU high-availability (HA) mode enables switches with two CPUs to recover quickly from a
failure of the master SF/CPU. Use the procedure in this section to enable CPU HA mode.
Prerequisites
You must log on to the Global Configuration mode in the ACLI.
Procedure steps
To enable HA mode, enter the following boot flag command on the master SF/CPU:
boot config flags ha-cpu
After enabling HA mode on the master SF/CPU, the secondary SF/CPU automatically
resets to load settings from its previously-saved boot configuration file. You must
manually reset the primary SF/CPU while the secondary SF/CPU is booting.
Important:
Failure to manually boot the primary CPU before the secondary finishes booting can
lead to system instability. Traffic is interrupted when the master is manually reset.
Caution:
Enabling the HA mode can cause certain features to become disabled. See the
Release Notes for your software version for details on HA mode specific
information.
For more information, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 Administration
(NN46205-605).
Performance Management
September 2011
41
Chassis performance management with the ACLI
42
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 7: IPFIX configuration using
Enterprise Device Manager
IPFIX monitors IP flows on Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch platforms, and on other Avaya switching
platforms. You can periodically export the flow information to third-party collectors. The collector stores a
large number of flow records from several devices in the network. The IPFIX standard specifies the
protocol for exporting the flows to the collector, including the formatting of flow records and the underlying
transport protocols, such as UDP, TCP, or SCTP. Avaya recommends that you use the third-party collector
agent called NetQoS.
Navigation
• Enabling IPFIX globally on page 43
• Configuring a slot for a collector on page 44
• Configuring an exporter slot on page 45
• Modifying IPFIX on a port on page 46
Enabling IPFIX globally
You must globally enable IPFIX before you can configure or use it.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration >
Serviceability.
3. Click IPFIX.
4. In the Global tab of the Ipfix dialog box, select enable to enable IPFIX on the
switch.
5. Click Apply.
Performance Management
September 2011
43
IPFIX configuration using Enterprise Device Manager
Configuring a slot for a collector
Configure a slot for a collector to export data from an exporter to a collector.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration >
Serviceability.
3. Click IPFIX.
4. Click the Collectors/Slots tab.
5. Click Insert.
6. In the SlotNum field, select a slot number.
7. In the Address field, enter the IP address of the Collector.
8. In the ExporterIP field, enter the IP address of the Exporter.
9. Select Enable.
10. Click Insert.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Collectors/Slots tab.
Variable
44
Value
SlotNum
Slot number (1–10). An index to the Collector Entry.
AddressType
IP address type of the collector. An index to the Collector
Entry.
Address
IP address of the collector. An index to the Collector Entry.
Protocol
Protocol for export data from exporter to the collector.
DestPort
Destination port to send the requests (0–65535). The default
value is 9995.
ExporterIpType
IP address type of the exporter for the collector.
ExporterIP
IP address of the exporter for the collector.
ProtoVer
Specifies the protocol version: ipfix, preipfixv9, preipfixv5. The
default value is preipfixv9.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring an exporter slot
Variable
Enable
Value
State of the particular collector. Enable is true by default.
Configuring an exporter slot
Configure an exporter slot to send data from an exporter to a collector.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration >
Serviceability.
3. Click IPFIX.
4. Click the Exporters/Slots tab.
5. As required, select parameters and change the values.
6. Click Apply.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Exporters/Slots tab.
Variable
Value
SlotNum
Slot number. An index to the Collector Entry. The default
value is 3.
AgingIntv
Flow record aging interval in seconds. The default value is
15.
ActiveTimeout
Flow record active timeout value in minutes. The default
value is 30.
ExportIntv
Frequency of flow export to collector in seconds. The
default value is 50.
ExportState
State of exporter. The default value is enable.
TempRefIntvSec
Template refresh timeout. Template is sent to the collector
at least every x seconds or every y exported packets,
whichever occurs first. The default value is 1800.
Performance Management
September 2011
45
IPFIX configuration using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
TempRefIntvPkts
Value
Template refresh timeout. Template is sent to the collector
at least every x seconds or every y exported packets,
whichever occurs first. The default value is 10000.
Modifying IPFIX on a port
Modify the IPFIX configuration on a port when you need to change the default parameters.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration >
Serviceability.
3. Click IPFIX.
4. Click the Ports tab.
5. As required, select parameters and change the values.
6. Click Apply.
New values appear in the dialog box.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Ports tab.
Variable
46
Value
Id
An index to the IpfixConfPortEntry, a unique identifier of the port
ID.
SampleRate
Configures the sampling rate. Samples one in every N
packets.
DynamicSampRate
Indicates the dynamic sampling rate.
HashPolyCoeffs
Configures the hash polynomial coefficients.
HashPolySeed
Configures the hash polynomial seed.
Flush
Deletes all records stored in the COP or exports all records and
deletes the database after the export finishes.
AllTraffic
Enables or disables IPFIX on all traffic for the specified port.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Modifying IPFIX on a port
Variable
HashKeyId
Performance Management
Value
Hash key ID.
September 2011
47
IPFIX configuration using Enterprise Device Manager
48
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 8: IPFIX configuration using the
CLI
IPFIX is an Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard that improves the Netflow V9 protocol. IPFIX
monitors IP flows on Ethernet Routing Switch platforms, and on other Avaya switching platforms.
For IPFIX configuration examples, see the Technical Configuration Guide for IPFIX. You can find this
Technical Configuration Guide at www.avaya.com/support with the rest of the ERS8800/8600
documentation.
IPFIX configuration navigation
• Job aid on page 49
• Enabling IPFIX globally on page 52
• Enabling ACL filters on page 53
• Enabling IPFIX on an ACL on page 53
• Configuring IPFIX parameters on a port on page 54
• Configuring IPFIX slot parameters on page 56
• Configuring IPFIX collector parameters on page 57
• Using the show ip ipfix commands on page 58
• Displaying an exporter database on page 60
• Displaying exporter configuration on page 61
• Displaying hashing properties on page 61
• Displaying collector information on page 61
• Displaying global information on page 62
• Configuring the IPFIX local collector on a secondary SF/CPU on page 62
Job aid
The following table lists commands and parameters to configure IPFIX with the CLI.
Performance Management
September 2011
49
IPFIX configuration using the CLI
Table 2: Roadmap of CLI commands to configure IPFIX
Command
Parameter
info
config ip ipfix
state <enable|disable>
config ip ipfix info
config filter acl <acl-id> set <acl-id>
global-action <value>
<value>
config filter acl <acl-id> ace <acl-id>
<ace-id> action <mode> [ipfix
<enable|disable]
<ace-id>
ipfix <enable|disable>
<mode>
config ip ipfix port <ports>
all-traffic <enable|disable>
flush [export-and-flush]
hash-key <id>
hash-polynomial-coeff
<value>[seed <value>]
info
sampling-rate <1-100000>
config ip ipfix slot <slotnum>
active-timeout <value in mins>
aging-interval <value in secs>
export-interval <value in secs>
exporter-state <enable|disable>
info
template-refresh [refreshinterval <value> ] [packets
<value>]
config ip ipfix slot <slotnum>
info
config ip ipfix slot <slotnum> add <ipaddr> [protocol <value> ]
collector
[dest-port <value> ] [exporter-
50
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
IPFIX configuration navigation
Command
Parameter
ip <value> ] [protocol-version
<value> ] [enable <value> ]
info
remove <ipaddr>
config ip ipfix slot <slotnum>
collector info
config ip ipfix localcollector <enable|disable>
<size>
<filename>
config ip ipfix localcollector buffer-size <size>
config ip ipfix slot <slotlist> local-collector
<enable|disable>
ipfix-log {a.b.c.d:| /
pcmcia/ } <filename>
show ip ipfix
collector-info [<slots>]
exporter-info [<slots>]
exporter-statistics [<slots>]
flows <slots> [src-ip
<value>] [dst-ip <value>]
[port <value>] [vlan <value>]
[protocol <value>] [src-port
<value>] [dest-port <value>]
[byte-count <value>] [packetcount <value>] [dscp <value>]
[start-time <value>] [lasttime <value>][monitor
<value>] [numFlows <value>]
hash-stats [<slots>]
info
interface [<ports>]
show ip ipfix flows <slots, [srcip <value, ] [dst-ip <value, ] [port
<value, ] [vlan <value, ] [protocol
<value, ] [src-port <value, ] [destport <value, ] [byte-count <value, ]
Performance Management
September 2011
51
IPFIX configuration using the CLI
Command
Parameter
[packet-count <value, ] [dscp
<value, ] [start-time <value, ]
[last-time <value, ] [monitor
<TRUE|FALSE, ] [numFlows <value, ]
show ip ipfix exporter-info
<slots>
show ip ipfix interface
<ports>
show ip ipfix collector-info
<slotlist>
show ip ipfix info
show ip ipfix local-collector
stats
Enabling IPFIX globally
You must globally enable IPFIX before you can use IPFIX commands. When you globally
disable IPFIX, and if the exporter is enabled or filters are configured with IPFIX enabled, the
software does not perform IPFIX functions. If you enable IPFIX on the switch and issue a global
disable command, the system warns you before it disables IPFIX.
This command is critical for offloading the switch from IPFIX processing.
Procedure steps
1. Enable or disable IPFIX by using the following command: config ip ipfix
2. Confirm your configuration by using the following command: config ip ipfix
info
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the config ip ipfix command.
Variable
info
52
Value
Show current level parameter settings and next level
directories.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Enabling ACL filters
Variable
Value
state <enable|
Enables or disables IPFIX. The default value is disable.
disable>
Enabling ACL filters
When you use an access control list (ACL) filter to configure IPFIX, you can use IPFIX on
selected flows. When you enable IPFIX on an interface, header processing and modification
occurs after flow classification. The collector cannot provide a visualization for changes to the
packet as a result of an access control entry (ACE) or ACL.
For more information about ACLs and filtering, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600
Configuration — QoS and IP Filtering, NN46205-507.
Procedure steps
Configure an ACL filter using the following command: config filter acl <aclid> set global-action <value>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the config filter acl <acl-id> set
global-action <value> command.
Variable
Value
<acl-id>
This is the ACL ID.
<value>
The value is one of the following
actions:none|mirror|count|
mirror-count|ipfix|mirroripfix|count-ipfix|mirrorcount-ipfix
Enabling IPFIX on an ACL
An ACL can have multiple ACEs; each can have an action of ipfix-enable. A packet matches
multiple ACEs in an ACL. The actions configured in the filter occur as usual. If the ACEs have
an action of ipfix-enable, the metering occurs only once for a packet. A packet matches multiple
Performance Management
September 2011
53
IPFIX configuration using the CLI
ACEs because the ACEs are configured to match overlapping flows. IPFIX metering further
categorizes this packet into a flow record based on the unique ipfix-handle.
By default, IPFIX is configured for ipfix-disable.
Procedure steps
Enable IPFIX on an ACL by using the following command: config filter acl
<acl-id> ace <ace-id> action <mode> [ipfix <enable|disable]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the config filter acl <acl-id> ace <aceid> action [ipfix <enable|disable>] command.
Variable
Value
<acl-id>
This is the ACL ID.
<ace-id>
This is the ACE ID.
ipfix <enable|disable>
Enables or disables IPFIX.
<mode>
Choose one of the following options for
matching packets:
• deny
• permit
Configuring IPFIX parameters on a port
Configure IPFIX parameters on a port to monitor the IP flow on the port.
54
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring IPFIX parameters on a port
Procedure steps
Configure IPFIX parameters on a port by using the following command: config ip
ipfix port <ports>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the config ip ipfix port <ports> command,
where <ports> is the slot and port (slot/port).
Variable
all-traffic
Value
Configures IPFIX for all traffic.
<enable|disable>
flush [exportand-flush]
Deletes all records stored in the COP.
export-and-flush is an optional parameter that exports
the records before you delete them.
hash-key <id>
Selects a hash-key ID. Values range from 1–4.
<id>—hash key ID or hashKeyOne|hashKeyTwo|
hashKeyThree|hashKeyFour
A 64-bit key is formed based on hash-key-id:
Hash Key 1: SIP(lower 20 bits), DIP(lower 19 bits, protocol(1-5
bits), srcport(lower 10 bits), dstport(lower 10 bits)
Hash Key 2: Cascaded Hash – Use all bits from 5-tuple – hash1
= hash(SIP,DIP), hash2 = hash(hash1(lower 24 bits,protocol(8
bits), srcport(16 bits),dstport(16 bits))
Hash Key 3: hash(SIP(32 bits),DIP(32 bits))
Hash Key 4: hash(SIP(32 bits),srcport(16 bits),dstport(16
bits)).
hash-polynomialcoeff <value>[seed
<value>]
Configures the hash polynomial for IPFIX.
• coeffs <value>:polynomial coefficients in the range 0x0 to
0xffffff.
• seed <value>:polynomial seed in the range 0x0 to 0xffffff.
If you do not specify a coefficient, the default value (0x7cc) is
used.
If you do not specify a seed value, the default value (0) is
used.
info
Shows current level parameter settings and next level
directories.
sampling-rate
Configures the sampling rate. The sampling rate is expressed
as 1 in every n packets. Configure to one (the default) for
<1-100000>
Performance Management
September 2011
55
IPFIX configuration using the CLI
Variable
Value
continuous monitoring. Otherwise, specify a different
frequency.
Four hash masks are possible in the system. Select the hash-key to pick hashing bits suitable
to the traffic, thereby avoiding collisions.
Table 3: Hash mask descriptions
Hash number
Hash-Mask 1
Description
Use all bits of SIP, DIP, Protocol, SrcPort, DstPort
• Hash1 = Hash(SIP,DIP)
• Hash2 = Hash(hash1(few bits), protocol, SrcPort, DstPort)
Hash Mask 2
Use lower 20-bits of SIP, lower 19-bits of DstIp, bits 1 to 6 of
protocol, lower 10 bits of srcPort and DstPort
Hash Mask 3
Use SrcIp and DstIp
Hash Mask 4
Use SrcIp, SrcPort, DstPort
Configuring IPFIX slot parameters
Configure IPFIX slot parameters to monitor the IP flow on the slot.
Procedure steps
1. Configure IPFIX slot parameters by using the following command: config ip
ipfix slot <slotnum>
2. To confirm your configuration, use the following command: config ip ipfix
slot <slotnum> info
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the config ip ipfix slot command.
Variable
active-timeout
<value in mins>
56
Value
Configures flow active timeout. <value in mins>—flow record
active timeout value from 1–60 minutes.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring IPFIX collector parameters
Variable
aging-interval
<value in secs>
Value
Configures flow record aging interval. <value in secs>—flow
record aging interval from 10–3600 seconds.
<value in secs>
Configures the export interval. <value in secs>—frequency of
flow export to collector from 10–3600 seconds.
exporter-state
Configures the exporter state.
export-interval
<enable|disable>
Shows current level parameter settings and next level
directories.
info
template-refresh Configures the template refresh timeout for IPFIX.
[refresh-interval • refresh-interval <value>—value in seconds from
<value> ] [packets
300–3600.
<value>]
• packets <value>—number of packets from 10000–
100000.
The template rate refresh is scheduled for every x seconds or
every y exported packets, whichever occurs first.
Configuring IPFIX collector parameters
You can configure up to two collectors for each slot.
If you do not specify an Exporter IP address, the source IP address is chosen from Virtual IP,
Mgmt IP, or outgoing interface IP based on the collector IP reachability.
If you specify an Exporter IP address, use that IP address if the collector is reachable through
the Exporter IP address. Otherwise, use the default Exporter IP lookup. If the Exporter IP
address is a circuitless IP on the switch, the exporter packet is sent on the best-route outgoing
interface.
Procedure steps
1. Configure IPFIX collector parameters by using the following command: config ip
ipfix slot <slotnum> collector
2. To confirm your configuration, use the following command: config ip ipfix
slot <slotnum> collector info
Performance Management
September 2011
57
IPFIX configuration using the CLI
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the config ip ipfix slot <slotnum>
collector command.
Variable
Value
add <ipaddr> [protocol <value> ] Configures or modifies a collector:
[dest-port <value> ]
• <ipaddr>: IP address of collector.
[exporter-ip <value> ]
• protocol <value>: type of protocol {udp|
[protocol-version <value> ]
tcp|sctp}.
[enable <value> ]
• dest-port <value>: port from 0–65535.
• exporter-ip <value>: IP address for the
exported traffic.
• protocol-version <value>: IPFIX
protocol version. {ipfix|preipfixv9|
preipfixv5}.
• enable <value>: state of collector {false|
true}.
info
Shows current level parameter settings and next
level directories.
remove <ipaddr>
Removes a collector.
<ipaddr>: IP address of collector.
Using the show ip ipfix commands
You can display flow entries by using the CLI framework. Because the flow database is large,
the sorting remains simple. The response time can be slow for sorted displays.
58
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Using the show ip ipfix commands
Procedure steps
Show IPFIX parameters using the following command: show ip ipfix
Job aid: Output for show ip ipfix
The following table describes the output for the show ip ipfix command.
Parameter
collector-info
[<slots>]
Description
Shows collector information.
exporter-info [<slots>] Shows exporter information.
exporter-statistics
[<slots>]
Shows exporter statistics.
flows <slots> [src-ip
Displays IPFIX flows for a slot.
<value>] [dst-ip
• <slots>—slotlist {slot[-slot][,...]}
<value>] [port <value>]
• src-ip <value>—oper{=|!=|<=|>=} & ip addr
[vlan <value>]
{a.b.c.d}; for example, {<=a.b.c.d}.
[protocol <value>]
[src-port <value>]
• dst-ip <value>—oper{=|!=|<=|>=} & ip addr
[dest-port <value>]
{a.b.c.d}; for example, {>=a.b.c.d}.
[byte-count <value>]
• port <value>—oper{=|!=|<=|>=} & port{slot/port};
[packet-count <value>]
for example, {=a/b}.
[dscp <value>] [start• vlan <value>—oper{=|!=|<=|>=} & vlan{0..4095};
time <value>] [lastfor example, {!=a}.
time <value>][monitor
<value>] [numFlows
• protocol <value>—oper{=|!=|<=|>=} & protocol
<value>]
{0..255}; for example, {>=a}. The mapping values for
some protocol types are icmp:1, tcp:6, udp:17,
ipsecesp:50, ipsecah:51, ospf:89, vrrp:112, snmp:
254, undefined:256.
• src-port <value>—oper{=|!=|<=|>=} & port
{0..65535}; for example, {>=a}.
• dest-port <value>—oper{=|!=|<=|>=} & port
{0..65535}; for example, {>=a}.
• byte-count <value>—oper{=|!=|<=|>=} & bytecount {0..4294967295}; for example, {>=a}.
• packet-count <value>—oper{=|!=|<=|>=} & pktcount {0..4294967295}; for example, {>=a}.
Performance Management
September 2011
59
IPFIX configuration using the CLI
Parameter
Description
• dscp
<value> = oper{=|!=|<=|>=} &
dscp{0..255},e.g {>=a}
• start-time <value> —oper{=|!=|<=|>=} & time
{MMddyyyyhhmmss}; for example, {>=a}.
• last-time <value>—oper{=|!=|<=|>=} & time
{MMddyyyyhhmmss}; for example, {>=a}.
• monitor <value> —true|false.
• numFlows <value> —from 1–100.
hash-stats [<slots>]
Shows hash statistics.
info
Shows current level parameter settings and next level
directories.
interface [<ports>]
Shows IPFIX interface information for each port.
Displaying an exporter database
The command in the following procedure displays records from only one line card at a time.
The following items apply to this command:
• Match fields can be an exact match or an operator; for example LE, GE, EQ, and NE.
• If no sort key is specified, the display is not sorted.
When monitor is assigned true, you can monitor the 10 flows (by byte count) by default.
You can monitor more flows by configuring the numFlows option. The maximum number
of flows you can monitor is 100.
• You can monitor flows on a single slot at a time.
Procedure steps
Display an exporter database by using the following command: show ip ipfix
flows <slots, [src-ip <value, ] [dst-ip <value, ] [port <value, ] [vlan
<value, ] [protocol <value, ] [src-port <value, ] [dest-port <value, ]
[byte-count <value, ] [packet-count <value, ] [dscp <value, ] [start-
60
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Displaying exporter configuration
time <value, ] [last-time <value, ] [monitor <TRUE|FALSE, ] [numFlows
<value, ]
Displaying exporter configuration
Display an exporter configuration.
Procedure steps
Display exporter configuration using the following command: show ip ipfix
exporter-info <slots>
Displaying hashing properties
Display hashing properties.
Procedure steps
Display hashing properties using the following command: show ip ipfix
interface <ports>
Displaying collector information
Display collector information to manage network performance.
Performance Management
September 2011
61
IPFIX configuration using the CLI
Procedure steps
Display collector information using the following command: show ip ipfix
collector-info <slotlist>
Displaying global information
Display global IPFIX information.
Procedure steps
Display global IPFIX information using the following command: show ip ipfix
info
Configuring the IPFIX local collector on a secondary SF/
CPU
You can modify all the local-collector parameters only when you globally disable ipfix localcollector.
The following parameters apply to the buffer size:
• The default memory size is 256 MB on a SuperMezz Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch
8800/8600 SF/CPU expansion card or 128 MB on a non-SuperMezz Ethernet Routing
Switch 8800/8600 SF/CPU expansion card.
• The maximum memory size on a SuperMezz Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 SF/
CPU expansion card is 512 MB.
• The maximum memory size on a non-SuperMezz Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600
SF/CPU expansion card is 256 MB.
62
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring the IPFIX local collector on a secondary SF/CPU
Procedure steps
1. Configure an IPFIX local collector on a secondary SF/CPU by using the following
command: config ip ipfix local-collector <enable|disable>
2. Configure the buffer size by using the following command: config ip ipfix
local-collector buffer-size <size>
3. Save IPFIX information by using the following command: ipfix-log
{a.b.c.d:| /pcmcia/ } <filename>
4. Enable or disable the local collector by using the following command: config ip
ipfix slot <slot-list> local-collector <enable|disable>
5. Show the total number of IPFIX packets received and number of packets dropped
due to resource unavailability by using the following command: show ip ipfix
local-collector stats
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to configure the IPFIX local collector on a secondary SF/
CPU.
Variable
Value
<size>
This is 1 MB to 70% of the maximum memory
size.
<filename>
IPFIX logs are stored on PCMCIA or network
with <filename>_date_time.bin
Performance Management
September 2011
63
IPFIX configuration using the CLI
64
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 9: IPFIX configuration using the
ACLI
IPFIX is an Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard that improves the Netflow V9 protocol. IPFIX
monitors IP flows on Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch platforms and on other Avaya switching platforms.
IPFIX configuration navigation
• Job aid on page 65
• Enabling and disabling IPFIX globally on page 68
• Enabling ACL filters on page 69
• Enabling IPFIX on an ACL on page 70
• Configuring IPFIX parameters on a port on page 70
• Configuring IPFIX slot parameters on page 72
• Configuring IPFIX collector parameters on page 73
• Using the show ip ipfix commands on page 75
• Displaying an exporter database on page 76
• Displaying exporter configuration on page 78
• Displaying interface information on page 79
• Displaying collector information on page 80
• Displaying global information on page 81
• Configuring the IPFIX local collector on a secondary SF/CPU on page 82
Job aid
The following table lists commands and parameters to configure IPFIX with the ACLI.
Performance Management
September 2011
65
IPFIX configuration using the ACLI
Table 4: Roadmap of ACLI commands to configure IPFIX
Command
Parameter
Privileged EXEC mode
show ip ipfix
collector [<slotList>]
exporter [<slots>]
export [<slots>]
flows <slots> [source-addr
{=|!=|<=|>=} <A.B.C.D>]
[dest-addr {=|!=|<=|>=}
<A.B.C.D>] [port {=|!=|<=|>=}
<slot/port>] [vlan {=|!=|<=|
>=} <0-4095>] [protocol {=|!
=|<=|>=} <0-255>] [TCP-UDPsrc-port {=|!=|<=|>=}
<0-65535>] [TCP-UDP-dest-port
{=|!=|<=|>=} <0-65535>]
[byte-count {=|!=|<=|>=}
<0-4294967295>] [pkt-count
{=|!=|<=|>=} <0-4294967295>]
[TOS {=|!=|<=|>=} <0-255>]
[first-pkt-time {=|!=|<=|>=}
<MMddyyyyhhmmss>] [last-pkttime {=|!=|<=|>=}
<MMddyyyyhhmmss>][monitor
<true|false>] [numFlows
<1-100>]
hash-statistics [<slots>]
interface [<interface-type>]
[<interface-id>]
clear ip ipfix {[stats
[slots]]}
show ip ipfix flows
<slots>[source-addr
<A.B.C.D>] [dest-addr {=|!=|
<=|,=} <A.B.C.D,] [port {=|!
=|<=|,=} <slot/port> [vlan
{=|!=|<=|,=} <0-4095>
[protocol {=|!=|<=|,=}
<0-255> [TCP-UDP-src-port
{=|!=|<=|,=} <0-65535> [TCPUDP-dest-port {=|!=|<=|,=}
66
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Job aid
Command
Parameter
<0-65535> [byte-count {=|!=|
<=|>} <0-4294967295> [pktcount {=|!=|<=|,=}
<0-4294967295> [TOS {=|!=|
<=|,=} <0-255> [first-pkttime {=|!=|<=|,=}
<MMddyyyyhhmmss> [last-pkttime {=|!=|<=|,=}
<MMddyyyyhhmmss>[monitor
<true|false> [numFlows
<1-100>
show ip ipfix exporter
[<slots>]
show ip ipfix interface
[<interface-type>]
[<interface-id>]
show ip ipfix collector
[<slotlist> <A.B.C.D>]
show ip ipfix
Global Configuration mode
filter acl set <1-4096>
{default-action {deny|permit}
global-action {mirror|count|
mirror-count|ipfix|mirroripfix|count-ipfix|mirrorcount-ipfix}}
default-action
filter acl set
global-action
filter acl ace action <1-4096>
<1-1000> {deny|permit} [ipfix |
<1-4096>
enable|disable]
<1-1000>
{deny|permit}
ip ipfix enable
no ip ipfix [enable]
ip ipfix slot <slotList>
active-timeout <1-60>
aging-interval <10-3600>
Performance Management
September 2011
67
IPFIX configuration using the ACLI
Command
Parameter
exporter-enable
export-interval <10-3600>
template-refresh-interval
<300-3600> ]
template-refresh-packets
<10000-100000>
no ip ipfix slot <slotList>
[exporter-enable]
ip ipfix collector <slotList>
<A.B.C.D> {[enable] [protocol
{udp|tcp|sctp}] [dest-port
<1-65535, [exporter-ip
<A.B.C.D>] [protocol-version
{ipfix|preipfix|preipfixv5}]}
<A.B.C.D> {[enable] [protocol {udp|tcp|sctp}]
[dest-port <1-65535>] [exporter-ip
<A.B.C.D>] [protocol-version {ipfix|preipfix|
preipfixv5}]
no ip ipfix collector
<slotList, <A.B.C.D> [enable]
Interface Configuration mode
ip ipfix [port <portlist>]
[enable]
enable
hash-key <1-4>
hash-polynomial-coeffs
<1025-16777215>
hash-polynomial-seed
<0-16777215>
sampling-rate <1-100000>
no ip ipfix [port <portlist>]
[enable]
Enabling and disabling IPFIX globally
You must globally enable IPFIX before you can use IPFIX commands. When you globally
disable IPFIX, and if the exporter is enabled or filters are configured with IPFIX enabled, the
software does not perform IPFIX functions. If IPFIX is enabled on the switch and a global
disable command is issued, the system warns you before it disables IPFIX.
This command is critical for offloading the switch from IPFIX processing.
68
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Enabling ACL filters
Prerequisites
Log on to Global Configuration mode.
Procedure steps
Enable IPFIX by using the following command: ip ipfix enable
Enabling ACL filters
When you use an access control list (ACL) filter to configure IPFIX, you can use IPFIX on
selected flows. When you enable IPFIX on an interface, header processing and modification
occurs after flow classification. Changes to the packet as a result of using an access control
entry (ACE) or ACL cannot be visualized on the collector.
Procedure steps
Configure an ACL filter by using the following command in global configuration mode:
filter acl set <1-4096> {default-action {deny|permit} globalaction {mirror|count|mirror-count|ipfix|mirror-ipfix|countipfix|mirror-count-ipfix}}
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the filter acl set <1-4096> {defaultaction {deny|permit} global-action {mirror|count|mirror-count|ipfix|
mirror-ipfix|count-ipfix|mirror-count-ipfix}} command.
Variable
Value
default-action
The options are deny or permit.
filter acl set
This is the ACL ID. The range is from 1–4096.
global-action
The value is one of the following actions: mirror|
count|mirror-count|ipfix|mirroripfix|count-ipfix|mirror-count-ipfix
Performance Management
September 2011
69
IPFIX configuration using the ACLI
For more information about ACLs and filtering, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600
Configuration — QoS and IP Filtering, NN46205-507.
Enabling IPFIX on an ACL
An ACL can have multiple ACEs; each can have an action of ipfix-enable. A packet matches
multiple ACEs in an ACL. The actions configured in the filter occur as usual. If the ACEs have
an action of ipfix-enable, the metering occurs only once for a packet. A packet matches multiple
ACEs because the ACEs are configured to match overlapping flows. IPFIX metering further
categorizes this packet into a flow record based on the unique ipfix-handle.
By default, IPFIX is configured for ipfix-disable.
Procedure steps
Enable IPFIX on an ACL by using the following command: filter acl ace action
<1-4096> <1-1000> {deny|permit} [ipfix |enable|disable] where
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
<1-4096>
Specifies an ACL ID in the range 1–4096.
<1-1000>
Specifies an ACE ID in the range 1–1000.
{deny|permit}
Configures the action mode, and the options
update desired action parameters for access
control entries.
Configuring IPFIX parameters on a port
Configure IPFIX parameters on a port.
70
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring IPFIX parameters on a port
Prerequisites
Log on to Interface Configuration mode.
Procedure steps
Configure IPFIX parameters on a port by using the following command: ip ipfix
[port <portlist>] [enable]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
enable
Value
Enables IPFIX.
Use the no operator to disable IPFIX parameters on a port:
no ip ipfix [port <portlist>] [enable]
hash-key <1-4>
Selects a hash-key ID. Values range from 1–4.
<1-4>—hashKeyOne|hashKeyTwo|hashKeyThree|
hashKeyFour
A 64-bit key is formed based on hash-key-id:
Hash Key 1: SIP(lower 20 bits), DIP(lower 19 bits, protocol(1-5
bits), srcport(lower 10 bits), dstport(lower 10 bits)
Hash Key 2: Cascaded Hash – Use all bits from 5-tuple – hash1
= hash(SIP,DIP), hash2 = hash(hash1(lower 24 bits,protocol(8
bits), srcport(16 bits),dstport(16 bits))
Hash Key 3: hash(SIP(32 bits),DIP(32 bits))
Hash Key 4: hash(SIP(32 bits),srcport(16 bits),dstport(16
bits)).
hash-polynomialcoeffs
<1025-16777215>
Configures the hash polynomial for IPFIX.
coeffs <1025-16777215>: polynomial coefficients in the
range <1025–16777215>.
If you do not specify a coefficient, the default value (0x7cc) is
used.
hash-polynomial- Configures the hash polynomial for IPFIX.
seed <0-16777215> seed <0-16777215>: polynomial seed in the range <0–
16777215>
If you do not specify a seed value, the default value (0) is
used.
Performance Management
September 2011
71
IPFIX configuration using the ACLI
Variable
sampling-rate
<1-100000>
Value
Configures the sampling rate. The sampling rate is expressed
as 1 in every n packets. Configure as 1 (the default) for
continuous monitoring. Otherwise, specify a different
frequency.
Job aid: Hash mask descriptions
Four hash masks are possible in the system. Select the hash-key to pick hashing bits suitable
to the traffic, thereby avoiding collisions.
Table 5: Hash mask descriptions
Hash Mark
Hash-Mask 1
Description
Use all bits of SIP, DIP, Protocol, SrcPort, DstPort
• Hash1 = Hash(SIP,DIP)
• Hash2 = Hash(hash1(few bits), protocol, SrcPort, DstPort)
Hash Mask 2
Use lower 20-bits of SIP, lower 19-bits of DstIp, bits 1 to 6 of
protocol lower 10 bits of srcPort and DstPort
Hash Mask 3
Use SrcIp and DstIp
Hash Mask 4
Use SrcIp, SrcPort, DstPort
Configuring IPFIX slot parameters
Configure IPFIX slot parameters.
72
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring IPFIX collector parameters
Prerequisites
Log on to Global Configuration mode.
Procedure steps
Configure IPFIX slot parameters by using the following command: ip ipfix slot
<slotList>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the ip ipfix slot <slotList> command.
Variable
Value
active-timeout
<1-60>
Configures flow active timeout. <1-60>: flow record active
timeout value from 1–60 minutes.
aging-interval
Configures flow record aging interval. <10-3600>: flow record
aging interval from 10–3600 seconds.
<10-3600>
exporter-enable
Enables the exporter state.
To disable the exporter state, use the following command: no
ip ipfix slot <slotlist> exporter-enable
export-interval
<10-3600>
Configures the export interval.<10-3600>: frequency of flow
export to collector from 10–3600 seconds.
template-refresh- Configures the value of template refresh timeout for IPFIX.
interval <300-3600> ] <300-3600>: value in seconds from 300–3600.
The template rate refresh is scheduled for every x seconds or
every y exported packets, whichever occurs first.
template-refresh- Configures the value of template refresh timeout for packets.
<10000-100000>: number of packets from 10000–100000.
packets
The template rate refresh is scheduled for every x seconds or
<10000-100000>
every y exported packets, whichever occurs first.
Configuring IPFIX collector parameters
You can configure up to two collectors for each slot.
Performance Management
September 2011
73
IPFIX configuration using the ACLI
If you do not specify an Exporter IP address, the source IP address is chosen from Virtual IP,
Management IP, or outgoing interface IP based on the collector IP reachability.
If you specify an Exporter IP address, use that IP address if the collector is reachable through
the Exporter IP address. Otherwise, use the default Exporter IP lookup. If the Exporter IP
address is a circuitless IP on the switch, the exporter packet is sent on the best-route outgoing
interface.
Prerequisites
Log on to Global Configuration mode.
Procedure steps
Configure IPFIX collector parameters by using the following command: ip ipfix
collector <slotList> <A.B.C.D> {[enable] [protocol {udp|tcp|
sctp}] [dest-port <1-65535, [exporter-ip <A.B.C.D>] [protocolversion {ipfix|preipfix|preipfixv5}]}
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the IPFIX collector command.
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D> {[enable] [protocol {udp|tcp| Configures or modifies a collector.
sctp}] [dest-port <1-65535>] [exporter-ip
• enable—state of collector {false|true}.
<A.B.C.D>] [protocol-version {ipfix|
preipfix|preipfixv5}]
• <A.B.C.D>—IP address of collector.
• protocol—type of protocol {udp|tcp|
sctp}.
• dest-port—port from 0–65535.
• exporter-ip <A.B.C.D>—IP address
for the exported traffic.
• protocol-version {ipfix|
preipfixv9|preipfixv5}—IPFIX
protocol version.
74
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Using the show ip ipfix commands
Using the show ip ipfix commands
You can display flow entries using the ACLI framework. Because the flow database is large,
the sorting functionality remains simple. The response time can be slow for sorted displays.
Prerequisites
Log on to Privileged EXEC mode.
Procedure steps
1. Show IPFIX parameters by using the following command: show ip ipfix
2. Clear the exporter and hash statistics configuration on the specified slot by using
the following command: clear ip ipfix {[stats [slots]]}
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show ip ipfix command.
Variable
Value
collector [<slotList>]
Shows collector information.
exporter [<slots>]
Shows exporter information.
export [<slots>]
Shows exporter statistics.
flows <slots> [sourceDisplays IPFIX flows for a slot:
addr {=|!=|<=|>=}
• source-addr: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and ip addr
<A.B.C.D>] [dest-addr
{A.B.C.D}; for example, {<=A.B.C.D}.
{=|!=|<=|>=} <A.B.C.D>]
[port {=|!=|<=|>=} <slot/ • dest-addr: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and ip addr
{A.B.C.D}; for example, {>=A.B.C.D}.
port>] [vlan {=|!=|<=|>=}
<0-4095>] [protocol {=|!
• port: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and port{slot/port}; for
=|<=|>=} <0-255>] [TCPexample, {=a/b}.
UDP-src-port {=|!=|<=|>=}
• vlan: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and vlan{0–4095}; for
<0-65535>] [TCP-UDP-destexample, {!=a}.
port {=|!=|<=|>=}
• protocol: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and protocol {0–
<0-65535>] [byte-count
255}; for example, {>=a}. The mapping values for
{=|!=|<=|>=}
Performance Management
September 2011
75
IPFIX configuration using the ACLI
Variable
Value
<0-4294967295>] [pktcount {=|!=|<=|>=}
<0-4294967295>] [TOS {=|!
=|<=|>=} <0-255>] [firstpkt-time {=|!=|<=|>=}
<MMddyyyyhhmmss>] [lastpkt-time {=|!=|<=|>=}
<MMddyyyyhhmmss>][monitor
<true|false>] [numFlows
<1-100>]
some protocol types are: icmp:1, tcp:6, udp:17,
ipsecesp:50, ipsecah:51, ospf:89, vrrp:112,
snmp:254, undefined:256.
• TCP-UDP-src-port: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and
port {0–65535}; for example, {>=a}.
• TCP-UDP-dest-port: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and
port {0–65535}; for example, {>=a}.
• byte-count: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and byte-count
{0-4294967295}; for example, {>=a}.
• pkt-count: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and pkt-count {0–
4294967295}; for example, {>=a}.
• TOS = oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and TOS{0-255}; for
example, {>=a}
• first-pkt-time: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and time
{MMddyyyyhhmmss}; for example, {>=a}.
• last-pkt-time: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and time
{MMddyyyyhhmmss}; for example, {>=a}.
• monitor: true|false.
When monitor is set to true, you can monitor the
10 flows (by byte count) by default. You can
monitor more flows by setting the numFlows
option. The maximum number of flows that can
be monitored is 100.
• numFlows: from 1–100.
hash-statistics [<slots>] Shows hash statistics.
interface [<interfacetype>] [<interface-id>]
Shows IPFIX interface information.
Displaying an exporter database
The command in this procedure displays records from only one line card at a time.
The following items apply to this command:
• Match fields can be an exact match or an operator; for example, LE, GE, EQ, and NE.
• If no sort key is specified, the display is not sorted.
76
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Displaying an exporter database
When monitor is assigned true, you can monitor the 10 flows (by byte count) by default.
You can monitor additional flows by setting the numFlows option. The maximum number
of flows that can be monitored is 100.
• You can monitor flows on a single slot at a time.
Prerequisites
Log on to Privileged EXEC mode.
Procedure steps
Display an exporter database by using the following command: show ip ipfix
flows <slots>[source-addr <A.B.C.D>] [dest-addr {=|!=|<=|,=}
<A.B.C.D,] [port {=|!=|<=|,=} <slot/port> [vlan {=|!=|<=|,=}
<0-4095> [protocol {=|!=|<=|,=} <0-255> [TCP-UDP-src-port {=|!
=|<=|,=} <0-65535> [TCP-UDP-dest-port {=|!=|<=|,=} <0-65535>
[byte-count {=|!=|<=|>} <0-4294967295> [pkt-count {=|!=|<=|,=}
<0-4294967295> [TOS {=|!=|<=|,=} <0-255> [first-pkt-time {=|!=|
<=|,=} <MMddyyyyhhmmss> [last-pkt-time {=|!=|<=|,=}
<MMddyyyyhhmmss>[monitor <true|false> [numFlows <1-100>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show ip ipfix command.
Variable
Value
flows <slots> [sourceDisplays IPFIX flows for a slot.
addr {=|!=|<=|>=}
• source-addr: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and ip addr
<A.B.C.D>] [dest-addr
{A.B.C.D}; for example, {<=A.B.C.D}.
{=|!=|<=|>=} <A.B.C.D>]
[port {=|!=|<=|>=} <slot/ • dest-addr: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and ip addr
{A.B.C.D}; for example, {>=A.B.C.D}.
port>] [vlan {=|!=|<=|>=}
<0-4095>] [protocol {=|!
• port: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and port{slot/port}; for
=|<=|>=} <0-255>] [TCPexample, {=a/b}.
UDP-src-port {=|!=|<=|>=}
• vlan: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and vlan{0–4095}; for
<0-65535>] [TCP-UDP-destexample, {!=a}.
port {=|!=|<=|>=}
• protocol: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and protocol {0–
<0-65535>] [byte-count
255}; for example, {>=a}. The mapping values for
{=|!=|<=|>=}
some protocol types are icmp:1, tcp:6, udp:17,
<0-4294967295>] [pktipsecesp:50, ipsecah:51, ospf:89, vrrp:112,
count {=|!=|<=|>=}
snmp:254, undefined:256.
Performance Management
September 2011
77
IPFIX configuration using the ACLI
Variable
Value
<0-4294967295>] [TOS {=|!
=|<=|>=} <0-255>] [firstpkt-time {=|!=|<=|>=}
<MMddyyyyhhmmss>] [lastpkt-time {=|!=|<=|>=}
<MMddyyyyhhmmss>][monitor
<true|false>] [numFlows
<1-100>]
• TCP-UDP-src-port: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and
port {0–65535}; for example, {>=a}.
• TCP-UDP-dest-port: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and
port {0–65535}; for example, {>=a}.
• byte-count: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and byte-count
{0-4294967295}; for example, {>=a}.
• pkt-count: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and pkt-count {0–
4294967295}; for example, {>=a}.
• TOS = oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and TOS{0-255}; for
example, {>=a}
• first-pkt-time: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and time
{MMddyyyyhhmmss}; for example, {>=a}.
• last-pkt-time: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and time
{MMddyyyyhhmmss}; for example, {>=a}.
• monitor: true|false.
When monitor is assigned true, you can monitor
the 10 flows (by byte count) by default. You can
monitor additional flows by setting the numFlows
option. The maximum number of flows that can
be monitored is 100.
• numFlows: from 1–100.
Displaying exporter configuration
Learn how the exporter database is configured.
78
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Displaying interface information
Prerequisites
Log on to Privileged EXEC mode.
Procedure steps
Display exporter configuration by using the following command: show ip ipfix
exporter [<slots>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show ip ipfix command.
Variable
exporter [<slots>]
Value
Shows exporter information.
Displaying interface information
View information about the interface.
Prerequisites
Log on to Privileged EXEC mode.
Procedure steps
Display interface information by using the following command:
Performance Management
September 2011
79
IPFIX configuration using the ACLI
show ip ipfix interface [<interface-type>][<interface-id>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show ip ipfix command.
Variable
Value
interface [<interfacetype>] [<interface-id>]
Shows IPFIX interface information.
Displaying collector information
Display collector information.
Prerequisites
Log on to Privileged EXEC mode.
Procedure steps
Display collector information by using the following command:
show ip ipfix collector [<slotlist> [<A.B.C.D>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show ip ipfix command.
Variable
Value
collector [<slotList>]
80
Shows collector information.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Displaying global information
Displaying global information
View all IPFIX information.
Prerequisites
Log on to Privileged EXEC mode.
Procedure steps
Display global IPFIX information by using the following command:
show ip ipfix
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show ip ipfix command.
Variable
Value
collector [<slotList>]
Shows collector information.
exporter [<slots>]
Shows exporter information.
export [<slots>]
Shows exporter statistics.
flows <slots> [sourceDisplays IPFIX flows for a slot.
addr {=|!=|<=|>=}
• source-addr —oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and ip addr
<A.B.C.D>] [dest-addr
{A.B.C.D}; for example, {<=A.B.C.D}.
{=|!=|<=|>=} <A.B.C.D>]
• dest-addr —oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and ip addr
[port {=|!=|<=|>=} <slot/
{A.B.C.D}; for example, {>=A.B.C.D}.
port>] [vlan {=|!=|<=|>=}
• port —oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and port{slot/port}; for
<0-4095>] [protocol {=|!
example, {=a/b}.
=|<=|>=} <0-255>] [TCPUDP-src-port {=|!=|<=|>=} • vlan —oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and vlan{0–4095}; for
<0-65535>] [TCP-UDP-destexample, {!=a}.
port {=|!=|<=|>=}
• protocol: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and protocol {0–
<0-65535>] [byte-count
255}; for example, {>=a}. The mapping values for
{=|!=|<=|>=}
some f the protocol types are icmp:1, tcp:6, udp:
<0-4294967295>] [pkt17, ipsecesp:50, ipsecah:51, ospf:89, vrrp:112,
count {=|!=|<=|>=}
snmp:254, undefined:256.
Performance Management
September 2011
81
IPFIX configuration using the ACLI
Variable
Value
<0-4294967295>] [TOS {=|!
=|<=|>=} <0-255>] [firstpkt-time {=|!=|<=|>=}
<MMddyyyyhhmmss>] [lastpkt-time {=|!=|<=|>=}
<MMddyyyyhhmmss>][monitor
<true|false>] [numFlows
<1-100>]
• TCP-UDP-src-port: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and
port {0–65535}; for example, {>=a}.
• TCP-UDP-dest-port: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and
port {0–65535}; for example, {>=a}.
• byte-count: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and byte-count
{0-4294967295}}; for example, {>=a}.
• pkt-count: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and pkt-count {0–
4294967295}; for example, {>=a}.
• TOS = oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and TOS{0-255}; for
example, {>=a}
• first-pkt-time : oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and time
{MMddyyyyhhmmss}; for example, {>=a}.
• last-pkt-time: oper{=|!=|<=|>=} and time
{MMddyyyyhhmmss}; for example, {>=a}.
• monitor: true|false.
When monitor is assigned true, you can monitor
the 10 flows (by byte count) by default. You can
monitor additional flows by configuring the
numFlows option. The maximum number of flows
that can be monitored is 100.
• numFlows—from 1–100.
hash-statistics [<slots>] Shows hash statistics.
interface [<interfacetype>] [<interface-id>]
Shows IPFIX interface information.
Configuring the IPFIX local collector on a secondary SF/
CPU
You can modify all the local-collector parameters only when IPFIX local-collector is disabled
globally.
82
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring the IPFIX local collector on a secondary SF/CPU
The following parameters apply to the buffer size:
• The default memory size is 256 MB on a SuperMezz Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600
SF/CPU expansion card or 128 MB on a non-SuperMezz Ethernet Routing Switch
8800/8600 SF/CPU expansion card.
• The maximum memory size on a SuperMezz Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 SF/
CPU expansion card is 512 MB.
• The maximum memory size on a non-SuperMezz Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600
SF/CPU expansion card is 256 MB.
Procedure steps
1. Configure an IPFIX local collector on a secondary SF/CPU by using the following
command:
ip ipfix local-collector [enable]
2. Configure the buffer size using the following command: config ip ipfix
local-collector buffer-size <size><size> is 1 MB to 70 percent of the
maximum memory size.
3. Save IPFIX information using the following command: ipfix-log
{a.b.c.d:| /pcmcia/ } <filename>
IPFIX logs are stored on the PCMCIA or network as <filename>_date_time.bin
4. Enable or disable the local collector using the following command: config ip
ipfix slot <slot-list> local-collector <enable|disable>
5. Show the number of IPFIX packets received and number of packets dropped due
to resource unavailability using the following command:
show ip ipfix local-collector stats
Performance Management
September 2011
83
IPFIX configuration using the ACLI
84
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 10: Port performance management
using Enterprise Device
Manager
This chapter describes port performance management functions on an Ethernet Routing Switch
8800/8600.
Navigation
• Configuring DDI on page 85
• Viewing DDI information on page 86
• Setting rate limits on page 89
• Enabling FDB protection on a port on page 90
Configuring DDI
Configure Digital Diagnostic Interface (DDI) on Digital Diagnostic Monitoring to get information
concerning the status of the transmitted and received signals to allow better fault isolation and
error detection.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View, select the chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Edit.
3. Click Chassis.
4. Click on the Pluggable Optical Module tab.
5. Assign the value and set the status of the various parameters on the pluggable
optical module.
Performance Management
September 2011
85
Port performance management using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Pluggable Optical Module tab.
Variable
Value
DdmMonitor
Enables the monitoring of the DDM. When
enabled, the user gets the internal performance
condition (temperature, voltage, bias, Tx power
and Rx power) of the SFP/XFP. The default is
disable.
DdmMonitorInterval
Configures the DDM monitor interval in the range
of 5 to 60 in seconds. If any alarm occurs, the user
gets the log message before the specific interval
configured by the user. The default value is 5
seconds.
DdmTrapSend
Enables or disables the sending of trap
messages. When enabled, the trap message is
sent to the Device manager, any time the alarm
occurs. The default is enable.
DdmAlarmPortdown
Sets the port down when an alarm occurs. When
enabled, the port goes down when any alarm
occurs. The default is disable.
Viewing DDI information
You can view DDI information (such as module information, temperature, and voltages) for
SFPs and XFPs.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Edit > Port.
3. Click General.
4. Select the DDI/SFP tab.
5. Click Refresh to update the statistics.
86
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing DDI information
Job aid
The following table describes fields on the DDI/SPF tab.
Parameter
Description
SupportsDDM
Indicates if the SFP or XFP supports DDM.
DdmStatusMask
Indicates if DDM is enabled.
Calibration
Indicates if the calibration is internal or external.
PowerMeasure
Indicates Rx power measurement as average or
OMA.
ConnectorType
Indicates the type of SFP or XFP connector.
VendorName
Indicates the name of the SFP or XFP
manufacturer.
VendorPartNumber
Indicates the Avaya PEC for the SFP or XFP
VendorRevNumber
Indicates the manufacturer revision level for the
SFP or XFP.
VendorSN
Indicates the manufacturer serial number for the
SFP or XFP.
VendorDateCode
Indicates the manufacturer date code for the SFP
or XFP.
CLEI
Indicates the Telcordia register assignment Avaya
CLEI code.
Aux1Monitoring
Indicates if auxiliary monitoring is implemented for
the XFP.
Aux2Monitoring
Indicates if auxiliary monitoring is implemented for
the XFP.
Wavelength
Indicates the wavelength in nm of the SFP or
XFP.
Temperature
Indicates the current temperature in degrees
Celsius of the SFP or XFP.
TemperatureHighAlarmThreshold
Indicates the high alarm threshold in degrees
Celsius.
TemperatureLowAlarmThreshold
Indicates the low alarm threshold in degrees
Celsius.
TemperatureHighWarningThreshold
Indicates the high warning threshold in degrees
Celsius.
Performance Management
September 2011
87
Port performance management using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
88
Description
TemperatureLowWarningThreshold
Indicates the high warning threshold in degrees
Celsius.
TemperatureStatus
Indicates if any temperature thresholds were
exceeded.
Voltage
Indicates the current voltage in volts.
VoltageHighAlarmThreshold
Indicates the high alarm threshold in volts.
VoltageLowAlarmThreshold
Indicates the low alarm threshold in volts.
VoltageHighWarningThreshold
Indicates the high warning threshold in volts.
VoltageLowWarningThreshold
Indicates the high warning threshold in volts.
VoltageStatus
Indicates if any voltage thresholds were
exceeded.
Bias
Indicates the laser bias current in mA.
BiasHighAlarmThreshold
Indicates the bias current high alarm threshold in
mA.
BiasLowAlarmThreshold
Indicates the bias current low alarm threshold in
mA.
BiasHighWarningThreshold
Indicates the bias current high warning threshold
in mA.
BiasLowWarningThreshold
Indicates the bias current high warning threshold
in mA.
BiasStatus
Indicates if any bias thresholds were exceeded.
TxPower
Indicates the current Tx power in mW.
TxPowerHighAlarmThreshold
Indicates the high alarm threshold in mW for the
Tx power.
TxPowerLowAlarmThreshold
Indicates the low alarm threshold in mW for the Tx
power.
TxPowerHighWarningThreshold
Indicates the high warning threshold in mW for the
Tx power.
TxPowerLowWarningThreshold
Indicates the high warning threshold in mW for the
Tx power.
TxPowerStatus
Indicates if any Tx power thresholds were
exceeded.
RxPower
Indicates the current Rx power in mW.
RxPowerHighAlarmThreshold
Indicates the high alarm threshold in mW for the
Rx power.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Setting rate limits
Parameter
Description
RxPowerLowAlarmThreshold
Indicates the low alarm threshold in mW for the Rx
power.
RxPowerHighWarningThreshold
Indicates the high warning threshold in mW for the
Rx power.
RxPowerLowWarningThreshold
Indicates the high warning threshold in mW for the
Rx power.
RxPowerStatus
Indicates if any Rx power thresholds were
exceeded.
Aux1
Indicates the current auxiliary 1 reading.
Aux1HighAlarmThreshold
Indicates the high alarm threshold auxiliary 1
reading.
Aux1LowAlarmThreshold
Indicates the low alarm threshold auxiliary 1
reading.
Aux1HighWarningThreshold
Indicates the high warning threshold auxiliary 1
reading.
Aux1LowWarningThreshold
Indicates the high warning threshold auxiliary 1
reading.
Aux1Status
Indicates if any auxiliary 1 thresholds were
exceeded.
Aux2
Indicates the current auxiliary 2 reading.
Aux2rHighAlarmThreshold
Indicates the high alarm threshold auxiliary 2
reading.
Aux2LowAlarmThreshold
Indicates the low alarm threshold auxiliary 2
reading.
Aux2HighWarningThreshold
Indicates the high warning threshold auxiliary 2
reading.
Aux2LowWarningThreshold
Indicates the high warning threshold auxiliary 2
reading.
Aux2rStatus
Indicates if any auxiliary 2 thresholds were
exceeded.
Setting rate limits
Configure the rate limit of broadcast or multicast packets to determine the total bandwidth limit
on the port.
Performance Management
September 2011
89
Port performance management using Enterprise Device Manager
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Edit > Port.
3. Click General.
4. Click the Rate Limiting tab.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Rate Limiting tab.
Variable
Value
Index
The port number.
TrafficType
The type of traffic being rate limited, either broadcast
or multicast traffic.
AllowedRatekbps
This variable is the allowed traffic rate limit for the
port.
For the Ethernet Routing Switch, 1–25 sets the limit in
a percentage of the total bandwidth on the port from
1–25 percent.
On the Ethernet Routing Switch gigabit ports, you can
have up to a 2 percent difference between the
configured and actual rate limiting values.
For the Ethernet Routing Switch, 1–65535 sets the
limit in packets for each second.
The default value is 0, indicating no limit.
Enable
Click the field and choose whether to enable (True) or
disable (False) rate limiting.
Enabling FDB protection on a port
Enable Forwarding Database (FDB) protection on a port.
90
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Enabling FDB protection on a port
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Edit > Port.
3. Click General.
4. Click the Fdb Protect tab.
The Fdb Protect tab appears.
5. Enter the required MaxMacCount and MinMacCount values.
6. In the Enable section, select enable to view the current MacCount.
7. In the ViolationLogTrap section, select enable to create a violation log.
8. In the ViolationDownPort section, select enable to view violations.
9. Click Apply.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Fdb Protect tab.
Variable
Value
PortNum
Specifies the number of the port on which you want to
enable Fdb Protect. The default value is 198.
MaxMacCount
Specifies the maximum MAC count. The range is 1–
1000000. The default value is 1024.
MinMacCount
Specifies the minimum MAC count. The range is 1–
1000000. The default value is 512.
CurrentMacCount
Displays the current MAC count. The default value is 0.
MacLearning
This object indicates whether the port can learn new MAC
addresses. The default value is true.
ViolationLogTrap
Enables or disables logging and sending of SNMP trap
after the MAC learning limit is reached for the port. The
default value is disable.
ViolationDownPort
Enables or disables the port after the MAC learning limit is
reached for the port. The default value is disable.
Performance Management
September 2011
91
Port performance management using Enterprise Device Manager
92
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 11: Port performance management
using the CLI
This chapter contains procedures to configure port performance management in the Command Line
Interface (CLI).
Port performance management navigation
• Job aid on page 93
• Configuring DDI using the CLI on page 94
• Viewing DDI information using the CLI on page 95
• Configuring an automatic trace using the CLI on page 99
• Configuring FDB protection on a port on page 100
Job aid
The following table lists commands and parameters to configure port management in the
CLI.
Table 6: Roadmap of CLI port management commands
Command
Parameter
config ethernet <port> limitfdb-learning fdbprotect
<enable|disable>
<enable|disable>
config ethernet <port> limitfdb-learning max-mac-count
<max MAC count>
<max MAC count>
config ethernet <port> limitfdb-learning min-mac-count
<min MAC count>
<min MAC count>
Performance Management
September 2011
93
Port performance management using the CLI
Command
Parameter
config ether net <port> limit- <port>
fdb-learning violation-logtrap <enable|disable>
config ethernet <port> limitfdb-learning violation-downport
config sys set pluggableoptical-module
ddm-alarm-portdown <enable|disable>
ddm-monitor <enable|disable>
ddm-monitor-interval <interval>
ddm-traps-send <enable|disable>
trace auto-enable
add-module <modid> <level>
auto-trace <enable|disable>
high-percentage <percent>
high-track-duration <seconds>
info
low-percentage <percent>
low-track-duration <seconds>
remove-module <modid>
Configuring DDI using the CLI
Configure Digital Diagnostic Interface (DDI) on Digital Diagnostic Monitoring to get information
concerning the status of the transmitted and received signals to allow better fault isolation and
error detection.
Procedure steps
1. Enable the monitoring of the DDM by using the following command:
config sys set pluggable-optical-module ddm-monitor <enable|
disable>
2. Configure the DDM monitor interval by using the following command:
94
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring DDI using the CLI
config sys set pluggable-optical-module ddm-monitor-interval
<interval>
3. Enable the sending of trap messages by using the following command:
config sys set pluggable-optical-module ddm-traps-send
<enable|disable>
4. Enable the portdown when alarm occurs by using the following command:
config sys set pluggable-optical-module ddm-alarm-portdown
<enable|disable>
5. View information about the configured pluggable optical module parameters by
using the following command:
config sys set pluggable-optical-module info
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use the config sys set pluggableoptical-module command.
Variable
Value
ddm-alarm-portdown <enable|disable> Sets the port down when an alarm occurs. When
enabled, the port goes down when any alarm
occurs. The default is disable.
ddm-monitor <enable|disable>
Enables the monitoring of the DDM. When
enabled, the user gets the internal performance
condition (temperature, voltage, bias, Tx power
and Rx power) of the SFP/XFP. The default is
disable.
ddm-monitor-interval <interval>
Configures the DDM monitor interval in the range
of 5 to 60 in seconds. If any alarm occurs, the user
gets the log message before the specific interval
configured by the user. The default value is 5
seconds.
ddm-traps-send <enable|disable>
Enables or disables the sending of trap
messages. When enabled, the trap message is
sent to the Device manager, any time the alarm
occurs. The default is enable.
Viewing DDI information using the CLI
You can view DDI information for SFPs and XFPs.
Performance Management
September 2011
95
Port performance management using the CLI
For more information about DDI, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 Installation
— SFP, XFP, GBIC, and OADM Hardware Components, NN46205-305.
Viewing DDI module information using the CLI
View DDI module information to view basic SFP and XFP manufacturing information and
characteristics.
This command displays information for both DDI and non-DDI SFPs and XFPs.
Procedure steps
View basic SFP and XFP manufacturing information and characteristics by using the
following command:
show sys pluggable-optical-module info [<ports>] [detail]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show sys pluggable-optical-module
info command.
Variable
Value
<ports>
A port or a range of ports in the format of slot/
port. If you enter no port list, the complete
detailed output appears for each port.
[detail]
Displays all details.
Job aid: Output for show sys pluggable-optical-module info
The following table describes parameters for the show sys pluggable-optical-module
info command.
Parameter
96
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number on the module.
Type
Indicates the type of device.
DDM SUPPORTED
Indicates if DDM is enabled.
VENDOR NAME
Indicates the manufacturer name.
PART NUMBER
Indicates the manufacturer part number.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring DDI using the CLI
Viewing DDI temperature information using the CLI
View SFP and XFP temperatures to ensure correct device operation. Overheating can damage
the transceivers and place a large cooling load on the chassis.
This command displays information for both DDI and non-DDI SFPs and XFPs.
Procedure steps
View SFP and XFP temperatures by using the following command:
show sys pluggable-optical-module temperature [<ports>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show sys pluggable-optical-module
temperature [<ports>] command.
Variable
Value
A port or a range of ports in the format of slot/
port. If no port list is entered the complete
detailed output displays for each port.
<ports>
Job aid: Output for show sys pluggable-optical-module temperature
The following table explains parameters for the show sys pluggable-optical-module
temperature [<ports>] command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number on the module.
LOW WARN THRESHOLD
Indicates the low temperature warning
threshold.
LOW ALARM THRESHOLD
Indicates the low temperature alarm
threshold.
ACTUAL VALUE
Indicates the actual temperature.
HIGH WARN THRESHOLD
Indicates the high temperature warning
threshold.
HIGH ALARM THRESHOLD
Indicates the high temperature alarm
threshold.
Performance Management
September 2011
97
Port performance management using the CLI
Parameter
Description
THRESHOLD STATUS
Indicates the type of threshold crossed (low or
high, warning or alarm).
Viewing DDI voltage information using the CLI
View SFP and XFP voltage information.
This command displays information for both DDI and non-DDI SFPs and XFPs.
Procedure steps
View SFP and XFP voltages using the following command:
show sys pluggable-optical-module voltage [<ports>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show sys pluggable-optical-module
voltage [<ports>] command.
Variable
Value
A port or a range of ports in the format of slot/
port. If you enter no port list, the complete
detailed output appears for each port.
<ports>
Job aid: Output for show sys pluggable-optical-module voltage
The following table describes parameters for the show sys pluggable-optical-module
voltage command.
Parameter
98
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number on the module.
LOW WARN THRESHOLD
Indicates the low voltage warning threshold.
LOW ALARM THRESHOLD
Indicates the low voltage alarm threshold.
ACTUAL VALUE
Indicates the actual voltage.
HIGH WARN THRESHOLD
Indicates the high voltage warning threshold
HIGH ALARM THRESHOLD
Indicates the high voltage alarm threshold.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring an automatic trace using the CLI
Parameter
THRESHOLD CROSSING
Description
Indicates the type of threshold crossed (low or
high, warning or alarm).
Configuring an automatic trace using the CLI
Configure the switch to automatically enable a trace if SF/CPU usage reaches a predefined
value.
Procedure steps
Enable the trace auto-enable feature by using the following command: trace autoenable
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the trace auto-enable command.
Variable
Value
add-module <modid> <level> Adds a module to be traced by the trace autoenable feature.
• modid identifies the module to add; for example,
3 = Port Manager, 20 = Topology Discovery. For
a complete list of module IDs, enter trace
auto-enable add-module ?.
• level identifies the level of detail you want in the
trace; for example, 0 = Disabled, 1 = Very Terse.
For a complete list of module IDs, enter trace
auto-enable add-module ?.
auto-trace <enable|
disable>
Enables or disables auto-trace. The default is
disable.
Important:
If you enable auto-trace, central processing unit
(SF/CPU) usage increases by up to 30
percent.
high-percentage <percent>
Performance Management
Specifies the SF/CPU usage percentage above
which auto-trace is enabled. percent is a value
from 60–100. The default is 90.
September 2011
99
Port performance management using the CLI
Variable
Value
high-track-duration
<seconds>
Specifies the time in seconds to monitor SF/CPU
usage before the system triggers a trace. seconds
is a value from 3–10. The default is 5.
info
Displays trace auto-enable information.
low-percentage <percent>
Specifies the SF/CPU usage percentage below
which the system disables auto-trace. percent is a
value from 50–90. The default is 75.
low-track-duration
<seconds>
Specifies the time, in seconds, to monitor SF/CPU
usage before the system disables the trace.
seconds is a value from 3–10. The default is 5.
remove-module <modid>
Removes a module from automatic tracing. modid
identifies the module for which you want to disable
auto-trace; for example, 3 = Port Manager, 20 =
Topology Discovery. For a complete list of module
IDs, enter trace auto-enable add-
module ?.
Configuring FDB protection on a port
Configure FDB protection on ports to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. Enable FDB protection on a port by using the following command:
config ethernet <port> limit-fdb-learning fdbprotect <enable|
disable>
2. Configure the maximum MAC addresses value for the port by using the following
command:
config ethernet <port> limit-fdb-learning max-mac-count <max
MAC count>
3. Configure the minimum MAC address count for the port by using the following
command:
config ethernet <port> limit-fdb-learning min-mac-count <min
MAC count>
4. Configure logging by using the following command:
100
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring FDB protection on a port
config ethernet <port> limit-fdb-learning violation-log-trap
<enable|disable>
5. Configure the switch to disable the port when the MAC learning limit is reached by
using the following command:
config ethernet <port> limit-fdb-learning violation-downport <enable|disable>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to execute this command.
Variable
Value
<enable|disable>
Enable or disable the feature.
<min MAC count>
Specifies the minimum MAC count. The
range is 1–1000000.
<max MAC count>
Specifies the maximum MAC count. The
range is 1–1000000.
<port>
Specifies the number of the port on which to
enable Fdb Protect.
Performance Management
September 2011
101
Port performance management using the CLI
102
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 12: Port performance management
using the ACLI
This chapter contains procedures to configure port performance management in the Avaya Command
Line Interface (ACLI).
Port performance management navigation
• Job aid on page 103
• Configuring DDI using the ACLI on page 104
• Viewing DDI configuration information using the ACLI on page 106
• Viewing DDI detailed information using the ACLI on page 106
• Viewing DDI module information using the ACLI on page 108
• Viewing DDI temperature information using the ACLI on page 109
• Viewing DDI voltage information using the ACLI on page 110
• Configuring an automatic trace using the ACLI on page 111
• Configuring FDB protection on a port on page 112
Job aid
The following table lists commands and parameters to configure port management in the
ACLI.
Table 7: Roadmap of ACLI commands to configure port management
Command
Parameter
Privileged EXEC mode
trace auto disable
trace auto enable
high-percentage <percent>
high-track-duration <seconds>
Performance Management
September 2011
103
Port performance management using the ACLI
Command
Parameter
low-percentage <percent>
low-track-duration <seconds>
trace auto module
add
remove
Global Configuration Mode
pluggable-optical-module
ddm-alarm-portdown
ddm-monitor
ddm-monitor-interval <5-60>
ddm-traps-send
Interface Configuration mode
mac-security auto-learning
fdbprotect
mac-security auto-learning
max-addrs <1-1000000>
<1-1000000>
mac-security auto-learning
min-addrs <0-1000000>
<0-1000000>
mac-security auto-learning
snmp-trap
mac-security auto-learning
violation-log-trap
Configuring DDI using the ACLI
Configure Digital Diagnostic Interface (DDI) on Digital Diagnostic Monitoring to get information
concerning the status of the transmitted and received signals to allow better fault isolation and
error detection.
104
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring DDI using the ACLI
Prerequisites
You must log on to the Global Configuration Mode in the ACLI.
Procedure steps
1. Enable the monitoring of the DDM by using the following command:
pluggable-optical-module ddm-monitor
2. Configure the DDM monitor interval by using the following command:
pluggable-optical-module ddm-monitor-interval <5-60>
3. Enable the sending of trap messages by using the following command:
pluggable-optical-module ddm-traps-send
4. Enable the portdown when alarm occurs by using the following command:
pluggable-optical-module ddm-alarm-portdown
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use the pluggable-optical-module
command.
Variable
Value
ddm-alarm-portdown
Sets the port down when an alarm occurs. When
enabled, the port goes down when any alarm
occurs. The default is disable.
ddm-monitor
Enables the monitoring of the DDM. When
enabled, the user gets the internal performance
condition (temperature, voltage, bias, Tx power
and Rx power) of the SFP/XFP. The default is
disable.
ddm-monitor-interval <5-60>
Configures the DDM monitor interval in the range
of 5 to 60 in seconds. If any alarm occurs, the user
gets the log message before the specific interval
configured by the user. The default value is 5
seconds.
ddm-traps-send
Enables or disables the sending of trap
messages. When enabled, the trap message is
Performance Management
September 2011
105
Port performance management using the ACLI
Variable
Value
sent to the Device manager, any time the alarm
occurs. The default is enable.
Viewing DDI configuration information using the ACLI
View the current SFP or XFP configuration information.
This command displays information for both DDI and non-DDI SFPs and XFPs.
Procedure steps
View SFP and XFP configuraiton information by using the following command: show
pluggable-optical-module config [<ports>]
The following shows sample output of this command.
================================================================================
Pluggable Optical Module Global Configuration
================================================================================
ddm-monitor : disabled
ddm-monitor-interval : 5
ddm-traps-send : enabled
ddm-alarm-portdown : disabled
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show pluggable-optical-module config
[<ports>]command.
Variable
<ports>
Value
A port or a range of ports in the format of slot/port. If you
enter no port list, the complete detailed output appears for
each port.
Viewing DDI detailed information using the ACLI
View complete SFP and XFP information that includes manufacturing details and threshold
settings .
This command displays information for both DDI and non-DDI SFPs and XFPs.
106
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring DDI using the ACLI
Procedure steps
View detailed SFP and XFP information by using the following command: show
pluggable-optical-module detail [<ports>]
The following shows sample output of this command.
*******************************************************************************
Command Execution Time: THU SEP 22 08:15:02 2011 UTC
*******************************************************************************
================================================================================
Pluggable Optical Module Info 1/1 Detail
================================================================================
Port: 1/1
Type: 10GbSR
DDM Supported : TRUE
Nortel PEC : AA1403005
CLEI
: IPUIAMTWAA
Vendor
: AVAYA
Vendor PN : AA1403005
Vendor REV : 02
Vendor SN : JDSUTH002416
Vendor Date : 02/22/06
Wavelength : 850.00 nm
Digital Diagnostic Interface Supported
DDM Status
Calibration
RX Power Measurement
Auxiliary 1 Monitoring
Auxiliary 2 Monitoring
:
:
:
:
:
Ok
Internal
Average
+5V Supply Voltage (V)
+3.3V Supply Voltage (V)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------LOW_ALARM LOW_WARN
ACTUAL HIGH_WARN HIGH_ALARM THRESHOLD
THRESHOLD THRESHOLD
VALUE
THRESHOLD THRESHOLD STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------Temp(C)
0.0
5.0
35.2890
73.0
78.0
Normal
Voltage(V)
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Normal
Bias(mA)
2.0
2.5000
8.1060
9.0
10.0
Normal
TxPower(dBm)
-7.0
-6.1000
-2.8000
2.0
2.9000 Normal
RxPower(dBm) -12.6000 -11.5000
-2.4000
-1.1000
0.0
Normal
Aux 1
0.0
0.0
5.0243
6.5535
6.5535 Normal
Aux 2
0.0
0.0
3.2903
6.5535
6.5535 Normal
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show pluggable-optical-module detail
[<ports>]command.
Variable
<ports>
Performance Management
Value
A port or a range of ports in the format of slot/port. If you
enter no port list, the complete detailed output appears for
each port.
September 2011
107
Port performance management using the ACLI
Viewing DDI module information using the ACLI
View basic SFP and XFP manufacturing information and characteristics.
This command displays information for both DDI and non-DDI SFPs and XFPs.
Procedure steps
View basic SFP and XFP manufacturing information and characteristics by using the
following command: show pluggable-optical-module basic [<ports>]
[detail]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show pluggable-optical-module basic
[<ports>] [detail] command.
Variable
Value
<ports>
A port or a range of ports in the format of slot/
port. If you enter no port list, the complete
detailed output appears for each port.
[detail]
Displays all details.
Job aid: Output for show pluggable-optical-module basic
The following table describes parameters for the show pluggable-optical-module
basic command.
Parameter
108
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number on the module.
Type
Indicates the type of device.
DDM SUPPORTED
Indicates if DDM is enabled.
VENDOR NAME
Indicates the manufacturer name.
PART NUMBER
Indicates the manufacturer part number.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring DDI using the ACLI
Viewing DDI temperature information using the ACLI
View SFP and XFP temperatures.
This command displays information for both DDI and non-DDI SFPs and XFPs.
Procedure steps
View SFP and XFP temperatures by using the following command: show
pluggable-optical-module temperature [<ports>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show pluggable-optical-module
temperature [<ports>]command.
Variable
<ports>
Value
A port or a range of ports in the format of slot/port. If you
enter no port list, the complete detailed output appears for
each port.
Job aid: Output for show pluggable-optical-module temperature
The following table describes output parameters for the show pluggable-opticalmodule temperature [<ports>] command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number on the module.
LOW WARN THRESHOLD
Indicates the low temperature warning threshold.
LOW ALARM THRESHOLD
Indicates the low temperature alarm threshold.
ACTUAL VALUE
Indicates the actual temperature.
HIGH WARN THRESHOLD
Indicates the high temperature warning threshold.
HIGH ALARM THRESHOLD
Indicates the high temperature alarm threshold.
THRESHOLD STATUS
Indicates the type of threshold crossed (low or high,
warning or alarm).
Performance Management
September 2011
109
Port performance management using the ACLI
Viewing DDI voltage information using the ACLI
View SFP and XFP voltage information.
This command displays information for both DDI and non-DDI SFPs and XFPs.
Procedure steps
View SFP and XFP voltages by using the following command: show pluggableoptical-module voltage [<ports>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show pluggable-optical-module
voltage [<ports>]command.
Variable
<ports>
Value
A port or a range of ports in the format of slot/port. If you
enter no port list, the complete detailed output appears
for each port.
Job aid: Output for show pluggable-optical-module voltage
The following table describes output parameters for the show pluggable-opticalmodule voltage command.
Parameter
110
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number on the module.
LOW WARN THRESHOLD
Indicates the low voltage warning threshold.
LOW ALARM THRESHOLD
Indicates the low voltage alarm threshold.
ACTUAL VALUE
Indicates the actual voltage.
HIGH WARN THRESHOLD
Indicates the high voltage warning threshold.
HIGH ALARM THRESHOLD
Indicates the high voltage alarm threshold.
THRESHOLD CROSSING
Indicates the type of threshold crossed (low or high, warning
or alarm).
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Configuring an automatic trace using the ACLI
Configuring an automatic trace using the ACLI
Configure the switch to automatically enable a trace if SF/CPU usage reaches a predefined
value.
Procedure steps
Enable the trace auto-enable feature by using the following command:
trace auto enable
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the trace auto command.
Variable
module
Value
Adds or deletes a module to be traced by the trace autoenable feature.
• add <1-92> identifies the module to add.
• remove <1092> identifies the module to delete.
high-percentage
<percent>
Specifies the SF/CPU usage percentage above which
auto-trace is enabled. percent is a value from 60–100. The
default is 90.
high-track-duration
usage<seconds>usage
Specifies the time in seconds to monitor SF/CPU usage
before triggering a trace. seconds is a value from 3–10. The
default is 5.
low-percentage
<percent>
Specifies the SF/CPU usage percentage below which
auto-trace is disabled. percent is a value from 50–90. The
default is 75.
low-track-duration
<seconds>
Specifies the time, in seconds, to monitor SF/CPU usage
before disabling the trace. seconds is a value from 3–10.
The default is 5.
Performance Management
September 2011
111
Port performance management using the ACLI
Configuring FDB protection on a port
Configure FDB protection on ports to manage network performance.
Prerequisites to configuring FDB protection on a port
You must use Interface Configuration Mode.
Procedure steps
1. Enable FDB protection on a port with the following command:
mac-security auto-learning fdbprotect
2. Configure the maximum MAC addresses value for the port with the following
command:
mac-security auto-learning max-addrs <1-1000000>
3. Configure the minimum MAC address count for the port with the following command:
mac-security auto-learning min-addrs <0-1000000>
4. Configure logging with the following command:
mac-security auto-learning snmp-trap
5. Configure the switch to generate logs and traps in the event of a failure using the
following command:
mac-security auto-learning violation-log-trap
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
112
Value
<0-1000000>
Specifies the minimum MAC count. The
range is 0–1000000.
<1-1000000>
Specifies the maximum MAC count. The
range is 1–1000000.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 13: Graphing chassis statistics
using Enterprise Device
Manager
Create graphs of chassis statistics to generate a visual representation of your data.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click chassis.
4. On the Graph Chassis window, select the tab with the data you want to graph:
• System
• SNMP
• IP
• ICMP In
• ICMP Out
• TCP
• UDP
5. Select the statistic you want to graph.
6. Select the graph type:
• line chart
• area chart
• bar chart
• pie chart
Performance Management
September 2011
113
Graphing chassis statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
114
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 14: Graphing port statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
You can create graphs for many port statistics to generate a visual representation of your data.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. Select the port or ports for which you want to create a graph.
3. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
4. Click Port.
5. Click the tab for which you want to graph the statistics.
6. Select the item for which you want to graph the statistics.
7. Select a graph type:
• bar
• pie
• chart
• line
Performance Management
September 2011
115
Graphing port statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
116
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 15: Viewing chassis statistics
using Enterprise Device
Manager
This section contains procedures to view chassis statistics.
Use statistics to help monitor the performance of the Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600.
Click the Clear Counter button to reset the statistics counters. All Cumulative, Average, Minimum,
Maximum, and LastVal columns reset to zero and automatically begin to recalculate statistical data.
Important:
The Enterprise Device Manager Clear Counter function does not affect the AbsoluteValue counter for
the switch. The Clear Counter function clears all cached data in Enterprise Device Manager (except
AbsoluteValue). To reset AbsoluteValues, select Edit , Chassis, System.
Navigation
• Viewing chassis system statistics on page 117
• Viewing chassis SNMP statistics on page 118
• Viewing chassis IP statistics on page 120
• Viewing chassis ICMP In statistics on page 122
• Viewing chassis ICMP Out statistics on page 123
• Viewing chassis TCP statistics on page 124
• Viewing chassis UDP statistics on page 126
Viewing chassis system statistics
Use the following procedure to create graphs for chassis statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
117
Viewing chassis statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Chassis.
4. Select the System tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes the fields on the Chassis System tab.
Variable
Value
DramUsed
The percentage of DRAM space used.
Only the AbsoluteValue column is valid in the System tab.
All other columns display as N/A because they are
percentages and not actual memory counters.
The default value is 28.
DramFree
The amount in kilobytes of free DRAM. The default value
is 376075.
CpuUtil
Percentage of SF/CPU usage. The default value is 7.
SwitchFabricUtil
Percentage of switch fabric usage. This field displays 0%
when the Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 module is
installed.
OtherSwitchFabricUtil
Percentage of other switch fabric usage. This field displays
0% when the Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 module
is installed.
Viewing chassis SNMP statistics
View chassis SNMP statistics to monitor network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
118
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing chassis SNMP statistics
3. Click Chassis.
4. Select the SNMP tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Chassis SNMP statistics tab.
Variable
Value
InPkts
The number of messages delivered to the SNMP entity from the
transport service.
OutPkts
The number of SNMP messages passed from the SNMP
protocol entity to the transport service.
InTotalReqVars
The number of MIB objects retrieved successfully by the SNMP
protocol entity as the result of receiving valid SNMP GetRequest and Get-Next PDUs.
InTotalSetVars
The number of MIB objects altered successfully by the SNMP
protocol entity as the result of receiving valid SNMP SetRequest PDUs.
InGetRequests
The number of SNMP Get-Request PDUs the SNMP protocol
accepts and processes.
InGetNexts
The number of SNMP Get-Next PDUs the SNMP protocol
accepts and processes.
InSetRequests
The number of SNMP Set-Request PDUs the SNMP protocol
accepts and processes.
InGetResponses
The number of SNMP Get-Response PDUs the SNMP protocol
accepts and processes.
OutTraps
The number of SNMP Trap PDUs the SNMP protocol
generates.
OutTooBigs
The number of SNMP PDUs the SNMP protocol generates for
which the value of the error-status field is tooBig.
OutNoSuchNames
The number of SNMP PDUs the SNMP protocol generates for
which the value of the error-status field is noSuchName.
OutBadValues
The number of SNMP PDUs the SNMP protocol generates for
which the value of the error-status field is badValue.
OutGenErrs
The number of SNMP PDUs the SNMP protocol generates for
which the value of the error-status field is genErr.
InBadVersions
The number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity for an unsupported SNMP version.
Performance Management
September 2011
119
Viewing chassis statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
Value
InBadCommunityNames
The number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity that used an SNMP community name unknown
to the entity.
InBadCommunityUses
The number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity that represented an SNMP operation not allowed
by the SNMP community named in the message.
InASNParseErrs
The number of ASN.1 or BER errors the SNMP protocol
encountered when decoding received SNMP messages.
InTooBigs
The number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP protocol
entity for which the value of the error-status field is tooBig.
InNoSuchNames
The number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP protocol
entity for which the value of the error-status field is
noSuchName.
InBadValues
The number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP protocol
entity for which the value of the error-status field is badValue.
InReadOnlys
The number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP protocol
entity for which the value of the error-status field is readOnly. It
is a protocol error to generate an SNMP PDU containing the
value readOnly in the error-status field. This object is provided
to detect incorrect implementations of the SNMP.
InGenErrs
The number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP protocol
entity for which the value of the error-status field is genErr.
Viewing chassis IP statistics
View chassis IP statistics to monitor network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Chassis.
4. Select the IP tab.
120
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing chassis IP statistics
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Chassis IP statistics tab.
Variable
Value
InReceives
The number of input datagrams received from interfaces,
including datagrams received in error.
InHdrErrors
The number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in the
IP headers, including bad checksums, version number
mismatch, other format errors, time-to-live exceeded, errors
discovered in processing IP options.
InAddrErrors
The number of input datagrams discarded because the IP
address in the IP header destination field was not a valid
address to be received at this entity. This count includes invalid
addresses (for example, 0.0.0.0) and addresses of unsupported
Classes (for example, Class E). For entities that are not IP
Gateways and therefore do not forward datagrams, this counter
includes datagrams discarded because the destination address
was not a local address.
ForwDatagrams
The number of input datagrams for which this entity was not the
final IP destination, as a result of which an attempt was made
to find a route to forward them to that final destination. In entities
that are not IP Gateways, this counter includes only packets that
were Source-Routed by way of this entity and had successful
Source-Route option processing.
InUnknownProtos
The number of locally addressed datagrams received
successfully but discarded because of an unknown or
unsupported protocol.
InDiscards
The number of input IP datagrams for which no problems were
encountered to prevent continued processing but that were
discarded (for example, for lack of buffer space). This counter
does not include datagrams discarded while awaiting
reassembly.
InDelivers
The number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IP
user-protocols (including ICMP).
OutRequests
The number of IP datagrams that local IP user-protocols
(including ICMP) supplied to IP in requests for transmission.
This counter does not include datagrams counted in
ipForwDatagrams.
OutDiscards
The number of output IP datagrams for which no problem was
encountered to prevent transmission to the destination, but that
were discarded (for example, for lack of buffer space). This
Performance Management
September 2011
121
Viewing chassis statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
Value
counter includes datagrams counted in ipForwDatagrams if any
packets met this (discretionary) discard criterion.
OutNoRoutes
The number of IP datagrams discarded because no route was
found to transmit them to the destination. This counter includes
packets counted in ipForwDatagrams that meet this no-route
criterion. This counter includes datagrams a host cannot route
because all default gateways are down.
FragOKs
The number of IP datagrams that were successfully fragmented
at this entity.
FragFails
The number of IP datagrams that were discarded because they
needed to be fragmented at this entity but can not be, for
example, because the Don't Fragment flags were set.
FragCreates
The number of IP datagram fragments generated as a result of
fragmentation at this entity.
ReasmReqds
The number of IP fragments received that needed to be
reassembled at this entity.
ReasmOKs
The number of IP datagrams successfully reassembled.
ReasmFails
The number of failures detected by the IP reassembly algorithm
(for any reason). This number is not necessarily a count of
discarded IP fragments because some algorithms (notably the
algorithm in RFC 815) can lose track of the number of fragments
by combining them as they are received.
Viewing chassis ICMP In statistics
View chassis ICMP In statistics to monitor network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Chassis. The chassis window appears.
4. Select the ICMP In tab.
122
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing chassis ICMP Out statistics
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Chassis ICMP Instatistics tab.
Variable
Value
SrcQuenchs
The number of ICMP Source Quench messages received.
Redirects
The number of ICMP Redirect messages received.
Echos
The number of ICMP Echo (request) messages received.
EchoReps
The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received.
Timestamps
The number of ICMP Timestamp (request) messages
received.
TimestampReps
The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received.
AddrMasks
The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages
received.
AddrMaskReps
The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages
received.
ParmProbs
The number of ICMP Parameter Problem (ICMP type 12)
messages received.
DestUnreachs
The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages
received.
TimeExcds
The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received.
Viewing chassis ICMP Out statistics
View chassis ICMP Out statistics to monitor network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration, Graph.
3. Click Chassis. The chassis window appears.
4. Select the ICMP Out tab.
Performance Management
September 2011
123
Viewing chassis statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Chassis ICMP Out statistics tab.
Variable
Value
SrcQuenchs
The number of ICMP Source Quench messages sent.
Redirects
The number of ICMP Redirect messages received. For a host,
this object is always zero, because hosts do not send
redirects.
Echos
The number of ICMP Echo (request) messages sent.
EchoReps
The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent.
Timestamps
The number of ICMP Timestamp (request) messages sent.
TimestampReps
The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent.
AddrMasks
The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent.
AddrMaskReps
The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent.
ParmProbs
The number of ICMP Parameter Problem (ICMP type 12)
messages sent.
DestUnreachs
The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages
sent.
TimeExcds
The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.
Viewing chassis TCP statistics
View TCP statistics to monitor network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Chassis. The chassis window appears.
4. Click the TCP tab.
124
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing chassis TCP statistics
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Graph, Chassis TCP tab.
Variable
Value
ActiveOpens
The number of times TCP connections made a direct transition
to the SYN-SENT state from the CLOSED state.
PassiveOpens
The number of times TCP connections made a direct transition
to the SYN-RCVD state from the LISTEN state.
AttemptFails
The number of times TCP connections made a direct transition
to the CLOSED state from either the SYN-SENT state or the
SYN-RCVD state, plus the number of times TCP connections
made a direct transition to the LISTEN state from the SYNRCVD state.
EstabResets
The number of times TCP connections made a direct transition
to the CLOSED state from either the ESTABLISHED state or
the CLOSE-WAIT state.
CurrEstab
The number of TCP connections for which the current state is
either ESTABLISHED or CLOSE-WAIT.
InSegs
The number of segments received, including those received in
error. This count includes segments received on currently
established connections.
OutSegs
The number of segments sent, including those on current
connections, but excluding segments that contain only
retransmitted octets.
ReTransSegs
The number of segments retransmitted; that is, the number of
TCP segments transmitted that contain one or more previously
transmitted octets.
InErrs
The number of segments received in error (for example, bad
TCP checksums).
OutRsts
The number of TCP segments sent that contain the RST flag.
HCInSegs
The number of segments received, including those received in
error. This count includes segments received on currently
established connections. This object is the 64-bit equivalent of
InSegs.
HCOutSegs
The number of segments sent, including those on current
connections, but excluding segments containing only
retransmitted octets. This object is the 64-bit equivalent of
OutSegs.
Performance Management
September 2011
125
Viewing chassis statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Viewing chassis UDP statistics
Display User Datagram Protocol (UDP) statistics to see information about the UDP
datagrams.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Chassis.
4. Click the UDP tab.
5. Select the information you want to graph.
6. Select the type of graph you want:
• line
• area
• bar
• pie
• Dial Chart
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the UDP tab.
Parameter
126
Description
NoPorts
The number of received UDP datagrams with no application at
the destination port.
Discontinuities in the counter value can occur when the
management system reinitializes and at other times as
indicated by discontinuities in the sysUpTime value.
InErrs
The number of received UDP datagrams that were not delivered
for reasons other than the lack of an application at the
destination port.
Discontinuities in the counter value can occur at reinitialization
of the management system and at other times as indicated by
discontinuities in the sysUpTime value.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing chassis UDP statistics
Parameter
Description
InDatagrams
The number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users, for
devices that can receive more than 1 000 000 UDP datagrams
for each second.
Discontinuities in the counter value can occur when the
management system reinitializes and at other times as
indicated by discontinuities in the sysUpTime value.
OutDatagrams
The number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity.
Discontinuities in the counter value can occur when the
management system reinitializes and at other times as
indicated by discontinuities in the sysUpTime value.
HCInDatagrams
The number of TCP connections for which the current state is
either ESTABLISHED or CLOSE-WAIT.
HCOutDatagrams
The number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity, for devices
that can transmit more than 1 million UDP datagrams for each
second.
Discontinuities in the counter value can occur when the
management system reinitializes and at other times as
indicated by discontinuities in the sysUpTime value.
Performance Management
September 2011
127
Viewing chassis statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
128
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 16: Viewing port statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
This section contains procedures to view port statistics in Enterprise Device Manager.
Navigation
• Viewing port interface statistics on page 129
• Viewing port Ethernet errors statistics on page 131
• Viewing port bridging statistics on page 134
• Viewing port spanning tree statistics on page 134
• Viewing port routing statistics on page 135
• Viewing port egress queue set statistics on page 136
• Viewing port DHCP statistics on page 137
• Viewing IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics on page 137
• Viewing port OSPF statistics on page 138
• Viewing LACP port statistics on page 139
• Viewing RMON statistics for a specific port on page 140
• Viewing RMON statistics on page 141
Viewing port interface statistics
View port interface statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
Performance Management
September 2011
129
Viewing port statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
3. Click Port.
4. Select the Interface tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Port Interface statistics tab.
Variable
130
Value
InOctets
The number of octets received on the interface, including
framing characters.
OutOctets
The number of octets transmitted from the interface,
including framing characters.
InUcastPkts
The number of packets delivered by this sublayer to a higher
sublayer that were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast
address at this sublayer.
OutUcastPkts
The number of packets that higher-level protocols
requested be transmitted that were not addressed to a
multicast address at this sublayer. The number includes
packets discarded or not sent.
InMulticastPkts
The number of packets delivered by this sublayer to a higher
sublayer that were addressed to a multicast address at this
sublayer. For a MAC layer protocol, this number includes
both group and functional addresses.
OutMulticastPkts
The number of packets that higher-level protocols
requested be transmitted, and that are addressed to a
multicast address at this sublayer, including packets that
were discarded or not sent. For a MAC layer protocol, this
number includes both group and functional addresses.
InBroadcastPkts
The number of packets delivered by this sublayer to a higher
sublayer that are addressed to a broadcast address at this
sublayer.
OutBroadcastPkts
The number of packets that higher-level protocols
requested be transmitted, and that were addressed to a
broadcast address at this sublayer, including packets that
were discarded or not sent.
InDiscards
The number of inbound packets that are discarded because
of frames with errors or invalid frames or, in some cases, to
fill up buffer space.
InErrors
For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound
packets that contained errors preventing them from being
deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For characteroriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing port Ethernet errors statistics
Variable
Value
transmission units that contained errors preventing them
from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol.
InUnknownProtos
For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets
received through the interface that are discarded because
of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For characteroriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol
multiplexing, the number of transmission units received
through the interface that were discarded because of an
unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that
does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter is
always 0.
InFlowCtrlPkts
The number of flow control packets received by this
interface.
OutFlowCtrlPkts
The number of flow control packets transmitted by this
interface.
NumStateTransition
The number of times the port went in and out of service; the
number of state transitions from up to down.
Viewing port Ethernet errors statistics
View port Ethernet errors statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Port. The chassis window appears.
4. Select the Ethernet Errors tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Port Ethernet errors statistics tab.
Variable
AlignmentErrors
Performance Management
Value
A count of frames received on an interface that are not an
integral number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS
September 2011
131
Viewing port statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
Value
check. The count represented by an instance of this object
increments when the alignmentError status is returned by
the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). Received
frames for which multiple error conditions obtain are,
according to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer
Management, counted exclusively according to the error
status presented to the LLC.
132
FCSErrors
A count of frames received on an interface that are an
integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS
check. The count represented by an instance of this object
increments when the frameCheckError status is returned
by the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user).
Received frames for which multiple error conditions
obtained are, according to the conventions of IEEE 802.3
Layer Management, counted exclusively according to the
error status presented to the LLC.
InternalMacTransmitErrors
A count of frames for which transmission on an interface
fails due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error. A
frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is
not counted by the corresponding instance of either the
LateCollisions object, the ExcessiveCollisions object, or
the CarrierSenseErrors object. The precise meaning of the
count represented by an instance of this object is
implementation-specific. In particular, an instance of this
object can represent a count of transmission errors on a
particular interface that are not otherwise counted.
InternalMacReceiveErrors
A count of frames for which reception on an interface fails
due to an internal MAC sublayer receive error. A frame is
only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted
by the corresponding instance of either the
FrameTooLongs object, the AlignmentErrors object, or the
FCSErrors object. The precise meaning of the count
represented by an instance of this object is
implementation-specific. In particular, an instance of this
object can represent a count of receive errors on a
particular interface that are not otherwise counted.
CarrierSenseErrors
The number of times that the carrier sense condition is lost
or not asserted when the switch attempts to transmit a
frame on an interface. The count represented by an
instance of this object increments at most once for each
transmission attempt, even if the carrier sense condition
fluctuates during a transmission attempt.
FrameTooLongs
A count of frames received on an interface that exceed the
maximum permitted frame size. The count represented by
an instance of this object increments when the
frameTooLong status is returned by the MAC service to the
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing port Ethernet errors statistics
Variable
Value
LLC (or other MAC user). Received frames for which
multiple error conditions obtained are, according to the
conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, counted
exclusively according to the error status presented to the
LLC.
SQETestErrors
A count of times that the SQE TEST ERROR message is
generated by the PLS sublayer for an interface. The SQE
TEST ERROR message is defined in section 7.2.2.2.4 of
ANSI/IEEE 802.3-1985 and its generation described in
section 7.2.4.6 of the same document.
DeferredTransmissions
A count of frames for which the first transmission attempt
on an interface is delayed because the medium is busy.
The count represented by an instance of this object does
not include frames involved in collisions.
SingleCollisionFrames
A count of successfully transmitted frames on an interface
for which transmission is inhibited by exactly one collision.
A frame that is counted by an instance of this object is also
counted by the corresponding instance of either the
UcastPkts, MulticastPkts, or BroadcastPkts objects and is
not counted by the corresponding instance of the
MultipleCollisionFrames object.
MultipleCollisionFrames
A count of successfully transmitted frames on an interface
for which transmission is inhibited by more than one
collision. A frame that is counted by an instance of this
object is also counted by the corresponding instance of
either the UcastPkts, MulticastPkts, or BroadcastPkts
objects and is not counted by the corresponding instance
of the SingleCollisionFrames object.
LateCollisions
The number of times that a collision is detected on an
interface after 512 bit-times into the transmission of a
packet; 512 corresponds to 51.2 microseconds on a 10 Mb/
s system. A (late) collision included in a count represented
by an instance of this object is also considered as a
(generic) collision for other collision-related statistics.
ExcessiveCollisions
A count of frames for which transmission on an interface
fails due to excessive collisions.
FrameTooShorts
The number of frames encountered on this interface that
are too short.
LinkFailures
The number of link failures encountered on this interface.
PacketErrors
The number of packet errors encountered on this
interface.
CarrierErrors
The number of carrier errors encountered on this
interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
133
Viewing port statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
LinkInactiveErrors
Value
The number of link inactive errors encountered on this
interface.
Viewing port bridging statistics
View port bridging errors statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Port.
4. Select the Bridging tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Port bridging statistics tab.
Variable
Value
InUnicastFrames
The number of incoming unicast frames bridged.
InMulticastFrames
The number of incoming multicast frames bridged.
InBroadcastFrames
The number of incoming broadcast frames bridged.
InDiscards
The number of frames discarded by the bridging entity.
OutFrames
The number of outgoing frames bridged.
Viewing port spanning tree statistics
View port spanning tree statistics to manage network performance.
134
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing port routing statistics
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Port. The chassis window appears.
4. Select the Spanning Tree tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Port spanning tree statistics tab.
Variable
Value
InConfigBpdus
The number of Config BPDUs received.
InTcnBpdus
The number of Topology Change Notifications BPDUs
received.
InBadBpdus
The number of unknown or malformed BPDUs received.
OutConfigBpdus
The number of Config BPDUs transmitted.
OutTcnBpdus
The number of Topology Change Notifications BPDUs
transmitted.
Viewing port routing statistics
View port routing statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Port.
4. Select the Routing tab.
Performance Management
September 2011
135
Viewing port statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Port routing statistics tab.
Variable
Value
InUnicastFrames
The number of incoming unicast frames routed.
InMulticastFrames
The number of incoming multicast frames routed.
InDiscards
The number of frames discarded by the routing entity.
OutUnicastFrames
The number of outgoing unicast frames routed.
OutMulticastFrames
The number of outgoing multicast frames routed.
Viewing port egress queue set statistics
View port egress queue set statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Edit > Port.
3. Click IP.
4. Select the Egress Queue Set tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Port egress queue set statistics tab.
Variable
136
Value
Qid
Queue offset from the base queue for this port.
TotalPages
Total pages offered to the queue.
DroppedPages
Total pages dropped by the queue.
Utilization
Queue usage as a percentage.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing port DHCP statistics
Viewing port DHCP statistics
View port DHCP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Graph > Port.
3. Select the DHCP tab. View the port DHCP statistics.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Port DHCP statistics tab.
Variable
Value
NumRequests
The number of DHCP and/or BootP requests on this interface.
NumReplies
The number of DHCP and/or BootP replies on this interface.
Viewing IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics
Display individual IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports to manage network
performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Ipv6.
3. Click DHCP Relay.
4. In the Interface tab, select an interface and click Statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
137
Viewing port statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the DHCP Relay Statistics tab.
Variable
Value
NumRequests
The count of request messages.
NumReplies
The count of reply messages.
Viewing port OSPF statistics
View port OSPF statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Port.
4. Select the OSPF tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Port OSPF statistics tab.
Variable
138
Value
VersionMismatches
The number of version mismatches received by this
interface.
AreaMismatches
The number of area mismatches received by this
interface.
AuthTypeMismatches
The number of authentication type mismatches
received by this interface.
AuthFailures
The number of authentication failures.
NetmaskMismatches
The number of net mask mismatches received by this
interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing LACP port statistics
Variable
Value
HelloIntervalMismatches
The number of hello interval mismatches received by
this interface.
DeadIntervalMismatches
The number of dead interval mismatches received by
this interface.
OptionMismatches
The number of option mismatches in the hello interval
or dead interval fields received by this interface.
RxHellos
The number of hello packets received by this
interface.
RxDBDescrs
The number of database descriptor packets received
by this interface.
RxLSUpdates
The number of link state update packets received by
this interface.
RxLSReqs
The number of link state request packets received by
this interface.
RxLSAcks
The number of link state acknowledge packets received
by this interface.
TxHellos
The number of hello packets transmitted by this
interface.
TxDBDescrs
The number of database descriptor packets transmitted
by this interface.
TxLSUpdates
The number of link state update packets transmitted by
this interface.
TxLSReqs
The number of link state request packets transmitted by
this interface.
TxLSAcks
The number of link state acknowledge packets
transmitted by this interface.
Viewing LACP port statistics
View LACP port statistics to monitor the performance of the port.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
Performance Management
September 2011
139
Viewing port statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
3. Click Port.
4. Click the LACP tab.
The LACP tab appears showing LACP statistics for the port.
5. To change the poll interval, click the Poll Interval box and select a new interval.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to view the LACP port statistics.
Variable
Value
LACPDUsRx
The number of valid LACPDU received on this aggregation
port.
MarkerPDUsRx
The number of valid marker PDUs received on this
aggregation port.
MarkerResponsePDUsRx
The number of valid marker response PDUs received on
this aggregation port.
UnknownRx
The number of frames received that either
• carry Slow Protocols Ethernet type values, but contain an
unknown PDU.
• are addressed to the Slow Protocols group MAC Address
but do not carry the Slow Protocols Ethernet Type.
IllegalRx
The number of frames received that carry the Slow
Protocols Ethernet Type value (43B.4) but contain a badly
formed PDU or an illegal value of Protocol Subtype
(43B.4).
LACPDUsTx
The number of LACPDUs transmitted on this aggregation
port.
MarkerPDUsTx
The number of marker PDUs transmitted on this
aggregation port.
MarkerResponsePDUsTx
The number of marker response PDUs transmitted on this
aggregation port.
Viewing RMON statistics for a specific port
The default owner of the RMON statistics port is the host name on which the Enterprise Device
Manager software is running. Insert another host name when you want to change the default
owner of the RMON statistics.
140
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing RMON statistics
Use this procedure to enable RMON statistics on a selected port.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation pane, open the following folders: Serviceability > RMON.
2. Click Control.
3. Click the Ethernet Statistics tab.
4. Click Insert.
5. In the Insert Ethernet Statistics dialog box, enter the index in the Index field.
6. Click the Port ellipsis button and select a port.
7. Click Ok.
8. Enter the owner in the Owner field.
9. Click Insert.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Insert Ethernet Statistics tab.
Variable
Value
Index
Uniquely identifies an entry in the Ethernet Statistics table.
Port
Identifies the source of the data that this etherStats entry is configured to
analyze.
Owner
Specifies the entity that configured this entry and therefore uses the
assigned resources.
Viewing RMON statistics
Use this procedure to view the RMON statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
141
Viewing port statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation pane, open the following folders: Serviceability > RMON.
2. Click Control.
3. Click the Ethernet Statistics tab to view the RMON statistics.
142
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 17: Displaying flash and PCMCIA
statistics using Enterprise
Device Manager
The Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 has two types of flash memory: the onboard flash memory
and an optionally installed PCMCIA card. You can view device flash and PCMCIA file information on the
Device tab in the Card dialog box.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select the CPU card.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Edit.
3. Click Card.
4. Click the Device tab.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Device tab.
Variable
Value
FlashBytesUsed
Number of flash bytes used.
FlashBytesFree
Number of flash bytes not used.
FlashNumFiles
Number of files in flash memory.
PcmciaBytesUsed
Number of PCMCIA bytes used.
PcmciaBytesFree
Number of PCMCIA bytes not used.
PcmciaNumFiles
Number of PCMCIA files.
PcmciaAction
Displays whether PCMCIA is active (default) or stopped (the
pcmciaStop button is selected).
Result
Displays a message after you click Apply.
Performance Management
September 2011
143
Displaying flash and PCMCIA statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
144
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 18: Displaying file statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
Use the Device Info tab to display flash and PCMCIA file statistics.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Edit.
2. Click File System.
3. Click the Device Info tab.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Device Info tab.
Variable
Value
Slot
The slot number of the SF/CPU module.
FlashBytesUsed
The number of Flash bytes used.
FlashBytesFree
The number of Flash bytes free.
FlashNumFiles
The number of Flash files.
PcmciaBytesUsed
The number of PCMCIA bytes used.
PcmciaBytesFree
The number of PCMCIA bytes free.
PcmciaNumFiles
The number of PCMCIA files.
PcmciaAction
The type of action. None or reset PCMCIA.
Result
The results of the last action taken on the device. The valid
values are none, in progress, success, or fail.
Performance Management
September 2011
145
Displaying file statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
146
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 19: Viewing IPFIX statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
This section contains procedures to view IPFIX statistics.
Navigation
• Viewing IPFIX hash statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 147
• Viewing IPFIX exporter statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on page 148
Viewing IPFIX hash statistics using Enterprise Device
Manager
View IPFIX statistics.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration >
Serviceability.
3. Click IPFIX.
4. Click the tab for which you want to view statistics.
5. Select a slot and click Graph.
6. Select the Slot Hash tab.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to understand the hash statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
147
Viewing IPFIX statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
Value
HashOverflows
Count of hash overflows for each slot.
HashDrops
Count of hash drops for each slot.
Viewing IPFIX exporter statistics using Enterprise Device
Manager
View IPFIX statistics. You can view the number of bytes and packets sent and the number of
records lost.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration >
Serviceability.
3. Click IPFIX.
4. Select the Exporter tab.
5. Select a slot, and click Graph.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to understand IPFIX Exporter statistics.
Variable
148
Value
OutPkts
Number of packets sent.
OutOctets
Number of bytes sent.
PktsLoss
Number of records lost.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 20: Viewing QoS statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
View quality of service statistics to manage network performance.
Navigation
• Viewing QoS policy statistics on page 149
• Viewing egress queue statistics on page 150
• Viewing ACE port statistics on page 151
• Viewing ACL statistics on page 152
• Viewing filter statistics on page 153
• Clearing ACL statistics on page 153
Viewing QoS policy statistics
Use policy statistics to better tailor policy parameters to suit customer needs.
Important:
There is a known issue with this command in that it does not display the correct statistics.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > QOS.
2. Click Policy. The QoS Policy Stats box appears with the Statistics tab displayed.
3. Select a Group ID, and click Graph.
Performance Management
September 2011
149
Viewing QoS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable definitions
Variable
Value
GpId
Identifies a global policer (GP) ID value corresponding to the
local policer. Valid values range from 1 to 16 383.
LaneMember
Specifies a port number for a set of lanes.
PeakRate
Identifies a local policer peak rate in kbit/s equal to that of the
corresponding GP ID.
SvcRate
Identifies a local policer service rate in kbit/s equal to that of the
corresponding GP ID.
TotalPackets
Specifies the total packets.
TotalBytes
Specifies the total bytes.
BytesOverPeak
Specifies the bytes in excess of the local policer peak rate.
BytesOverSvc
Specifies the bytes in excess of the local policer service rate.
TotalPacketsDropped
Specifies the total packets dropped.
Viewing egress queue statistics
Use egress queue statistics to help ensure optimal configuration of the queue sets.
Procedure steps
1. From the Device Physical View select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Port.
4. In the Graph Port box, select the Egress Queue Set tab.
The Egress Queue Set statistics box appears.
Variable definitions
The following table describes fields on the Egress Queue Set statistics tab.
150
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing ACE port statistics
Paramter
Description
Qid
Queue offset from the base queue for this port.
TotalPages
Total pages offered to the queue.
DroppedPages
Total pages dropped by the queue.
Utilization
Queue usage as a percentage.
Viewing ACE port statistics
Use port statistics to ensure that the ACE is operating correctly.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Security > Data
Path.
2. Click Advanced Filters (ACE/ACLs). A message appears indicating that you are
configuring filters for R modules only. The chassis window appears.
The ACL box appears with the ACT tab displayed.
3. Click the ACL tab.
The ACL box appears with the ACL tab displayed.
4. Select any field on the ACL tab.
5. When the ACE button becomes active, click it.
The ACE, ACL box appears with the ACE Common tab displayed.
6. Click the Statistics tab.
The Statistics tab appears.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the ACE, ACL, and Statistics tabs.
Variable
Value
AclId
Specifies the associated ACL index.
AceId
Specifies the ACE index.
PortId
Specifies the port ID associated with this ACE.
Performance Management
September 2011
151
Viewing QoS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
Value
MatchCountPkts
Specifies a packet count of the matching packets.
MatchCountOctets
Specifies the number of octets of the matching
packets.
Viewing ACL statistics
To graph statistics for a specific ACL ID to view default statistics.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Security > Data
Path.
3. Click Advanced Filters (ACE/ACLs). A message box appears indicating that you
are configuring filters for R modules only.
4. Click OK.
The ACL box appears with the ACT tab displayed.
5. Click the ACL tab.
The ACL box appears with the ACL tab displayed.
6. Select an ACL.
7. When the Graph button becomes active, click it.
The Statistics, ACL (x) box appears. x equals the number of the specified ACL.
8. Click Clear Counters to clear the Statistics fields.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the ACL tab.
Variable
152
Value
MatchDefaultCounterPkts
A packet count of traffic matching no ACE rule.
MatchDefaultOctets
A byte count of traffic matching no ACE rule or default
action matches with the count bit turned on in ACL
Global action.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing filter statistics
Viewing filter statistics
View filter statistics to monitor performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Security > Data
Path.
3. Click Filters.
4. Click the name of the filter to graph.
5. Click Graph. The Filter Stat, Filter ID dialog box appears with the Filter tab
displayed.
6. Select the statistics you want to graph.
7. In the Poll Interval box, select the polling interval.
8. ClickGraph (bar, pie, chart, line).
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Filter graph tab.
Variable
Value
IngressOctets
The number of ingress octets received for
this filter.
IngressPkts
The number of ingress packet received for
this filter.
RateLimitDiscardPkts
The number of rate limit discard packets for
this filter.
Clearing ACL statistics
Clear ACL statistics when you want to gather a new set of statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
153
Viewing QoS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Security > Data
Path. A message box appears indicating that you are configuring filters for R
modules only.
2. Click Advanced Filters (ACE/ACLs).
3. Click the ACL tab.
The ACL box appears with the ACL tab displayed.
4. Select any field.
5. When the ClearStats button becomes active, click it.
154
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 21: Viewing multicast statistics
using Enterprise Device
Manager
This section contains procedures for viewing SPM and RDATA statistical data for an interface.
Navigation
• Enabling the collection of multicast statistics on page 155
• Viewing Retransmit parameters using Enterprise Device Manager on page 156
• Viewing Interface Spms/Rdata statistics on page 157
• Viewing Session Spms/Rdata statistics on page 158
• Viewing Session NAK statistics on page 159
• Viewing Interface NAK statistics on page 160
Enabling the collection of multicast statistics
Enable the collection of multicast statistics on the switch to view the current status of the
configuration of the multicast data.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
3. Click Multicast.
4. Click the Multicast Stats tab.
The Multicast dialog box is displayed.
Performance Management
September 2011
155
Viewing multicast statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
5. Check the Enabled check box.
6. Click Apply.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the Multicast Stats tab.
Variable
Enabled
Value
When checked, it enables the collection of multicast
statistics on the switch.
Viewing Retransmit parameters using Enterprise Device
Manager
View the retransmit parameters to see the current configuration.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
2. Click PGM.
3. Click the Retransmit tab.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the PGM Retransmit tab.
Variable
156
Value
Source
Displays the source IP address for this entry.
Group
Displays the destination group address for this entry.
SourcePort
Displays the source port of this retransmit state.
GlobalId
Displays the global ID for this entry.
SelectiveSeqNum
Displays the selected sequence number for this entry.
ParityTgSeqNum
Displays the requested parity TG sequence number for this
entry.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing Interface Spms/Rdata statistics
Variable
Value
ReqParityTgCount
Displays the requested number of missing parity packets of the
specified TG.
UpStreamCct
Displays the upstream circuit number from this entry.
DownStream
Displays the list of downstream interfaces from this entry.
Viewing Interface Spms/Rdata statistics
View Interface Spms/Rdata statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
3. Click PGM.
4. Select the Interfaces tab.
5. Select the entry for which you want to see statistics.
6. Click Graph to view the Spms/Rdata tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes fields on the Interface Spms/Rdata statistics tab.
Variable
Value
TotalReXmitStates
Displays the number of retransmit state entries for this
interface.
TotalReXmitTimedOut
Displays the number of timed out retransmit state
entries for this interface.
InSpms
Displays the number of SPMs received on this
interface.
OutSpms
Displays the number of SPMs sent from this interface.
InParitySpms
Displays the number of parity SPMs received on this
interface.
OutParitySpms
Displays the number of parity SPMs sent from this
interface.
InSpmPortErrors
Displays the number of SPMs discarded because they
were received on the wrong interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
157
Viewing multicast statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
Value
InRdata
Displays the number of RDATA packets received on this
interface.
OutRdata
Displays the number of RDATA packets sent from this
interface.
InParityRdata
Displays the number of parity RDATA packets received
on this interface.
OutParityRdata
Displays the number of parity RDATA packets sent from
this interface.
InRdataPortErrors
Displays the number of RDATA packets discarded
because they were received on the wrong interface.
InRdataNoSessionErrors
Displays the number of RDATA packets discarded
because no active session exists.
Viewing Session Spms/Rdata statistics
View Session Spms/Rdata statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
3. Click PGM.
4. Select the Session tab.
5. Select the entry for which you want to see statistics.
6. Click Graph to view the Spms/Rdata tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes fields on the Session Spms/Rdata statistics tab.
Variable
TotalReXmitStates
158
Value
Displays the number of retransmit state entries
during this session.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing Session NAK statistics
Variable
Value
TotalReXmitTimedOut
Displays the number of timed out retransmit state
entries during this session.
InSpms
Displays the number of SPMs received during this
session.
OutSpms
Displays the number of SPMs sent during this
session.
InParitySpms
Displays the number of parity SPMs received during
this session.
OutParitySpms
Displays the number of parity SPMs sent during this
session.
InRdata
Displays the number of RDATA packets received
during this session.
OutRdata
Displays the number of RDATA packets sent during
this session.
InParityRdata
Displays the number of parity RDATA packets
received during this session.
OutParityRdata
Displays the number of parity RDATA packets sent
during this session.
InRdataNoStateErrors
Displays the number of RDATA packets discarded
because no active session exists.
Viewing Session NAK statistics
View Session NAK statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
3. Click PGM.
4. Select the Session tab.
5. Select the entry for which you want to see statistics.
6. Click Graph.
7. Select the Naks/Nnaks/Ncfs tab.
Performance Management
September 2011
159
Viewing multicast statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable definitions
The following table describes fields on the Session NAK statistics tab.
Variable
Value
UniqueNaks
Displays the number of unique NAKs received during this session.
InNaks
Displays the number of NAKs received during this session.
OutNaks
Displays the number of unique NAKs sent during this session.
UniqueParityNaks
Displays the number of unique parity NAKs received during this
session.
InParityNaks
Displays the number of parity NAKs received during this session.
OutParityNaks
Displays the number of parity NAKs sent during this session.
InNakSeqErrors
Displays the number of NAKs discarded because they were out of
sequence.
InNnaks
Displays the number of NNAKs received during this session.
OutNnaks
Displays the number of NNAKs sent during this session.
InParityNnaks
Displays the number of parity NNAKs received during this session.
OutParityNnaks
Displays the number of parity NNAKs sent during this session.
InNcfs
Displays the number of NCFs received during this session.
OutNcfs
Displays the number of NCFs sent during this session.
InParityNcfs
Displays the number of parity NCFs received during this session.
OutParityNcfs
Displays the number of parity NCFs sent during this session.
InRedirectNcfs
Displays the number of redirected NCFs received during this
session.
Viewing Interface NAK statistics
View Interface NAK statistics to manage network performance.
160
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing Interface NAK statistics
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
2. Click PGM.
3. Select the Interfaces tab.
4. Select the entry for which you want to see statistics.
5. Click Graph.
6. Select the Naks/Nnaks/Ncfs tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes fields on the Interface NAK statistics tab.
Variable
Value
UniqueNaks
Displays the number of unique NAKs received on this
interface.
InNaks
Displays the number of NAKs received on this interface.
OutNaks
Displays the number of unique NAKs sent from this
interface.
UniqueParityNaks
Displays the number of unique parity NAKs received on this
interface.
InParityNaks
Displays the number of parity NAKs received on this
interface.
OutParityNaks
Displays the number of parity NAKs sent from this
interface.
InNakPortErrors
Displays the number of NAKs discarded because they
were received on the wrong interface.
InNakNoSessionErrors
Displays the number of NAKs discarded because no active
session exists.
InNakSeqErrors
Displays the number of NAKs discarded because they
were out of sequence.
InParityNakTgErrors
Displays the number of parity NAKs discarded because
they were out of the parity TG window.
InNnaks
Displays the number of NNAKs received on this interface.
OutNnaks
Displays the number of NNAKs sent from this interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
161
Viewing multicast statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
162
Value
InParityNnaks
Displays the number of parity NNAKs received on this
interface.
OutParityNnaks
Displays the number of parity NNAKs sent from this
interface.
InNnakPortErrors
Displays the number of NNAKs discarded because they
were received on the wrong interface.
InNnakNoSessionErrors
Displays the number of NNAKs discarded because no
active session exists.
InNcfs
Displays the number of NCFs received on this interface.
OutNcfs
Displays the number of NCFs sent from this interface.
InParityNcfs
Displays the number of parity NCFs received on this
interface.
OutParityNcfs
Displays the number of parity NCFs sent from this
interface.
InNcfPortErrors
Displays the number of NCFs discarded because they
were received on the wrong interface.
InNcfNoSessionErrors
Displays the number of NCFs discarded because no active
session exists.
InRedirectNcfs
Displays the number of redirected NCFs received on this
interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 22: Viewing VLAN statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
This section contains procedures to view VLAN statistics.
Navigation
• Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree CIST statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on
page 163
• Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree MSTI statistics using Enterprise Device Manager on
page 165
• Viewing VRRP interface stats on page 167
• Viewing VRRP statistics on page 168
• Viewing VRRP graph statistics on page 169
• Viewing IPv6 VRRP statistics on page 169
• Viewing IPv6 VRRP interface statistics on page 170
• Viewing MLT interface statistics on page 177
• Viewing MLT Ethernet error statistics on page 175
• Viewing IST statistics on page 178
Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree CIST statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
View CIST port statistics to manage network performance.
Performance Management
September 2011
163
Viewing VLAN statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > VLAN >
Spanning Tree.
3. Click MSTP.
4. In the MSTP box, click the tab for which you want to view the statistics.
5. Select a port, and then click Graph.
6. Select the CIST tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the MSTP CIST Port statistics tab.
Variable
164
Value
ForwardTransitions
Number of times this port transitioned to the forwarding
state.
RxMstBpduCount
Number of MSTP BPDUs received on this port.
RxRstBpduCount
Number of RSTP BPDUs received on this port.
RxConfigBpduCount
Number of configuration BPDUs received on this port.
RxTcnBpduCount
Number of TCN BPDUs received on this port.
TxMstBpduCount
Number of MSTP BPDUs transmitted from this port.
TxRstBpduCount
Number of RSTP BPDUs transmitted from this port.
TxConfigBpduCount
Number of configuration BPDUs transmitted from this
port.
TxTcnBpduCount
Number of TCN BPDUs transmitted from this port.
InvalidMstBpduRxCount
Number of Invalid MSTP BPDUs received on this port.
InvalidRstBpduRxCount
Number of Invalid RSTP BPDUs received on this port.
InvalidConfigBpduRxCount
Number of invalid configuration BPDUs received on this
port.
InvalidTcnBpduRxCount
Number of invalid TCN BPDUs received on this port. The
number of times this port migrated from one STP protocol
version to another. The relevant protocols are STPcompatible and RSTP/MSTP. A trap is generated when this
event occurs.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree MSTI statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
ProtocolMigrationCount
Value
The number of times this port migrated from one STP
protocol version to another. The relevant protocols are
STP-compatible and RSTP. A trap is generated when this
event occurs.
Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree MSTI statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
View multiple spanning tree instance (MSTI) port statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > VLAN >
Spanning Tree.
3. Click MSTP.
4. In the MSTP box, click the tab for which you want to view the statistics .
5. Select a port, and then click Graph.
6. Select the MSTI tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the MSTP MSTI Port statistics tab.
Variable
Value
ForwardTransitions
Number of times this port transitioned to the forwarding state for
this specific instance.
ReceivedBPDUs
Number of BPDUs received by this port for this spanning tree
instance.
TransmittedBPDUs
Number of BPDUs transmitted on this port for this spanning tree
instance.
InvalidBPDUsRcvd
Number of invalid BPDUs received on this port for this spanning
tree instance.
Performance Management
September 2011
165
Viewing VLAN statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Viewing RSTP status statistics
You can view status statistics for Rapid Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol (RSTP).
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > VLAN >
Spanning Tree > RSTP.
2. Click RSTP Status.
3. In the RSTP Status tab, select a port, and then click Graph.
Variable definitions
The following table describes the RSTP Stats fields.
Parameter
166
Description
RxRstBpduCount
The number of RSTP BPDUs this port received.
RxConfigBpduCount
The number of configuration BPDUs this port received.
RxTcnBpduCount
The number of TCN BPDUs this port received.
TxRstBpduCount
The number of RSTP BPDUs this port transmitted.
TxConfigBpduCount
The number of Config BPDUs this port transmitted.
TxTcnBpduCount
The number of TCN BPDUs this port transmitted.
InvalidRstBpduRxCount
The number of invalid RSTP BPDUs this port received. A
trap is generated when this event occurs.
InvalidConfigBpduRx Count
The number of invalid configuration BPDUs this port
received. A trap is generated when this event occurs.
InvalidTcnBpduRxCount
The number of invalid TCN BPDUs this port received. A
trap is generated when this event occurs.
ProtocolMigrationCount
The number of times this port migrated from one STP
protocol version to another. The relevant protocols are
STP-Compatible and RSTP. A trap is generated when this
event occurs.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing VRRP interface stats
Viewing VRRP interface stats
View VRRP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
2. Click VRRP.
3. Select the Interface tab.
4. Select an interface.
5. Click Graph.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the VRRP stats tab.
Variable
Value
BecomeMaster
The number of times that this virtual router
state transitions from BACKUP to
MASTER.
AdvertiseRcvd
The number of VRRP advertisements
received by this virtual router.
AdvertiseIntervalErrors
The number of received VRRP
advertisement packets an interval different
from the configured interval for the local
virtual router.
IPTtlErrors
The number of VRRP packets received by
the virtual router with IP TTL (Time-To-Live)
not equal to 255.
PriorityZeroPktsRcvd
The number of VRRP packets received by
the virtual router with a priority of 0.
PriorityZeroPktsSent
The number of VRRP packets sent by the
virtual router with a priority of 0.
InvalidTypePktsRcvd
The number of VRRP packets received by
the virtual router with an invalid value in the
type field.
Performance Management
September 2011
167
Viewing VLAN statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
Value
AddressListErrors
Packets received address list the address list
does not match the locally configured list for
the virtual router.
AuthTypeMismatch
The count of authentication type mismatch
messages.
PacketLengthErrors
The count of packet length errors.
AuthFailures
The count of authentication failure
messages.
Viewing VRRP statistics
View VRRP statistics to monitor network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
2. Click VRRP.
3. Click the Stats tab.
The VRRP statistics are displayed.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the VRRP statistics tab.
Variable
168
Value
ChecksumErrors
The number of VRRP packets received with an invalid
VRRP checksum value.
VersionErrors
The number of VRRP packets received with an unknown
or unsupported version number.
VrIDErrors
The number of VRRP packets received with an invalid
VrID for this virtual router.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing VRRP graph statistics
Viewing VRRP graph statistics
View VRRP statistics to monitor network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
2. Click VRRP.
3. Click the Stats tab.
4. Select the required data and click on the graph icon. The graphical representation
of VRRP statistics is displayed. You can view Line Chart, Bar Chart, Area Chart,
Dial Chart, or Pie Chart by clicking the appropriate icon.
Viewing IPv6 VRRP statistics
View IPv6 VRRP statistics to monitor network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IPv6.
2. Click VRRP.
3. Click the Stats tab.
4. Select the required data, and then click the graph icon. The graphical representation
of IPv6 VRRP statistics appears. You can view the Line Chart, Bar Chart, Area
Chart, Dial Chart, or Pie Chart by clicking the appropriate icon.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the VRRP statistics tab.
Variable
ChecksumErrors
Performance Management
Value
The number of VRRP packets received with an invalid
VRRP checksum value.
September 2011
169
Viewing VLAN statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
Value
VersionErrors
The number of VRRP packets received with an unknown
or unsupported version number.
VrIDErrors
The number of VRRP packets received with an invalid
VrID for this virtual router.
Viewing IPv6 VRRP interface statistics
View VRRP interface statistics to monitor network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IPv6.
2. Click VRRP.
3. Click the Interface tab.
4. Select an interface.
5. Click the Statistics button.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the VRRP Stats tab.
Variable
170
Value
MasterTransitions
The total number of times that this virtual router's state has
transitioned to MASTER. Discontinuities in the value of this
counter can occur at re-initialization of the management
system, and at other times as indicated by the value of
DiscontinuityTime.
RcdAdvertisements
The total number of VRRP advertisements received by this
virtual router. Discontinuities in the value of this counter can
occur at re-initialization of the management system, and at
other times as indicated by the value of DiscontinuityTime.
AdvIntervalErrors
The total number of VRRP advertisement packets received for
which the advertisement interval is different than the one
configured for the local virtual router. Discontinuities in the value
of this counter can occur at re-initialization of the management
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing IPv6 VRRP interface statistics
Variable
Value
system, and at other times as indicated by the value of
DiscontinuityTime.
IpTtlErrors
The total number of VRRP packets received by the Virtual router
with IPv4 TTL (for VRRP over IPv4) or IPv6 Hop Limit (for VRRP
over IPv6) not equal to 255. Discontinuities in the value of this
counter can occur at re-initialization of the management
system, and at other times as indicated by the value of
DiscontinuityTime.
RcvdPriZeroPackets
The total number of VRRP packets received by the virtual router
with a priority of '0'. Discontinuities in the value of this counter
can occur at re-initialization of the management system, and at
other times as indicated by the value of DiscontinuityTime.
SentPriZeroPackets
The total number of VRRP packets sent by the virtual router with
a priority of '0'. Discontinuities in the value of this counter can
occur at re-initialization of the management system, and at
other times as indicated by the value of DiscontinuityTime.
RcvdInvalidTypePkts
The number of VRRP packets received by the virtual router with
an invalid value in the 'type' field. Discontinuities in the value of
this counter can occur at re-initialization of the management
system, and at other times as indicated by the value of
DiscontinuityTime.
AddressListErrors
The total number of packets received for which the address list
does not match the locally configured list for the virtual router.
Discontinuities in the value of this counter can occur at reinitialization of the management system, and at other times as
indicated by the value of DiscontinuityTime.
PacketLengthErrors
The total number of packets received with a packet length less
than the length of the VRRP header. Discontinuities in the value
of this counter can occur at re-initialization of the management
system, and at other times as indicated by the value of
DiscontinuityTime.
RcvdInvalidAuthenticatio
ns
The total number of packets received with an unknown
authentication type.
DiscontinuityTime
The value of sysUpTime on the most recent occasion at which
any one or more of this entry's counters suffered a discontinuity.
If no such discontinuities have occurred since the last reinitialization of the local management subsystem, then this
object contains a zero value.
RefreshRate
The minimum reasonable polling interval for this entry. This
object provides an indication of the minimum amount of time
required to update the counters in this entry.
Performance Management
September 2011
171
Viewing VLAN statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
172
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 23: Viewing SMLT statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
This section contains procedures to view MLT and SMLT statistics.
Navigation
• Viewing SMLT statistics on page 173
• Viewing MLT Ethernet error statistics on page 175
• Viewing MLT interface statistics on page 177
• Viewing IST statistics on page 178
Viewing SMLT statistics
View SMLT statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > VLAN.
2. Click MLT/LACP.
3. Select the Ist/SMLT tab.
Job aid
The following table describes parameters on the IST/SMLT Stats tab.
Parameter
SmltIstDownCnt
Performance Management
Description
The number of times the session between
the two peering switches went down since
the last boot.
September 2011
173
Viewing SMLT statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
174
Description
SmltHelloTxMsgCnt
The count of transmitted hello messages.
SmltHelloRxMsgCnt
The count of received hello messages.
SmltLearnMacAddrTxMsgCnt
The count of transmitted learned MAC
address messages.
SmltLearnMacAddrRxMsgCnt
The count of received learned MAC address
messages.
SmltMacAddrAgeOutTxMsgCnt
The count of transmitted aging out MAC
address messages.
SmltMacAddrAgeOutRxMsgCnt
The count of received aging out MAC
address messages.
SmltMacAddrAgeExpTxMsgCnt
The count of transmitted MAC address age
expired messages.
SmltMacAddrAgeExpRxMsgCnt
The count of received MAC address age
expired messages.
SmltStgInfoTxMsgCnt
The count of transmitted STG information
messages.
SmltStgInfoRxMsgCnt
The count of received STG information
messages.
SmltDelMacAddrTxMsgCnt
The count of transmitted MAC address
deleted messages.
SmltDelMacAddrRxMsgCnt
The count of received MAC address received
messages.
SmltSmltDownTxMsgCnt
The count of transmitted SMLT down
messages.
SmltSmltDownRxMsgCnt
The count of received SMLT down
messages.
SmltSmltUpTxMsgCnt
The count of transmitted SMLT up
messages.
SmltSmltUpRxMsgCnt
The count of received SMLT up messages.
SmltSendMacTblTxMsgCnt
The count of sent send MAC table
messages.
SmltSendMacTblRxMsgCnt
The count of received send MAC table
messages.
SmltIgmpTxMsgCnt
The count of sent IGMP messages.
SmltIgmpRxMsgCnt
The count of received IGMP messages.
SmltPortDownTxMsgCnt
The count of sent port down messages.
SmltPortDownRxMsgCnt
The count of received port down messages.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing MLT Ethernet error statistics
Parameter
Description
SmltReqMacTblTxMsgCnt
The count or sent MAC table request
messages.
SmltReqMacTblRxMsgCnt
The count of received MAC table request
messages.
SmltRxUnknownMsgTypeCnt
The count of received unknown message
type messages.
Viewing MLT Ethernet error statistics
View the error statistics.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > VLAN.
2. Click MLT/LACP.
3. Click the MultiLink/LACP Trunks tab.
4. Select an MLT and click Graph.
The Statistics, MLT dialog box appears.
5. Click the Ethernet Errors tab.
The Ethernet Errors tab appears showing the Ethernet error statistics.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you view the MLT Ethernet error statistics.
Variable
AlignmentErrors
Performance Management
Value
The frame count frames received on a particular MLT that is not
an integral number of octets in length and does not pass the
FCS check. The count represented by an instance of this object
increments when the alignmentError status is returned by the
MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user). Received frames
for which multiple error conditions occur are, according to the
conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer Management, counted
exclusively according to the error status presented to the LLC.
September 2011
175
Viewing SMLT statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
176
Value
FCSErrors
The frame count received on an MLT that is an integral number
of octets in length, but does not pass the Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) check. The count represented by an instance
of this object increments when the FrameCheckError status is
returned by the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user).
Received frames for which multiple error conditions occur are,
according to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer
Management, counted exclusively according to the error status
presented to the LLC.
IMacTransmitError
The frame count for which transmission on a particular MLT fails
due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error. A frame is only
counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted by the
corresponding instance of either the LateCollisions object, the
ExcessiveCollisions object, or the CarrierSenseErrors object.
IMacReceiveError
The frame count for which reception on a particular MLT fails
due to an internal MAC sublayer receive error. A frame is
counted by an instance of this object only if it is not counted by
the corresponding instance of either the FrameTooLongs
object, the AlignmentErrors object, or the FCSErrors object.
The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance
of this object is implementation-specific. In particular, an
instance of this object can represent receive errors on a
particular interface that are not otherwise counted.
CarrierSenseError
The number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost
or never asserted during an attempt to transmit a frame on a
particular MLT. The count represented by an instance of this
object increments at most once for each transmission attempt,
even if the carrier sense condition fluctuates during a
transmission attempt.
FrameTooLong
The frame count received on a particular MLT that exceeds the
maximum permitted frame size. The count represented by an
instance of this object increments when the frameTooLong
status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC
user). Received frames for which multiple error conditions occur
are, according to the conventions of IEEE 802.3 Layer
Management, counted exclusively according to the error status
presented to the LLC.
SQETestError
The number of times that the SQE test error message is
generated by the PLS sublayer for a particular MLT. The SQE
test error message is defined in section 7.2.2.2.4 of ANSI/ IEEE
802.3-1985.
DeferredTransmiss
The frame count for which the first transmission attempt on a
particular MLT is delayed because the medium is busy. The
count represented by an instance of this object does not include
frames involved in collisions.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing MLT interface statistics
Variable
Value
SingleCollFrames
A count of successfully transmitted frames on a particular MLT
for which transmission is inhibited by exactly one collision. A
frame that is counted by an instance of this object is also
counted by the corresponding instance of either the
ifOutUcastPkts object, the ifOutMulticastPkts object, or the
ifOutBroadcastPkts object, and is not counted by the
corresponding instance of the MultipleCollisionFrames object.
MultipleCollFrames
The successfully transmitted frame count on a particular MLT
for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision.
A frame that is counted by an instance of this object is also
counted by the corresponding instance of either the
ifOutUcastPkts object, the ifOutMulticastPkts object, or the
ifOutBroadcastPkts object, and is not counted by the
corresponding instance of the SingleCollisionFrames object.
LateCollisions
The number of times that a collision is detected on a particular
MLT after 512 bit-times into the transmission of a packet; 512
corresponds to 51.2 microseconds on a 10 Mb/s system. A late
collision included in a count represented by an instance of this
object is also considered as a generic collision for purposes of
other collision-related statistics.
ExcessiveCollis
The frame count for which transmission on a particular MLT fails
due to excessive collisions.
Viewing MLT interface statistics
View interface statistics for the selected MLT.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > VLAN.
3. Click MLT/LACP. The MLT_LACP dialog box appears.
4. Click the MultiLink/LACP Trunks tab.
The MultiLink/LACP Trunks dialog box appears.
5. Click the PortType, and select trunk.
6. Click Graph.
The Statistics, MLT Interface tab appears displaying interface statistics for the
selected MLT.
Performance Management
September 2011
177
Viewing SMLT statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you configure the MultiLink/ LACP Trunks dialog
box.
Variable
Value
InOctets
The number of octets received on the MLT interface, including
framing characters.
OutOctets
The number of octets transmitted from the MLT interface, including
framing characters.
InUcastPkts
The number of packets delivered by this MLT to higher level
protocols that were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast
address at this sublayer.
OutUcastPkts
The number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be
transmitted that were not addressed to a multicast address at this
MLT. This number includes discarded or unsent packets.
InMulticastPkt
The number of packets delivered to this MLT that were addressed
to a multicast address at this sublayer. For a MAC layer protocol, this
number includes both Group and Functional addresses.
OutMulticast
The number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be
transmitted, and that were addressed to a multicast address at this
MLT, including those that were discarded or unsent. For a MAC layer
protocol, this number includes both Group and Functional
addresses.
InBroadcastPkt
The number of packets delivered to this MLT that were addressed
to a broadcast address at this sublayer.
OutBroadcast
The number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be
transmitted, and that were addressed to a broadcast address at this
MLT, including those that were discarded or not sent.
Viewing IST statistics
Use IST statistics tab to view IST statistics on an interface.
178
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing IST statistics
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > VLAN.
2. Click MLT/LACP.
3. Click the Ist/SMLT Stats tab.
The MLT_LACP, Ist/SMLT Stats dialog box appears showing IST statistics.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you understand the MLT_LACP Ist/SMLT
statistics.
Variable
Value
SmltIstDownCnt
The number of IST down messages.
SmltHelloTxMsgCnt
The number of hello messages transmitted.
SmltHelloRxMsgCnt
The number of hello messages received.
SmltLearnMacAddrTxMsgCnt
The number of learn MAC address messages
transmitted.
SmltLearnMacAddrRxMsgCnt
The number of learn MAC address messages
received.
SmltMacAddrAgeOutTxMsgCnt
The number of MAC address aging-out
messages transmitted.
SmltMacAddrAgeOutRxMsgCnt
The number of MAC address aging-out
messages received.
SmltMacAddrAgeExpTxMsgCnt
The number of MAC address age-expired
messages transmitted.
SmltMacAddrAgeExpRxMsgCnt
The number of MAC address age-expired
messages received.
SmltStgInfoTxMsgCnt
The number of SMLT STG information
messages transmitted.
SmltStgInfoRxMsgCnt
The number of SMLT STG information
messages received.
SmltDelMacAddrTxMsgCnt
The number of deleted MAC address messages
transmitted.
SmltDelMacAddrRxMsgCnt
The number of deleted MAC address messages
received.
Performance Management
September 2011
179
Viewing SMLT statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
180
Value
SmltSmltDownTxMsgCnt
The number of SMLT-down messages
transmitted.
SmltSmltDownRxMsgCnt
The number of SMLT-down messages
received.
SmltSmltUpTxMsgCnt
The number of SMLT-up messages
transmitted.
SmltSmltUpRxMsgCnt
The number of SMLT-up messages received.
SmltSendMacTblTxMsgCnt
The number of send-MAC-table messages
transmitted.
SmltSendMacTblRxMsgCnt
The number of send-MAC-table messages
received.
SmltIgmpTxMsgCnt
The number of IGMP messages transmitted.
SmltIgmpRxMsgCnt
The number of IGMP messages received.
SmltPortDownTxMsgCnt
The number of port-down messages
transmitted.
SmltPortDownRxMsgCnt
The number of port-down messages received.
SmltReqMacTblTxMsgCnt
The number of request-MAC-table messages
transmitted.
SmltReqMacTblRx MsgCnt
The number of request-MAC-table messages
received.
SmltRxUnknownMsgTypeCnt
The number of unknown SMLT messages
received.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 24: Viewing routing statistics
using Enterprise Device
Manager
Use statistics to help monitor routing performance on the Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600.
Navigation
• Viewing ACE/ACL port statistics on page 181
• Viewing RIP statistics on page 182
• Viewing IPv6 interface statistics on page 183
• Viewing IPv6 OSPF statistics on page 185
• Viewing OSPF chassis statistics on page 186
• Viewing global BGP statistics on page 187
Viewing ACE/ACL port statistics
View ACL port statistics to help you monitor performance and troubleshoot problems.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Security > Data
Path.
3. Click Advanced Filters (ACE/ACLs ).
4. Click the ACL tab.
5. Select any field on the ACL tab.
Performance Management
September 2011
181
Viewing routing statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
6. Click the ACE tab.
7. Click the Statistics tab.
The x refers to the number of the specified ACL ID.
Variable definitions
The following table describes the Statistics tab parameters.
Variable
Value
AclId
Specifies the associated ACL index.
AceId
Specifies the ACE index.
PortId
Specifies the port ID associated with this ACE.
MatchCountPkts
Specifies a packet count of the matching packets.
MatchCountOctets
Specifies the number of octets of the matching
packets.
Viewing RIP statistics
Use statistics to help you monitor Routing Information Protocol (RIP) performance. You can
also use statistics to help troubleshoot problems.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
2. Click RIP.
3. Click the Status tab.
The RIP dialog box appears showing the Status tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes the RIP parameters.
Variable
Address
182
Value
The IP address of the router interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing IPv6 interface statistics
Variable
Value
RcvBadPackets
The number of RIP response packets received by the RIP process
that were subsequently discarded for any reason (for example, a
version 0 packet or an unknown command type).
RcvBadRoutes
The number of routes, in valid RIP packets, that were ignored for
any reason (for example, unknown address family or invalid
metric).
SentUpdates
The number of triggered RIP updates actually sent on this interface.
This field explicitly does not include full updates sent that contain
new information.
Viewing IPv6 interface statistics
View IPv6 interlace statistic to analyze trends. You can also use statistics to troubleshoot
problems.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IPv6.
2. Click IPv6.
3. Click the Interfaces tab.
4. Click a brouter port or VLAN.
5. Click Graph.
Job aid
Use the data in the following table to configure the IPv6, Interface Stats dialog box.
Parameter
Description
Absolute Value
The absolute value of the received, transmitted, or dropped.
Cumulative
The number of received, transmitted, or dropped octets.
Average/Sec
The average number of received, transmitted, or dropped octets
for each second.
Minimum/Sec
The minimum number of received, transmitted, or dropped octets
for each second.
Performance Management
September 2011
183
Viewing routing statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
184
Description
Maximum/Sec
The maximum number of received, transmitted, or dropped octets
for each second.
LastVal/Sec
The last value a second received.
InReceives
The number of input datagrams received from interfaces,
including datagrams received in error.
InHdrErrors
The number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in their
IP headers, including bad checksums, version number mismatch,
other format errors, time-to-live exceeded, and errors discovered
in processing IP options.
InTooBigErrors
The number of input datagrams not forwarded because the size
exceeds the link maximum transmission unit (MTU) of the
outgoing interface.
InNoRoutes
The number of input datagrams discarded because no route is
found to transmit them to the destination.
InAdrErrors
The number of input address errors.
InUnknownProtos
The number of locally addressed datagrams received
successfully but discarded because of an unknown or
unsupported protocol. This counter increments at the interface to
which the datagrams are addressed that can not be the input
interface for some datagrams.
InTruncatedPkts
The number of input datagrams discarded because the datagram
frame did not carry enough data.
InDiscards
The number of input IPv6 datagrams for which no problems were
encountered to prevent continued processing, but which were
discarded (that is, for lack of buffer space).
This counter includes no datagrams discarded while awaiting reassembly.
InDelivers
The number of datagrams successfully delivered to IPv6 user
protocols (including ICMP). This counter increments at the
interface to which these datagrams are addressed, which is not
necessarily the input interface for certain datagrams.
OutForwDatagrams
The number of output datagrams that this entity receives and
forwards to the final destination. In entities that are not IPv6
routers, this counter includes only packets that are SourceRouted through this entity, and the Source-Route processing is
successful.
The counter of the outgoing interface increments when the entity
successfully forwards the datagram.
OutRequests
The number of IPv6 datagrams that the local IPv6 user-protocols
(including ICMP) supplies to IPv6 in requests for transmission.
The counter includes no datagrams counted in
ipv6IfStatsOutForwDatagrams.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing IPv6 OSPF statistics
Parameter
Description
OutDiscards
The number of output IPv6 datagrams for which no problem was
encountered to prevent the transmission to the destination, but
which were discarded (that is, for lack of buffer space). This
counter includes datagrams counted in
ipv6IfStatsOutForwDatagrams if any packets meet this
(discretionary) discard criterion.
OutFragOKs
The number of IPv6 datagrams successfully fragmented at this
output interface.
OutFragFails
The number of IPv6 datagrams not successfully fragmented at
this output interface.
OutFragCreates
The number of output datagram fragments that are created by IP
fragmentation.
ReasmReqds
Fragments to reassemble.
ReasmOKs
Reassembled successfully.
ReasmFails
Failed reassembles.
InMcastPkts
The number of ingress multicast packets.
OutMcastPkts
The number of egress multicast packets.
Viewing IPv6 OSPF statistics
View OSPF statistics to analyze trends.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IPv6.
2. Click OSPF.
3. Select the Stats tab.
The Stats tab appears.
Job aid
The following table describes parameters on the IPv6 OSPF tab.
Performance Management
September 2011
185
Viewing routing statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
Description
TxPackets
The count of sent packets.
RxPackets
The count of received packets.
TxDropPackets
The count of sent dropped packets.
RxDropPackets
The count of received dropped packets.
RxBadPackets
The count of received bad packets.
SpfRun
The count of intra-area route table updates
with calculations using this area link-state
database.
LastSpfRun
The count of the most recent SPF run.
LsdbTblSize
The count of the link state database table
size.
BadLsReqs
The count of bad link requests.
SeqMismatches
The count of sequence mismatched
packets.
Viewing OSPF chassis statistics
Use statistics to help you monitor Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) performance. You can also
graph statistics for all OSPF packets transmitted by the switch.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
2. Click OSPF.
3. Click the Stats tab.
4. To create a graph for OSPF statistics, select a column and a graph type.
Job aid
The following table describes the OSPF parameters.
Parameter
AbsoluteValue
186
Description
Displays the counter value.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing global BGP statistics
Parameter
Description
Cumulative
Displays the total value since you opened the Stats tab.
Average/sec
Displays the average value for each second.
Minnimum/sec
Displays the minimum value for each second.
Maximum/sec
Displays the maximum value for each second.
LastVal/sec
Displays the last value for each second.
LsdbTblSize
The number of entries in the link state database table.
TxPackets
The number of packets transmitted by OSPF.
RxPackets
The number of packets received by OSPF.
TxDropPackets
The number of packets dropped before being transmitted by
OSPF.
RxDropPackets
The number of packets dropped before they are received by
OSPF.
RxBadPackets
The number of packets received by OSPF that are bad.
SpfRuns
The number of SPF calculations performed by OSPF.
BuffersAllocated
The number of buffers allocated for OSPF.
BuffersFreed
The number of buffers freed by OSPF.
BufferAllocFailures
The number of times that OSPF failed to allocate buffers.
BufferFreeFailures
The number of times that OSPF failed to free buffers.
Routes
The count of OSPF routes.
Adjacencies
The count of OSPF adjacencies.
Areas
The count of OSPF areas.
Viewing global BGP statistics
View global BGP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
Performance Management
September 2011
187
Viewing routing statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
3. Click BGP.
4. Select the Global Stats tab to view BGP global statistics.
Job aid
The following table describes parameters on the Global Stats tab.
Parameter
188
Description
Starts
Number of times BGP connection started
Stops
Number of times BGP connection stopped
Opens
Number of times BGP connection opened
TCP
Closes
Number of times BGP connection closed
TCP
Fails
Number of times a TCP attempt failed
Fatals
Number of times TCP crashed due to fatal
error
ConnExps
Number of times the TCP retry timer expired
HoldExps
Number of times the hold timer expired
KeepExps
Number of times the keepalive timer expired
RxOpens
Number of Opens received by BGP
RxKeeps
Number of Keepalive messages received by
BGP
RxUpdates
Number of Updates received by BGP
RxNotifys
Number of Notifications received by BGP
TxOpens
Number of transmitted by BGP
TxKeeps
Number of Keepalive messages transmitted
by BGP
TxUpdates
Number of Updates transmitted by BGP
TxNotifys
Number of Notifications transmitted by BGP
BadEvents
Number of invalid events received by FSM
SyncFails
Number of times the FDB synchronization
failed
TrEvent
Trace event
RxECodeHeader
Number of Header errors received
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing global BGP statistics
Parameter
Description
RxECodeOpen
Number of Open errors received
RxECodeUpdate
Number of Update errors received
RxECodeHoldtimer
Number of Hold Timer Expired errors
received
RxECodeFSM
Number of FSM errors received
RxECodeCease
Number of Cease errors received
RxHdrCodeNoSync
Number of Header errors received as Not
Synchronized
RxHdrCodeInvalidMsgLen
Number of Header errors received as Invalid
Msg len
RxHdrCodeInvalidMsgType
Number of Header errors received as Invalid
Msg type
RxOpCodeBadVer
Number of Open errors received as Bad
version
RxOpCodeBadAs
Number of Open errors received as Bad AS
number
RxOpCodeBadRtID
Number of Open errors received as Bad BGP
Rtr ID
RxOpCodeUnsuppOption
Number of Open errors received as
Unsupported Option
RxOpCodeAuthFail
Number of Open errors received as Auth
Failure
RxOpCodeBadHold
Number of Open errors received as Bad Hold
Value
RxUpdCodeMalformedAttrList
Number of Update errors received as
Malformed Attr List
RxUpdCodeWellknownAttrUnrecog
Number of Update errors received as
Welknown Attr Unrecog
RxUpdCodeWellknownAttrMiss
Number of Update errors received as
Welknown Attr Missing
RxUpdCodeAttrFlagError
Number of Update errors received as Attr
Flag Error
RxUpdCodeAttrLenError
Number of Update errors received as Attr
Len Error
RxUpdCodeBadORIGINAttr
Number of Update errors received as Bad
ORIGIN Attr
Performance Management
September 2011
189
Viewing routing statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
190
Description
RxUpdCodeASRoutingLoop
Number of Update errors received as AS
Routing Loop
RxUpdCodeBadNHAttr
Number of Update errors received as: Bad
NEXT-HOP Attr
RxUpdCodeOptionalAttrError
Number of Update errors received as
Optional Attr Error
RxUpdCodeBadNetworkField
Number of Update errors received as Bad
Network Field
RxUpdCodeMalformedASPath
Number of Update errors received as
Malformed AS Path
TxECodeHeader
Number of Header errors transmitted
TxECodeOpen
Number of Open errors transmitted
TxECodeUpdate
Number of Update errors transmitted
TxECodeHoldtimerNumber
Number of Hold Timer Expired errors
transmitted
TxECodeFSM
Number of FSM errors transmitted
TxECodeCease
Number of Cease errors transmitted
TxHdrCodeNoSync
Number of Header errors transmitted as Not
Synchronized
TxHdrCodeInvalidMsgLen
Number of Header errors transmitted as
Invalid Msg len
TxHdrCodeInvalidMsgType
Number of Header errors transmitted as
Invalid Msg type
TxOpCodeBadVer
Number of Open errors transmitted as Bad
version
TxOpCodeBadAs
Number of Open errors transmitted as Bad
AS number
TxOpCodeBadRtID
Number of Open errors transmitted as Bad
BGP Rtr ID
TxOpCodeUnsuppOption
Number of Open errors transmitted as
Unsupported Option
TxOpCodeAuthFail
Number of Open errors transmitted as Auth
Failure
TxOpCodeBadHold
Number of Open errors transmitted as Bad
Hold Value
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing global BGP statistics
TxUpdCodeMalformedAttrList
Number of Update errors transmitted as
Malformed Attr List
TxUpdCodeWelknownAttrUnrecog
Number of Update errors transmitted as
Welknown Attr Unrecog
TxUpdCodeWelknownAttrMiss
Number of Update errors transmitted as
Welknown Attr Missing
TxUpdCodeAttrFlagError
Number of Update errors transmitted as Attr
Flag Error
TxUpdCodeAttrLenError
Number of Update errors transmitted as Attr
Len Error
TxUpdCodeBadORIGINAttr
Number of Update errors transmitted as Attr
List
TxUpdCodeASRoutingLoop
Number of Update errors transmitted as AS
Routing Loop
TxUpdCodeBadNHAttr
Number of Update errors transmitted as Bad
NEXT-HOP Attr
TxUpdCodeOptionalAttrError
Number of Update errors transmitted as
Optional Attr Error
TxUdpCodeBadNetworkField
Number of Update errors transmitted as Bad
Network Field
TxUpdCodeMalformedASPath
Number of Update errors transmitted as
Malformed AS Path
Performance Management
September 2011
191
Viewing routing statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
192
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 25: Viewing multicast route
statistics using Enterprise
Device Manager
View multicast route statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
2. Click Multicast.
3. Select the Static Source Group tab.
4. Select the required field for which you want to view the statistics, and then click
Stats.
5. The Multicast Stats dialog box appears.
Job aid
The following table describes parameters on the MPLS RSVP interface statistics tab.
Parameter
Description
Interface
Specifies the slot and port number of the
interface.
RsvpAdminState
Administratively enables or disables RSVP.
When set to disable, it brings down RSVP on
this interface only. The default is disable.
RsvpHelloInterval
Configures the RSVP hello interval (in
seconds). The range is global or a value from
0–65535 seconds. The default is 0. When set
to 0, this setting takes the value from the
global RSVP value.
Performance Management
September 2011
193
Viewing multicast route statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
194
Description
RefreshReduction
Configures the RSVP whether or not to send
RSVP summary refresh messages. The
default is global.
RefreshInterval
Configures the RSVP refresh interval (in
seconds). The range is from 0–65535
seconds, and the default 0. When set to 0,
this setting takes the value from the global
RSVP value.
RefreshMultiplier
Configures the refresh multiplier (in
seconds). When the node receives a
ResvErr message, this value multiplied times
the refresh interval determines how long to
set the blockade timer. (For more
information, see RFC 2205.) The range of
values is from 0–255, and the default is 0.
When set to a value of 0, this setting takes
the value from the global RSVP value.
MessageBundling
Bundles messages from different interfaces
that are going to the same final destination.
The default is global.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 26: Viewing MPLS statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
This section contains procedures to view multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) statistics in Enterprise
Device Manager.
Navigation
• Viewing MPLS receive statistics on page 195
• Viewing MPLS transmit statistics on page 196
• Viewing MPLS LDP statistics on page 196
• Viewing MPLS LDP session stats on page 198
• Viewing MPLS RSVP global statistics on page 200
• Viewing MPLS RSVP interface statistics on page 201
Viewing MPLS receive statistics
View MPLS receive statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > MPLS.
3. Click General.
4. Select the Receive Stats tab.
Job aid
The following table describes parameters on the MPLS Receive Stats tab.
Performance Management
September 2011
195
Viewing MPLS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
Description
LspPort
Displays the layer switched path (LSP) port.
LspLabel
Displays the LSP label.
LspPkts
Displays LSP packets.
Viewing MPLS transmit statistics
View MPLS transmit statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > MPLS.
2. Click General.
3. Select the Transmit Stats tab.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the MPLS Transmit Stats tab.
Variable
Value
LspPort
Displays the layer switched path (LSP) port.
LspLabel
Displays the LSP label.
LspPkts
Displays LSP packets.
Viewing MPLS LDP statistics
View MPLS list distribution protocol (LDP) statistics to manage network performance.
196
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing MPLS LDP statistics
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > MPLS.
2. Click LDP.
3. Select the Global Stats tab.
Job aid
The following table describes parameters on the MPLS LDP Global Stats tab.
Parameter
Description
NotifyRecv
The count of received notify messages.
NotifySent
The count of sent notify messages.
HelloRecv
The count of received hello messages.
HelloSent
The count of sent hello messages.
InitRecv
The count of received initialization
messages.
InitSent
The count of sent initialization messages.
KeepRecv
The count of received keep messages.
KeepSent
The count of sent keep messages.
AddrRecv
The count of received address messages.
AddrSent
The count of sent address messages.
AddrWdrRecv
The count of received address withdraw
messages.
AddrWdrSent
The count of sent address withdraw
messages.
LabelRelRecv
The count of received label release
messages.
LabelRelSent
The count of sent label release messages.
LabelAbrRecv
The count of received label abort
messages.
LabelAbrSent
The count of sent label abort messages.
SessionUp
The count of session up messages.
SessionDown
The count of session down messages.
Performance Management
September 2011
197
Viewing MPLS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
Description
BadLdpIdentifierErrors
The count of bad LDP identifier messages.
BadPduLengthErrors
The count of the number of Bad PDU Length
Fatal Errors detected by the session (past
and present) associated with this LDP
entity.
BadMessageLengthErrors
The count of the number of Bad Message
Length Fatal Errors detected by the session
(past and present) associated with this LDP
entity.
UnknownMessageErrors
The count of unknown message errors.
UnknownTlvErrors
The count of unknown type-length-value
(TLV) errors.
BadTlvLengthErrors
The count of bad tlv length errors.
MalformedTlvValueErrors
The count of malformed TLV value errors.
HoldTimerExpErrors
The count of hold timer expiration
messages.
SessionRejectedNoHelloErrors
The count of session rejected due to no hello
message errors.
SessionRejectedBadParmAdvErrors
The count of sessions rejected due to bad
parameter advertisement errors.
SessionRejectedMaxPduErrors
The count of rejected sessions due to
maximum PDU errors.
SessionRejectedBadLabelRangeErrors
The count of rejected sessions due to bad
label range errors.
SessionRejectedSetupabortErrors
The count of sessions rejected due to
aborted setup errors.
SessionRejectedBadKeepaliveErrors
The count of sessions rejected due to bad
keepalive messages.
Viewing MPLS LDP session stats
View LDP session stats to manage network performance.
198
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing MPLS LDP session stats
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > MPLS.
2. Click LDP.
3. Select the Session tab.
Job aid
The following table describes parameters on the LDP session statistics tab.
Parameter
Description
LocalLdpId
The local LDP identifier.
PeerLdpId
The peer LDP identifier.
State
The administration state.
Role
When a session starts, the LSR/LER takes
either the active role or the passive role
based on address comparisons. Indicates
whether this LSR/LER behaves in an active
role or passive role during session
establishment.
ProtocolVersion
The version of the LDP Protocol for this
session, negotiated during session
initialization.
KeepAliveHoldTimeRem
The keepalive hold time remaining for this
session.
KeepAliveTime
The number of seconds between keepalive
messages.
HoldTime
The proposed keep alive hold timer for this
LDP entity.
UpTime
The up time value at the time of the most
recent addition.
MessagesSent
The count of sent messages.
MessagesRcv
The count of received messages.
Performance Management
September 2011
199
Viewing MPLS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Viewing MPLS RSVP global statistics
View MPLS RSVP global statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > MPLS.
2. Click RSVP.
3. Select the Global Stats tab.
Job aid
The following table describes parameters on the MPLS RSVP Global Stats tab.
Parameter
200
Description
PathRcv
The count of path received messages.
PathSent
The count of path sent messages.
PathErrRcv
The count of path error received messages.
PathErrSent
The count of path error sent messages.
PathTearRcv
The count of path tear-down messages
received.
PathTearSent
The count of path tear-down messages
sent.
ResvRcv
The count of received reserve messages.
ResvSent
The count of sent reserve messages.
ResvErrRcv
The count of received reserve error
messages.
ResvErrSent
The count of sent reserve error messages.
ResvTearRcv
The count of received reserve tear-down
messages.
ResvTearSent
The count of sent reserve tear-down
messages.
ConfTearRcv
The count of received confirmation of teardown messages.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing MPLS RSVP interface statistics
Parameter
Description
ConfTearSent
The count of sent confirmation of tear-down
messages.
AckRcv
The count of received acknowledgement
messages.
AckSent
The count of sent acknowledgement
messages.
SRefreshRcv
The count of received summary refresh
messages.
SRefreshSent
The count of sent summary refresh
messages.
HelloReqRcv
The count of received hello request
messages.
HelloReqSent
The count of sent hello request messages.
HelloAckRcv
The count of received hello
acknowledgement messages.
HelloAckSent
The count of sent hello acknowledgement
messages.
BadIpHdr
The count of bad IP header messages.
BadVersion
The count of bad version messages.
BadRsvpLen
The count of bad RSVP messages.
BadCksum
The count of bad checksum messages.
BadMsggType
The count of bad message type messages.
BadMsgForm
The count of bad message form messages.
BadIntf
The count of bad interface messages.
Viewing MPLS RSVP interface statistics
View MPLS RSVP interface statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > MPLS.
2. Click RSVP.
Performance Management
September 2011
201
Viewing MPLS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
3. Click the Interface tab.
4. Select the interface for which you want to view the statistics.
5. Click Graph.
Job aid
The following table describes parameters on the MPLS RSVP interface statistics tab.
Parameter
202
Description
Interface
Specifies the slot and port number of the
interface.
RsvpAdminState
Administratively enables or disables RSVP.
When set to disable, it brings down RSVP on
this interface only. The default is disable.
RsvpHelloInterval
Configures the RSVP hello interval (in
seconds). The range is global or a value from
0–65535 seconds. The default is 0. When set
to 0, this setting takes the value from the
global RSVP value.
RefreshReduction
Configures the RSVP whether or not to send
RSVP summary refresh messages. The
default is global.
RefreshInterval
Configures the RSVP refresh interval (in
seconds). The range is from 0–65535
seconds, and the default 0. When set to 0,
this setting takes the value from the global
RSVP value.
RefreshMultiplier
Configures the refresh multiplier (in
seconds). When the node receives a
ResvErr message, this value multiplied times
the refresh interval determines how long to
set the blockade timer. (For more
information, see RFC 2205.) The range of
values is from 0–255, and the default is 0.
When set to a value of 0, this setting takes
the value from the global RSVP value.
MessageBundling
Bundles messages from different interfaces
that are going to the same final destination.
The default is global.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 27: Viewing VRF statistics for a
VRF using Enterprise Device
Manager
View VRF statistics to ensure the instance performs as expected.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > IP.
2. Click VRF.
3. Select a VRF.
4. Click Stats .
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you understand the VRF statistics.
Variable
Value
RouteEntries
Specifies the number of routes for this VRF.
FIBEntries
Specifies the number of Forwarding Information Base (FIB)
entries for this VRF.
Performance Management
September 2011
203
Viewing VRF statistics for a VRF using Enterprise Device Manager
204
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 28: Viewing EAPoL statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
This section contains procedures to graph Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPoL)
statistics.
Navigation
• Viewing EAPoL Authenticator statistics on page 205
• Viewing EAPoL diagnostic statistics on page 206
• Viewing EAPoL session statistics on page 209
• Showing the Authenticator Session Statistics on page 210
Viewing EAPoL Authenticator statistics
Use EAPoL Authenticator statistics to display Authenticator Port Access Entity (PAE) statistics
for each selected port.
Procedure steps
1. From the Device Physical View select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Port.
4. Click EAPOL Stats.
The EAPOL Stats tab for graphing a single port or multiple ports appears.
If you select multiple ports, from the Graph port EAPoL Stats tab Show list, select:
Absolute Value, Cumulative, Average/sec, Minimum/sec, Maximum/sec, or LastVal/
sec.
Performance Management
September 2011
205
Viewing EAPoL statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Job aid
The following table describes values on the EAPoL stats tab.
Parameter
Description
FramesRx
Displays the number of valid EAPoL frames of any
type received by this Authenticator.
FramesTx
Displays the number of EAPoL frame types of any type
transmitted by this Authenticator.
StartFramesRx
Displays the number of EAPoL start frames received
by this Authenticator.
LogoffFramesRx
Displays the number of EAPoL Logoff frames received
by this Authenticator.
RespIdFramesRx
Displays the number of EAPoL Resp/Id frames
received by this Authenticator.
RespFramesRx
Displays the number of valid EAP Response frames
(Other than Resp/Id frames) received by this
Authenticator.
ReqIdFramesTx
Displays the number of EAPoL Req/Id frames
transmitted by this Authenticator.
ReqFramesTx
Displays the number of EAP Req/Id frames (other than
Rq/Id frames) transmitted by this Authenticator.
EapLengthErrorFramesRx
Displays the number of EAPOL frames received by
this Authenticator in which the Packet Body Length
field is invalid.
InvalidEapolFramesRx
Displays the number of EAPoL frames received by this
Authenticator in which the frame type is not
recognized.
Viewing EAPoL diagnostic statistics
Use EAPoL diagnostic statistics to display the Authenticator PAE diagnostic statistics for each
selected port.
206
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing EAPoL diagnostic statistics
Procedure steps
1. From the Device Physical View select a port you want to graph.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Port.
The Port dialog box for a single port or for multiple ports appears with the Interface
tab visible.
4. Click EAPOL Diag tab.
The EAPOL Diag tab for a single port or for multiple ports appears.
5. If you select multiple ports, from the Graph Port EAPoL Stats tab Show list, select
Absolute Value, Cumulative, Average/sec, Minimum/sec, Maximum/sec, or LastVal/
sec to view the graph for multiple ports.
Job aid
The following table describes fields on the EAPoL diag tab.
Parameter
Description
EntersConnecting
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator
PAE state machine transitions to the Connecting
state from any other state.
EapLogoffsWhileConnecting
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator
PAE state machine transitions from Connected to
Disconnected as a result of receiving an EAPoLLogoff message.
EntersAuthenticating
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator
PAE state machine transitions from Connecting to
Authenticating as a result of receiving an EAPResponse/Identity message received from the
Supplicant.
AuthSuccessWhile Authenticating
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator
PAE state machine transitions from
Authenticating to Authenticated as a result of the
Backend authentication state machine indicating
successful authentication of the Supplicant.
AuthTimeoutsWhile Authenticating
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator
PAE state machine transitions from
Authenticating to Aborting as a result of the
Backend authentication state machine indicating
authentication timeout.
Performance Management
September 2011
207
Viewing EAPoL statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
208
Description
AuthFailWhileAuthenticating
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator
PAE state machine transitions from
Authenticating to Held as a result of the Backend
authentication state machine indicating
authentication failure.
AuthReauthsWhile Authenticating
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator
PAE state machine transitions from
Authenticating to Aborting as a result of a
reauthentication request.
AuthEapStartsWhileAuthenticating
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator
PAE state machine transitions from
Authenticating to Aborting as a result of an
EAPoL-Start message received from the
Supplicant.
AuthEapLogoffWhileAuthenticating
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator
PAE state machine transitions from
Authenticating to Aborting as a result of an
EAPoL-Logoff message received from the
Supplicant.
AuthReauthsWhile Authenticated
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator
PAE state machine transitions from Authenticated
to Connecting as a result of a reauthentication
request.
AuthEapStartsWhileAuthenticated
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator
PAE state machine transitions from Authenticated
to Connecting as a result of an EAPoL-Start
message received from the Supplicant.
AuthEapLogoffWhileAuthenticated
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator
PAE state machine transitions from Authenticated
to Disconnected as a result of an EAPoL-Logoff
message received from the Supplicant.
BackendResponses
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine sends an InitialAccess request packet to the Authentication
server.
BackendAccessChallenges
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine receives an InitialAccess challenge packet from the Authentication
server.
BackendOtherRequestsToSupplicant
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine sends an EAP
request packet (other than an Identity,
Notification, failure, or success message) to the
Supplicant.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing EAPoL session statistics
Parameter
Description
BackendNonNakResponsesFromSuppl Counts the number of times that the Backend
icant
Authentication state machine receives a
response from the supplicant to an initial EAP
request and the response is other than EAPNAK.
BackendAuthSuccesses
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine receives an EAPsuccess message from the Authentication
server.
BackendAuthFails
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine receives an EAPfailure message from the Authentication server.
Viewing EAPoL session statistics
Use EAPoL session statistics to display the Authenticator PAE statistics for each session that
is in progress and the final values for ports where no session is currently active.
Procedure steps
1. From the Device Physical View select a port you want to graph.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Port.
The Port dialog box for a single port or for multiple ports appears with the Interface
tab visible.
4. Click EAPOL Session.
The EAPOL Session tab for a single port or for multiple ports appears.
5. If you select multiple ports, from the Graph ports EAPoL Session tab Show options
box, select Absolute Value, Cumulative,Average/sec, Minimum/sec, Maximum/sec,
or LastVal/sec to view the graph for multiple ports.
Job aid
The following table describes parameters on the EAPoL sessions tab.
Performance Management
September 2011
209
Viewing EAPoL statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
Description
SessionOctetsRx
Displays the number of octets received in user data frames
on this port during the session.
SessionOctetsTx
Displays the number of octets transmitted in user data
frames on this port during the session.
SessionFramesRx
Displays the number of user data frames received on this
port during the session.
SessionFramesTx
Displays the number of user data frames transmitted on
this port during the session.
Showing the Authenticator Session Statistics
Use Authenticator Session Statistics to display the session statistics for the Authenticator PAE
associated with each port.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Security > Data
Path.
2. Click 802.1x–EAPOL. The EAPoL dialog box appears with the Global tab visible.
3. Select the Authentication Sessions tab.
The Authentication Sessions tab appears.
Variable definitions
The following table describes values on the Authentication sessions tab.
Parameter
210
Description
PortNumber
Indicates the Port number associated with this Port.
SessionId
Specifies a unique identifier for the session, in the form
of a printable ASCII string of at least three
characters.
SessionAuthenticMethod
Indicates the authentication method used to establish
the session.
SessionTime
Indicates the duration of the session in seconds.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing the Authenticator Session Statistics
Parameter
Description
SessionTerminateCause
Indicates the reason for the session termination.
SessionUserName
Indicates the User-Name that represents the identity
of the Supplicant PAE.
LastEapolFrameVersion
Indicates the protocol version number carried in the
most recently received EAPOL frame.
LastEapolFrameSource
Indicates the source MAC address carried in the most
recently received EAPOL frame.
Performance Management
September 2011
211
Viewing EAPoL statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
212
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 29: Viewing RADIUS statistics
using Enterprise Device
Manager
This chapter contains procedures to view RADIUS statistics.
Navigation
• Showing RADIUS server statistics on page 213
• Showing RADIUS IPv6 server statistics on page 214
Showing RADIUS server statistics
Use the server statistics feature to display the number of input and output packets and the
number of input and output bytes. Statistics from console ports are available to assist with
debugging.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Security >
Control Path.
2. Click RADIUS.
3. Click the RADIUS Servers Stats tab.
The RADIUS Servers Stats tab appears.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to show RADIUS server statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
213
Viewing RADIUS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
Value
Address
The IP address of the RADIUS server.
Used by
Identifies the client.
AccessRequests
Number of access-response packets sent to the server; does
not include retransmissions.
AccessAccepts
Number of access-accept packets, valid or invalid, received
from the server.
AccessRejects
Number of access-reject packets, valid or invalid, received from
the server.
BadResponses
Number of invalid access-response packets received from the
server.
PendingRequests
Access-request packets sent to the server that have not yet
received a response or that timed out.
ClientRetries
Number of authentication retransmissions to the server.
AcctOnRequests
Number of accounting On requests sent to the server.
AcctOffRequests
Number of accounting Off requests sent to the server.
AcctStartRequests
Number of accounting Start requests sent to the server.
AcctStopRequests
Number of accounting Stop requests sent to the server.
AcctInterimRequests
Number of Accounting Interim requests sent to the server.
Important:
The AcctInterimRequests counter increments only if you
select AcctIncludeCli from the RADIUS Global tab.
AcctBadResponses
Number of Invalid Responses discarded from the server.
AcctPendingRequests
Number of requests waiting to be sent to the server.
AcctClientRetries
Number of retries made to this server.
Showing RADIUS IPv6 server statistics
Use the IPv6 server statistics feature to display the number of input and output packets and
the number of input and output bytes. Statistics from console ports are available to assist with
debugging.
214
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing RADIUS IPv6 server statistics
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Security >
Control Path.
2. Click RADIUS.
3. Click the RADIUS IPv6 Servers Stats tab.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to show IPv6 RADIUS server statistics.
Variable
Value
Address
The IPv6 address of the RADIUS server.
Used by
Identifies the client.
AccessRequests
Number of access-response packets sent to the server; does
not include retransmissions.
AccessAccepts
Number of access-accept packets, valid or invalid, received
from the server.
AccessRejects
Number of access-reject packets, valid or invalid, received from
the server.
BadResponses
Number of invalid access-response packets received from the
server.
PendingRequests
Access-request packets sent to the server that have not yet
received a response or that timed out.
ClientRetries
Number of authentication retransmissions to the server.
AcctOnRequests
Number of accounting On requests sent to the server.
AcctOffRequests
Number of accounting Off requests sent to the server.
AcctStartRequests
Number of accounting Start requests sent to the server.
AcctStopRequests
Number of accounting Stop requests sent to the server.
AcctInterimRequests
Number of Accounting Interim requests sent to the server.
Important:
The AcctInterimRequests counter increments only if you
select AcctIncludeCli from the RADIUS Global tab.
AcctBadResponses
Number of Invalid Responses discarded from the server.
AcctPendingRequests
Number of requests waiting to be sent to the server.
Performance Management
September 2011
215
Viewing RADIUS statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
AcctClientRetries
216
Value
Number of retries made to this server.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 30: Viewing DHCP statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
Graph DHCP statistics to view values and manage network performance.
Viewing DHCP statistics
Use the following procedure to view DHCP statistics
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > VLAN.
3. Click VLANs.
4. On the VLANs dialog box, select the VLAN with DHCP statistics you want to
graph.
5. Click IP.
6. Select the DHCP tab.
7. On the DHCP tab, click Graph.
Variable definitions
The following table describes parameters on the DHCP stats tab.
Variable
Value
NumRequests
The count of request messages.
NumReplies
The count of reply messages.
Performance Management
September 2011
217
Viewing DHCP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
218
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 31: Viewing SNMP statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
Display SNMP statistics to monitor the number of specific error messages, such as the number of
messages delivered to SNMP but not allowed.
Showing SNMP statistics
Use the following procedure to display SNMP statistics
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Security >
Control Path.
2. Click General.
3. Click the SNMP tab.
The SNMP tab appears.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to display SNMP statistics tab.
Variable
Value
OutTooBigs
The number of SNMP PDUs that the SNMP protocol entity
generated and for which the value of the error-status field
is tooBig.
OutNoSuchNames
The number of SNMP PDUs that the SNMP protocol entity
generated and for which the value of the error-status is
noSuchName.
OutBadValues
The number of SNMP PDUs that SNMP protocol entity
generated and for which the value of the error-status field
is badValue.
Performance Management
September 2011
219
Viewing SNMP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
220
Value
OutGenErrors
The number of SNMP PDUs that the SNMP protocol entity
generated and for which the value of the error-status field
is genErr.
InBadVersions
The number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity and were for an unsupported SNMP
version.
InBadCommunity Names
The number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity that used an SNMP community name not
known to the entity.
InBadCommunity Users
The number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity that represented an SNMP operation not
allowed by the SNMP community named in the message.
InASNParseErrs
The number of ASN.1 or BER errors encountered by the
SNMP protocol entity when decoding received SNMP
messages.
InTooBigs
The number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status
field is tooBig.
InNoSuchNames
The number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status
field is noSuchName.
InBadValues
The number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status
field is badValue.
InReadOnlys
The number of valid SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status
field is read-only. It is a protocol error to generate an SNMP
PDU that contains the value read-only in the error-status
field; this object provides a way to detect incorrect
implementations of the SNMP.
InGenErrors
The number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity and for which the value of the error-status
field is genErr.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 32: Viewing UDP statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
This section describes how to view UDP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager.
Viewing UDP statistics
Use the following procedure to view UDP statistics.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Chassis.
4. Click the UDP tab.
5. Click Clear Counters. Discontinuities in the counter value can occur when the
management system reinitializes and at other times as indicated by discontinuities
in the sysUpTime value.
Job aid
Use the data in the following table to use the UDP tab.
Parameter
Description
NoPorts
The number of received UDP datagrams for which no application at
the destination port.
InErrors
The number of received UDP datagrams that cannot be delivered
for reasons other than the lack of an application at the destination
port.
InDatagrams
The number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users for devices
that can receive more than 1 million UDP datagrams each second.
OutDatagrams
The number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity.
Performance Management
September 2011
221
Viewing UDP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
222
Description
HCInDatagrams
The number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users for devices
that can receive more than 1 million UDP datagrams each second.
HCOutDatagrams
The number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity for devices that
can transmit more than 1 million UDP datagrams each second.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 33: Viewing PCAP statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
This section describes how to view PCAP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager.
Viewing PCAP stats
View PCAP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Edit >
Diagnostics.
2. Click PCAP.
3. Select the PCAPStat tab.
Job aid
The following table describes parameters on the PCAP stats tab.
Parameter
Description
ResetStat
Resets statistics.
PacketCapacityCount
The packet capacity count.
NumberOfPacketsReceived
The number of packets received in
the PCAP engine.
NumberOfPacketsAccumulated
The number of packets captured in
the PCAP engine.
NumberOfPacketsDroppedInPcapEngine
The number of packets dropped in
the PCAP engine by filters.
NumberOfPacketsDroppedInHardware
The number of packets dropped in
hardware.
Performance Management
September 2011
223
Viewing PCAP statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
224
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 34: Viewing RMON statistics using
Enterprise Device Manager
This section contains procedures to enable and view RMON statistics in Enterprise Device Manager.
Navigation
• Enabling RMON statistics (default) on page 225
• Verifying RMON statistics are enabled on page 226
• Enabling RMON statistics (nondefault owner) on page 227
• Viewing RMON statistics on page 228
• Viewing RMON history statistics on page 230
Enabling RMON statistics (default)
Enable RMON statistics on a selected port when you want to see the statistics for the port.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Serviceability
> RMON.
2. Click Options.
3. Select Enable.
4. Click Apply, and then click Close.
5. On the device view, select a port or multiple ports.
6. Right-click the selected ports.
7. In the Port shortcut menu, select Enable Rmon Stats.
If RMON statistics are not globally enabled, Enterprise Device Manager prompts
you to do so.
Performance Management
September 2011
225
Viewing RMON statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Port shortcut menu fields.
Variable
Value
Port
Identifies the port number.
Edit General
Makes modifications to the port statistics.
Edit IP
Makes modifications to the IP address.
Edit IPv6
Makes modifications to the IPv6 address.
Graph
Creates a graph of port statistics.
Enable
Enables the port.
Disable
Disables the port.
Enable RMON stats
Collects RMON statistics on the port.
Enable RMON History
Collects an RMON history on the port.
Enable FastStart
Enables FastStart on the port.
Disable FastStart
Disables FastStart on the port.
Verifying RMON statistics are enabled
Use the following procedure to verify that RMON statistics are enabled.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a chassis.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Serviceability
> RMON.
3. Click Control.
4. Click the Ethernet Statistics tab.
The default owner displayed is the host name on which Enterprise Device Manager
runs.
If RMON statistics are enabled, entries appear on the RmonControl—Ethernet
Statistics tab.
226
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Enabling RMON statistics (nondefault owner)
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Ethernet Statistics tab.
Variable
Value
Index
An index that uniquely identifies an entry in the Ethernet Statistics table.
Port
This object identifies the source of the data that this etherStats entry is
configured to analyze.
Owner
The entity that configured this entry and therefore runs the assigned
resources.
Enabling RMON statistics (nondefault owner)
The default owner of the RMON statistics port is the host name on which the Enterprise Device
Manager software runs. Insert another host name when to change the default owner of the
RMON statistics.
Procedure steps
1. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Serviceability
> RMON.
2. Click Control.
3. Click the Ethernet Statistics tab.
4. Click Insert. The Insert Ethernet Statistics dialog box appears.
5. In the Index box, type the index number that uniquely identifies an entry in the
Ethernet Statistics table or use the default value.
6. In the Port box, click the [...] button. The Port Editor:Port dialog box appears.
7. Select a port and click Ok.
8. In the Owner box, type the entity to configure the entry and to use the assigned
resources.
9. Click Insert.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the Insert Ethernet Statistics tab.
Performance Management
September 2011
227
Viewing RMON statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Variable
Value
Index
An index that uniquely identifies an entry in the Ethernet Statistics table.
Port
This object identifies the source of the data that this etherStats entry is
configured to analyze.
Owner
The entity that configured this entry and therefore uses the assigned
resources.
Viewing RMON statistics
Use the following procedure to view RMON statistics for each port.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Port.
4. Click the RMON tab.
5. Select the statistics to graph.
6. Select a graph type:
• bar
• pie
• chart
• line
Job aid
The following table describes fields on the RMON tab.
Parameter
InOctets
228
Description
The number of octets of data (including those in bad packets)
received on the network (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets).
You can use this object as a reasonable estimate of Ethernet
usage. If you require additional precision, sample the Pkts and
Octets objects before and after a common interval. The
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing RMON statistics
Parameter
Description
differences in the sampled values are Pkts and Octets, and the
number of seconds in the interval is Interval. These values are
used to calculate the Utilization as follows:
Pkts * (9.6+6.4) + (Octets * .8)
Utilization = ......................................
Interval * 10,000
The result of this equation is the value Utilization, which is the
percent of usage of the Ethernet segment from 0 to 100
percent.
Pkts
The number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast
packets, and multicast packets) received.
BroadcastPkts
The number of good packets received that were directed to the
broadcast address. This number does not include multicast
packets.
MulticastPkts
The number of good packets received that were directed to a
multicast address. This number does not include packets directed
to the broadcast address.
CRCAlignErrors
The number of packets received that had a length (excluding
framing bits, but including FCS octets) from 64 to 1518 octets but
had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral
number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a nonintegral
number of octets (Alignment Error).
UndersizePkts
The number of packets received that were less than 64 octets in
length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) and were
otherwise well formed.
OversizePkts
The number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets
(excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) and were
otherwise well formed.
Fragments
The number of packets received that were less than 64 octets in
length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) and had
either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral
number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a nonintegral
number of octets (Alignment Error).
It is normal for Fragments to increment because it counts both
runs (which are normal occurrences due to collisions) and noise
hits.
Collisions
The best estimate of the number of collisions on this Ethernet
segment. The value returned depends on the location of the
RMON probe. Section 8.2.1.3 (10Base-5) and section 10.3.1.3
(10Base-2) of IEEE standard 802.3 states that a station must
detect a collision in the receive mode if three or more stations
transmit simultaneously. A repeater port must detect a collision
when two or more stations transmit simultaneously. Thus, a probe
placed on a repeater port can record more collisions than a probe
connected to a station on the same segment.
Performance Management
September 2011
229
Viewing RMON statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
Description
Probe location plays a much smaller role when considering
10Base-T. 14.2.1.4 (10Base-T) of IEEE standard 802.3 defines a
collision as the simultaneous presence of signals on the DO and
RD circuits (transmitting and receiving at the same time). A
10Base-T station can detect collisions only when it transmits.
Thus, probes placed on a station and a repeater report the same
number of collisions.
An RMON probe inside a repeater reports collisions between the
repeater and one or more other hosts (transmit collisions as
defined by IEEE 802.3k) plus receiver collisions observed on any
coax segments to which the repeater connects.
Viewing RMON history statistics
View RMON history statistics to see a statistical sample from the switch. You can create a
graph of the statistics in a bar, pie, chart, or line format. View RMON history statistics by
performing this procedure.
Procedure steps
1. In the Device Physical View tab, select a port.
2. In the navigation tree, open the following folders: Configuration > Graph.
3. Click Port.
4. Click the RMON History tab.
5. Select the statistics you want to graph.
6. Click the button for the type of graph you require (bar, pie, chart, or line).
Variable definitions
The following table describes values on the RMON History tab.
Parameter
Utilization
230
Description
Specifies the best estimate of the mean physical layer network
utilization on this interface during the sampling interval, in
hundredths of a percent.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing RMON history statistics
Parameter
Description
Octets
Specifies the total number of octets of data (including those in bad
packets) received on the network (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
Pkts
Specifies the number of packets (including bad packets) received
during this sampling interval.
BroadcastPkts
Specifies the number of good packets received during this
sampling interval that were directed to the broadcast address.
MulticastPkts
Specifies the number of good packets received during this
sampling interval that were directed to a multicast address. This
number does not include packets addressed to the broadcast
address.
DropEvents
Specifies the total number of events in which packets were dropped
by the probe due to lack of resources during this sampling interval.
This number is not necessarily the number of packets dropped; it
is only the number of times this condition was detected.
CRCAlignErrors
Specifies the number of packets received during this sampling
interval that had a length (excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets) from 64–1518 octets, inclusive, but had either a bad Frame
Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS
Error) or a bad FCS with a nonintegral number of octets (Alignment
Error).
UndersizePkts
Specifies the number of packets received during this sampling
interval that were less than 64 octets (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets) and were otherwise well formed.
OversizePkts
Specifies the number of packets received during this sampling
interval that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits
but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well formed.
Fragments
Specifies the total number of packets received during this sampling
interval that were less than 64 octets in length (excluding framing
bits but including FCS octets) and had either a bad Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or
a bad FCS with a nonintegral number of octets (Alignment Error).
It is entirely normal for Fragments to increment because it counts
both runts (which are normal occurrences due to collisions) and
noise hits.
Collisions
Specifies the best estimate of the total number of collisions on this
Ethernet segment during this sampling interval. The value returned
depends on the location of the RMON probe. Section 8.2.1.3
(10Base-5) and section 10.3.1.3 (10Base-2) of IEEE standard
802.3 states that a station must detect a collision in the receive
mode if three or more stations transmit simultaneously. A repeater
port must detect a collision when two or more stations transmit
simultaneously. Thus, a probe placed on a repeater port can record
more collisions than a probe connected to a station on the same
Performance Management
September 2011
231
Viewing RMON statistics using Enterprise Device Manager
Parameter
Description
segment. Probe location plays a smal role when 10Base-T. 14.2.1.4
(10Base-T) of IEEE standard 802.3 defines a collision as the
simultaneous presence of signals on the DO and RD circuits
(transmitting and receiving at the same time). A 10Base-T station
can detect only collisions when it transmits. Thus, probes placed
on a station and a repeater can report the same number of
collisions. A RMON probe inside a repeater can ideally report
collisions between the repeater and one or more other hosts
(transmit collisions as defined by IEEE 802.3k) plus receiver
collisions observed on any coax segments to which the repeater is
connected.
232
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 35: CLI statistics command
reference
This section provides a reference listing the CLI commands you can use to view the statistics described
in the subsequent configuration sections.
Roadmap of CLI commands for viewing statistics
The following table lists commands and parameters to view statistics in the CLI.
Command
Parameter
config ip traffic-filter
clear-stats
<fid>
clear filter acl statistics
default
<acl-id>
clear filter acl statistics
port
<acl-id>
config cli monitor duration
<integer>
config mpls statistics
receive enable
config mpls statistics
receive info
config mpls statistics
receive start-label
<label #>
config radius clear-stat
monitor ports stats ospf
extended
[<ports>]
monitor ports stats ospf main [<ports>]
[from <value>]
monitor ports stats rmon
[<ports>]
show diag pcap stats
Performance Management
September 2011
233
CLI statistics command reference
Command
Parameter
show filter acl statistics
port
<acl-id>
show ip ipfix exporterstatistics
[<slots>]
show ip ipfix hash-stats
[<slots>]
show ip ospf ifstats
[mismatch]
[detail]
[vrf <value>]
[vrfids <value>]
[vrf <value>]
show ip ospf stats
[vrfids <value>]
show ip pgm interface stat
general
show ip pgm interface stat
nak
show ip pgm interface stat
parity
show ip pgm retransmit
show ip pgm session
show ip tcp statistics-global
show ip traffic-filter stats
<fids>
show mlt stats [<mid>]
[<mid>]
show mpls ldp statistics
[Peer IPAddress]
[detail]
[queues <value>]
show mpls statistics info
receive
show mpls statistics info
transmit
show mpls statistics receive
[label <value>]
[port <value>]
show mpls statistics transmit [port <value>]
234
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Roadmap of CLI commands for viewing statistics
Command
show mpls rsvp statistics
Parameter
receive [label <value>] [port <value>]
transmit [label <value>] [port <value>]
show mstp stats
show ports error ospf
[<ports>]
show ports info eapol authdiags
[port <value>]
[vlan <value>]
show ports info eapol authstats
[port <value>]
[vlan <value>]
show ports info eapol config
[port <value>]
[vlan <value>]
show ports info eapol operstats
[port <value>]
[vlan <value>]
show ports info eapol
session-stats
[port <value>]
show ports info rstp stats
[vlan <value>]
[port <value>]
[vlan <value>]
show ports stats
show ports stats bridging
[port <value>]
show ports stats dhcp-relay
[port <value>]
[vrf <value>]
[vrfids <value>]
show port stats egress-queues [<ports>]
[vlan <value>]
[port <value>]
[intervalid <ports>]
show ports stats interface
extended
Performance Management
[port <value>]
September 2011
235
CLI statistics command reference
Command
Parameter
show ports stats lacp
[port <value>]
show ports stats ospf
extended
[port <value>]
show ports stats ospf main
port
<ports>
show ports stats rmon
[port <value>]
show ports stats routing
[<ports>]
show ports stats stg
<ports>
interval <integer>
show ports stats wis
felinecurrent
[vlan <value>]
[port <value>]
show ports stats wis
felineinterval
<intervalid>
show ports stats wis
fepathcurrent
[vlan <value>]
[port <value>]
show ports stats wis
fepathinterval
<intervalid>
[port <value>]
show ports stats wis
linecurrent
[vlan <value>]
[port <value>]
show ports stats wis
lineinterval
<intervalid>
[<ports>]
[<ports>]
show ports stats wis
pathcurrent
[vlan <value>]
[port <value>]
show ports stats wis
pathinterval
<intervalid>
[<ports>]
236
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Roadmap of CLI commands for viewing statistics
Command
show ports stats wis
sectioncurrent
Parameter
[vlan <value>]
[port <value>]
show ports stats wis
sectioninterval
<intervalid>
[<ports>]
show qos stats egress-queueset
all [verbose]
egress-queue-set <id> [verbose]
port <ports> [verbose]
[verbose]
show qos stats policy
all
port <ports> [policy <value>]
land <lane-no> [policy <value>]
<ace-id>
<port-num>
<ace-id>
<port-num>
show radius server stat
show rmon ether-stats
show rstp stats
show sys eapol
clear ip msdp statistics
Performance Management
[peer<peer-address>]
September 2011
237
CLI statistics command reference
238
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 36: Viewing TCP statistics using
the CLI
View TCP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View TCP statistics with the following command: show ip tcp statisticsglobal
Job aid: Output for show ip tcp statistics-global
The following table describes the output for the show ip tcp statistics-global
command.
Parameter
Description
ActiveOpens
The count of transitions by TCP connections
to the SYN-SENT state from the CLOSED
state.
PassiveOpens
The count of transitions by TCP connections
to the SYN-RCVD state from the LISTEN
state.
AttemptFails
The count of transitions by TCP connections
to the CLOSED state from either the SYNSENT state or the SYN-RCVD state, plus the
count of transitions to the LISTEN state from
the SYN-RCVD state.
EstabResets
The count of transitions by TCP connections
to the CLOSED state from the
ESTABLISHED or CLOSE-WAIT state.
CurrEstab
The count of TCP connections for which the
current state is either ESTABLISHED or
CLOSE-WAIT.
Performance Management
September 2011
239
Viewing TCP statistics using the CLI
Parameter
240
Description
InSegs
The total count of segments received,
including those received in error. This count
includes segments received on currently
established connections.
OutSegs
The number of segments sent, including
those on current connections but excluding
those containing only retransmitted octets.
RetransSegs
The count of TCP segments transmitted
containing one or more previously
transmitted octets.
InErrs
The count of segments received in error.
OutRsts
The count of TCP segments sent that contain
the RST flag.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 37: Viewing interface statistics
using the CLI
View interface statistics to manage network performance.
Navigation
• Viewing Port routing statistics on page 241
• Displaying bridging statistics for specific ports on page 242
• Displaying DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports on page 243
• Viewing IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics on page 244
• Displaying LACP statistics for specific ports on page 244
• Displaying RMON statistics for specific ports on page 245
• Viewing IPv6 VRRP statistics on page 248
Viewing Port routing statistics
View port routing statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View port routing statistics with the following command: show ports stats
routing [<ports>]
Variable definitions
The following table defines variables in the show ports stats routing [<ports>]
command.
Performance Management
September 2011
241
Viewing interface statistics using the CLI
Variable
[<ports>]
Value
Indicates port on which to view statistics.
Job aid: Output for show ports stats routing
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats routing [<ports>]
command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number.
IN_FRAME UNICAST
The count of inbound unicast frames.
IN_FRAME MULTICAST
The count of inbound multicast frames.
IN DISCARD
The count of inbound discarded frames.
OUT_FRAME UNICAST
The count of outbound unicast frames.
OUT_FRAME MULTICAST
The count of outbound multicast frames.
Displaying bridging statistics for specific ports
Display individual bridging statistics for specific ports to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view egress queue statistics for specific ports:
show port stats bridging [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
[port <value>]
242
Value
Displays all statistics by port.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Displaying DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports
Job aid: show port stats bridging parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show port stats bridging [port
<value>] command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Port index of the statistics table.
IN_FRAME UNICAST
The count of inbound unicast frames.
IN_FRAME MULTICAST
The count of inbound Multicast frames.
IN_FRAME BROADCAST
The count of inbound Broadcast frames.
OUT_FRAME
The count of outbound frames.
Displaying DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports
Display individual DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view egress queue statistics for specific ports.
show port stats dhcp-relay [port <value>] [vrf <value>] [vrfids <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use this command.
Variable
Value
[port <value>]
Specifies the port.
[vrf <value>]
Specifies a VRF instance by VRF name.
[vrfids <value>]
Specifies a VRF or range of VRFs by ID
Performance Management
September 2011
243
Viewing interface statistics using the CLI
Job aid: show port stats dhcp-relay parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show port stats dhcp-relay [port
<value>] [vrf <value>] [vrfids <value>] command.
Variable
Value
PORT_NUM
Indicates the port number.
VRF NAME
Identifies the VRF.
NUMREQUEST
Indicates the number of DHCP requests on
this interface.
NUMREPLY
Indicates the number of DHCP replies on this
interface.
Viewing IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics
Display individual IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports to manage network
performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics.
show ipv6 dhcp-relay counters
Displaying LACP statistics for specific ports
Display individual LACP statistics for specific ports to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view egress queue statistics for specific ports.
244
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Displaying RMON statistics for specific ports
show port stats lacp [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use this command.
Variable
[port <value>]
Value
Displays all statistics by port.
Job aid: show port stats lacp parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show port stats lacp [port <value>]
command.
Parameter
Description
PORT_NUM
Indicates the port number.
TX LACPDU
The count of transmitted LACP data units.
RX LACPDU
The count of received LACP data units.
TX MARKERPDU
The count of transmitted marker protocol
data units.
RX MARKERPDU
The count of received marker protocol data
units.
TX MARKERRESPPDU
The count of transmitted marker protocol
response data units.
RX MARKERRESPPDU
The count of received marker protocol
response data units.
RX UNKNOWN
The count of received unknown frames.
RX ILLEGAL
The count of received illegal frames.
Displaying RMON statistics for specific ports
Display individual RMON statistics for specific ports to manage network performance.
Performance Management
September 2011
245
Viewing interface statistics using the CLI
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view egress queue statistics for specific ports.
show port stats rmon [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use this command.
Variable
[port <value>]
Value
Displays all statistics by port.
Job aid: show port stats rmon parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show port stats rmon [port <value>]
command.
Parameter
246
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number.
OCTETS
The number of octets of data (including those
in bad packets) received on the network
(excluding framing bits but including FCS
octets).
PKTS
The number of packets (including bad
packets, broadcast packets, and multicast
packets) received.
MULTICAST
The number of packets received that were
directed to a multicast address. This number
does not include packets directed to the
broadcast address.
BROADCAST
The number of packets received that were
directed to the broadcast address. This
number does not include multicast packets.
CRC ALLIGN
The number of packets received that had a
length (excluding framing bits, but including
FCS octets) from 64 to 1518 octets,
inclusive, but had either a bad Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing VRRP interface statistics
Parameter
Description
octets (FCS Error), or a bad FCS with a
nonintegral number of octets (Alignment
Error).
UNDERSIZE
The number of packets received that were
less than 64 octets in length (excluding
framing bits, but including FCS octets) and
were otherwise well formed.
OVERSIZE
The number of packets received that were
longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing
bits, but including FCS octets) and were
otherwise well formed.
FRAGMENT
The number of packets received that were
less than 64 octets in length (excluding
framing bits but including FCS octets) and
had either a bad Frame Check Sequence
(FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS
Error) or a bad FCS with a nonintegral
number of octets (Alignment Error).
COLLISION
An estimate of the number of collisions on
this Ethernet segment.
Viewing VRRP interface statistics
View VRRP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view VRRP interface statistics.
show ip vrrp stats [vrid <value>][ip <value>][vrf <value>]
[vrfids <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use this command.
Performance Management
September 2011
247
Viewing interface statistics using the CLI
Variable
Value
vrf <WORD 0–64>
Specifies the VRF name. The string length
ranges from 0 to 64.
vrfids <0–255>
Specifies the VRF ID range.
Viewing IPv6 VRRP statistics
View IPv6 VRRP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view IPv6 VRRP statistics.
show ipv6 vrrp stats [vrid <value>][link-local <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use show ipv6 vrrp stats [vrid
<value>][link-local <value>] command.
Variable
248
Value
vfid <value>
Specifies the virtual router ID in the range of
1 to 255.
link-local <value>
Specifies the IPv6 address and the string
length ranges from 0 to 127.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 38: Viewing IPFIX statistics using
the CLI
This section contains procedures to view IPFIX statistics.
Navigation
• Viewing IPFIX exporter statistics on page 249
• Viewing IPFIX hash statistics on page 250
Viewing IPFIX exporter statistics
View exporter statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View IPFIX exporter statistics with the following command:
show ip ipfix exporter-statistics [<slots>]
Variable definitions
The following table describes an optional parameter you enter after the show ip ipfix
exporter-statistics command.
Variable
[<slots>]
Performance Management
Value
Indicates a slot or range of slots to view
statistics.
September 2011
249
Viewing IPFIX statistics using the CLI
Job aid: Output for show ip ipfix exporter-statistics
The following table describes the output for the show ip ipfix exporter-statistics
command.
Parameter
Description
SlotNum
Indicates the slot number.
Collector-IP Address
Indicates the IP address for the designated
collector interface.
Number of packets sent
Indicates the number of packets sent.
Number of bytes sent
Indicates the number of bytes sent.
Number of packets lost
Indicates the number of lost packets.
Viewing IPFIX hash statistics
View hash statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View IPFIX exporter statistics with the following command: show ip ipfix hashstats [<slots>]
See the following table for more information.
Variable definitions
The following table describes an optional parameter you enter after the show ip ipfix
hash-stats command.
Variable
[<slots>]
250
Value
Indicates a slot or range of slots to view
statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing IPFIX hash statistics
Job aid: Output for show ip ipfix hash-stats
The following table describes the output for the show ip ipfix hash-stats command.
Parameter
Description
SlotNum
Indicates the slot number.
Hash Overflows
Indicates the number of hash overflows for
each slot.
Hash Drops (resource contention)
Indicates the number of hash drops for each
slot.
Performance Management
September 2011
251
Viewing IPFIX statistics using the CLI
252
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 39: Viewing QoS statistics using
the CLI
View statistics to ensure proper QoS performance.
Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 I/O modules limit the memory for statistics counters. The
system supports up to 1000 counters for ingress (depending on the overlapping attribute values) and an
equal number for egress.
Navigation
• Traffic shaping statistics on page 253
• Displaying egress queue set statistics on page 254
• Displaying egress queue statistics for specific ports on page 255
• Displaying policing statistics on page 256
• Clearing ACL default statistics on page 258
• Displaying ACE for each-port statistics on page 258
• Clearing ACE for each-port statistics on page 259
• Clearing traffic filter statistics on page 260
• Showing traffic filter statistics on page 261
Traffic shaping statistics
Two hardware counters are maintained for every elementary egress queue. These two
counters are total pages and dropped pages, where each page represents 512 bytes. For
example, a 64-byte packet uses a 512 byte memory page.
Statistic precision makes it difficult to compare actual queue output because statistics include
byte counts. If you consider packet sizes fewer than 512 bytes, each packet appears as one
page. However, for packets greater than 512 bytes, the actual number of pages is greater than
the number of frames. Based on backplane overhead, 512-byte packets use two pages; each
cell holds 144 or 148 bytes of data, depending on whether the packer header extension is
present.
Performance Management
September 2011
253
Viewing QoS statistics using the CLI
The following table describes the relationship between packet size and memory pages used
for egress queuing.
Table 8: Relationship between packet size and memory pages used for egress queuing
Packet size (bytes)
Number of pages
1 to 63
1
64 to 148
1
149 to 632
2
633 to 1120
3
1121 to 1518
4
Displaying egress queue set statistics
Display egress queue set statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to display egress queue set statistics:
show qos stats egress-queue-set
Variable definitions
The following table defines optional parameters you enter after the show qos stats
egress-queue-set command.
Variable
254
Value
all [verbose]
Displays all queue statistics.
egress-queue-set <id>
[verbose]
Displays all queue statistics identified by the
specific ID.
port <ports> [verbose]
Displays all queue statistics by port.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Displaying egress queue statistics for specific ports
Job aid: show qos stats egress-queue-set parameters
The following table describes parameters in the output for the show qos stats egressqueue-set command.
Parameter
Description
Port
Port index of the statistics table.
Qid
Queue offset from the base queue for this
port.
Total pages
Total pages offered to the queue.
Dropped pages
Total pages dropped by the queue.
Utilization %
The approximate percent of individual queue
traffic compared to the total traffic egressing
all queues of a particular port. Because
individual queues statistics cannot be read at
the same moment, it is an approximation.
Queue IDs are offsets from a port base
queue and page size also appears here for
convenience.
Displaying egress queue statistics for specific ports
Display individual egress queue statistics to manage network performance. Be aware that you
can also use these statistics to verify that drops occur according to the queue priority level.
Procedure steps
Display individual egress queue statistics with the following command:
show port stats egress-queues
Variable definitions
The following table describes variables that you enter after the show port stats egressqueues command.
Performance Management
September 2011
255
Viewing QoS statistics using the CLI
Variable
Value
[ <ports> ]
Displays statistics for the specified ports.
[queues <value> ]
Displays statistics for the specified queue list.
[verbose]
Displays the queues with both nonzero and zero
allocation. Otherwise, only queues with nonzero
allocations are shown. You can also use this
option for debugging because it can signal a
configuration problem if the queues with zero
allocation have packet drops.
Job aid: show port stats egress-queues parameters
The following table describes parameters in the output for the show port stats egressqueues command.
Parameter
Description
Port
Port index of the statistics table.
Qid
Queue offset from the base queue for this
port.
Total pages
Total pages offered to the queue.
Dropped pages
Total pages dropped by the queue.
Utilization %
The approximate percent of individual queue
traffic compared to the total traffic egressing
all queues of a particular port. Because
individual queues statistics cannot be read at
the same moment, it is an approximation.
Queue IDs are offsets from a port base
queue and page size also appear for
convenience.
Displaying policing statistics
Display policing statistics to manage network performance.
Important:
There is a known issue with the show qos stats policy all command in that it does
not display the correct statistics.
256
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Displaying policing statistics
Procedure steps
Display policing statistics with the following command:
show qos stats policy
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
all
Displays all policing statistics.
port <ports> [policy <value> ]
Displays policing statistics by port.
lane <lane-no> [policy <value> ]
Displays policing statistics by specific lane.
Job Aid: show qos stats policy parameters
The following table describes the output for the show qos stats policy command.
Parameter
Description
Policer name
Specifies the packet policer name.
Id
Identifies a global policer (GP) ID value
corresponding to the local policer. Valid
values range from 1 to 16 383.
lane ports
Specifies a port number for a set of lanes.
Total pkts
Specifies the total packets.
Total Bytes
Specifies the total bytes.
BytesOvr SvcRate
Specifies the bytes over the local policer
service rate.
BytesOvr PeakRate
Specifies the bytes over the local policer
peak rate.
DropOthPkts
The count of other dropped packets.
Performance Management
September 2011
257
Viewing QoS statistics using the CLI
Clearing ACL default statistics
Clear ACL default statistics to remove statistics you no longer need and to conserve
memory.
Procedure steps
Clear ACL default statistics with the following command:
clear filter acl statistics default [ <acl-id> ]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
<acl-id>
Value
A unique identifier (in the range 1 to 4096) for
this ACL entry.
Displaying ACE for each-port statistics
Display port ACE statistics for the corresponding AC to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Display port ACE statistics for the corresponding ACL with the following command:
show filter acl statistics port [ <acl-id> ] [ <acl-id> <ace-id> ] [ <aclid> <ace-id> <port-num> ]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
258
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Clearing ACE for each-port statistics
Variable
Value
<acl-id>
Specifies a unique identifier (in the range 1 to 4096) for
this ACL entry.
<ace-id>
Specifies a unique identifier (in the range 1 to 1000) for
this ACE entry.
<port-num>
Identifies the port number for which you wish to display
ACE statistics.
Job aid: show filter acl statistics port parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show filter acl statistics port
command.
Parameter
Description
Acl ID
Specifies the identifier for the ACL.
Acl Name
Specifies the name for the ACL.
Acl Type
Specifies the ACL type.
Ace Id
Specifies the ACE identifier.
Port Num
Specifies the port number.
Packets
Specifies the number of packets on the
port.
Bytes
Specifies the number of bytes on the port.
Clearing ACE for each-port statistics
Clear port ACE statistics for all ACLs if you no longer require the data or to conserve
memory.
Procedure steps
Clear port ACE statistics for all ACLs, or for a particular ACL, with the following
command:
Performance Management
September 2011
259
Viewing QoS statistics using the CLI
clear filter acl statistics port [ <acl-id> ] [ <acl-id> <ace-id> ] [
<acl-id> <ace-id> <port-num> ]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use this command.
Variable
Value
<acl-id>
Specifies a unique identifier (in the range 1 to 4096) for
this ACL entry.
<ace-id>
Specifies a unique identifier (in the range 1 to 1000) for
this ACE entry.
<port-num>
Identifies the port number for which you wish to display
ACE statistics.
Clearing traffic filter statistics
Clear traffic filter statistics to delete records of statistics you no longer require.
Procedure steps
Clear the traffic filter statistics by using the following command:
config ip traffic-filter clear-stats [<fid>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use the config ip traffic-filter
[<fid>] command.
Variable
260
Value
clear-stats
[<fid>]
Clears filter statistics for the specified filter ID.fid is the traffic filter
ID range from 1 to 4000.
info
Displays which IP traffic filters are configured for the command.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing traffic filter statistics
Showing traffic filter statistics
View the filter ID and counter information for all filters that have statistics gathering enabled,
or for a specific filter ID.
Procedure steps
View the traffic filter statistics by using the following command:
show ip traffic-filter stats [<fid>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use the show ip traffic-filter stats
[<fid>]
Variable
Value
The traffic filter ID range from 1 to 4000.
[<fid>]
Job aid: Output for show ip traffic-filter stats
The following table describes the output parameters for the show ip traffic-filter
stats [<fid>] command.
Parameter
Description
FILTER ID
Indicates the filter.
FILTER-PKTS
The count of filter packets.
FILTER-OCTETS
The count of filter octets.
TRAFFIC PROFILE DISCARD PKTS
The count of discarded packets.
Performance Management
September 2011
261
Viewing QoS statistics using the CLI
262
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 40: Viewing multicast statistics
using the CLI
You can view the following multicast statistics using the CLI:
Navigation
• Showing PGM retransmission statistics on page 263
• Showing PGM session statistics on page 264
• Showing PGM interface statistics on page 266
• Showing PGM interface nak statistics on page 267
• Showing PGM interface parity statistics on page 268
• Viewing multicast and unicast statistics using the CLI on page 268
Showing PGM retransmission statistics
Display the PGM retransmission statistics to help you analyze trends.
Procedure steps
Show PGM retransmission statistics using the following command: show ip pgm
retransmit
Job aid: show ip pgm retransmit command
The following table shows the fields for the show ip pgm retransmit command.
Parameter
SOURCE PORT
Performance Management
Description
Displays the source port of this retransmit state.
September 2011
263
Viewing multicast statistics using the CLI
Parameter
Description
GLOBAL ID
Displays the global ID for this entry.
SOURCE
Displays the source IP address for this entry.
GROUP
Displays the destination group address for this entry.
SEQ_NUM TG/CNT
Displays the selected sequence number for this entry.
UPSTREAM CCT
Displays the upstream circuit number from this entry.
DOWNSTREAM
Displays the list of downstream interfaces from this entry.
Showing PGM session statistics
Display the PGM session statistics to help you analyze trends.
Procedure steps
Show PGM session statistics using the following command: show ip pgm session
Job aid: show ip pgm session command
The following table describes the fields for the show ip pgm session command.
Parameter
264
Description
SOURCE PORT
Displays the source port for this session.
GLOBAL ID
Displays the global ID for this session.
SOURCE
Displays the source IP address for this session.
GROUP
Displays the destination group address for this session.
UPSTREAM ADDRESS
Displays the IP address of the upstream interface for this
session.
UPSTREAM IF_CCT
Displays the circuit number of the upstream interface for this
session.
TRAIL EDGE SEQ
Displays the trailing edge sequence of the transfer
window.
LEAD EDGE SEQ
Displays the leading edge sequence of the transfer
window.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing PGM session statistics
Parameter
Description
IN SPMS
Displays the number of SPMs received during this
session.
OUT SPMS
Displays the number of SPMs sent during this session.
TOTAL RE_XMIT STATES
Displays the total number of retransmit state entries during
this session.
TOTAL RE_XMIT TIMEOUT
Displays the total number of timed out retransmit state
entries during this session.
IN RDATA
Displays the number of RDATA packets received during this
session.
OUT RDATA
Displays the number of RDATA packets sent during this
session.
IN_RDATA NO_STATE
ERORS
Displays the number of RDATA packets discarded because
there was no active session.
UNIQUE NAKS
Displays the number of unique NAKs received during this
session.
IN NAKS
Displays the number of NAKs received during this
session.
OUT NAKS
Displays the number of unique NAKs sent during this
session.
IN_NAK SEQ ERRORS
Displays the number of NAKs discarded because they were
out of sequence.
IN NNAKS
Displays the number of NNAKs received during this
session.
OUT NNAKS
Displays the number of NNAKs sent out during this
session.
IN NCFS
Displays the number of NCFs received during this
session.
OUT NCFS
Displays the number of NCFs sent during this session.
IN_REDIRECTED NCFS
Displays the number of redirected NCFs received during
this session.
IN_PARITY_NAK
Displays the number of parity NAKs received during this
session.
OUT_PARITY_NAK
Displays the number of parity NAKs sent during this
session.
IN_PARITY_RDATA
Displays the number of parity RDATA packets received
during this session.
OUT_PARITY_RDATA
Displays the number of parity RDATA packets sent out
during this session.
Performance Management
September 2011
265
Viewing multicast statistics using the CLI
Parameter
Description
IN_PARITY_NCF
Displays the number of parity NCFs received during this
session.
OUT_PARITY_NCF
Displays the number of parity NCFs sent out during this
session.
IN_PARITY_SPM
Displays the number of parity SPMs received during this
session.
OUT_PARITY_SPM
Displays the number of parity SPMs sent during this
session.
UNIQUE_PARITY_NAKS
Displays the number of unique parity NAKs received during
this session.
Showing PGM interface statistics
Show PGM interface statistics to display general statistics about the selected interface.
Procedure steps
Show PGM interface statistics using the following command: show ip pgm
interface stat general
Job aid: show ip pgm interface stat general command
The following table describes the fields for the show ip pgm interface stat general
command.
Parameter
CCT
Description
Displays the circuit number of the selected interface.
TOTAL REXMIT STATES Displays the number of retransmit state entries for this
interface.
266
TOTAL REXMIT
TIMEOUT
Displays the number of timed-out retransmit state entries for this
interface.
IN SPMS
Displays the number of SPMs received on this interface.
OUT SPMS
Displays the number of SPMs sent from this interface.
IN RDATA
Displays the number of RDATA packets received on this
interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing PGM interface nak statistics
Parameter
Description
OUT RDATA
Displays the number of RDATA packets sent from this
interface.
IN NCFS
Displays the number of NCFs received on this interface.
OUT NCFS
Displays the number of NCFs sent from this interface.
IN REDIRECT NCFS
Displays the number of redirected NCFs received on this
interface.
Showing PGM interface nak statistics
Show PGM interface nak statistics to display information about NAK and NNAK on the selected
interface.
Procedure steps
Show PGM interface nak statistics using the following command: show ip pgm
interface stat nak
Job aid: show ip pgm interface stat nak command
The following table describes the fields for the show ip pgm interface stat nak
command.
Parameter
Description
CCT
Displays the circuit number of the selected interface.
UNIQUE_NAKS
Displays the number of unique NAKs this interface received.
IN_NAKS
Displays the number of NAKs this interface received.
OUT_NAKS
Displays the number of unique NAKs this interface sent.
IN_NNAKS
Displays the number of NNAKs this interface received.
OUT_NNAKS
Displays the number of NNAKs this interface sent.
Performance Management
September 2011
267
Viewing multicast statistics using the CLI
Showing PGM interface parity statistics
Show PGM interface parity statistics to display parity information about the selected
interface.
Procedure steps
Show PGM interface parity statistics using the following command: show ip pgm
interface stat parity
Job aid: show ip pgm interface stat parity command
The following table describes the fields for the show ip pgm interface stat parity
command.
Parameter
Description
CCT
Displays the circuit number of the selected interface.
IN SPMS
Displays the number of SPMs received on this interface.
OUT SPMS
Displays the number of SPMs sent from this interface.
IN RDATA
Displays the number of RDATA packets received on this
interface.
OUT RDATA
Displays the number of RDATA packets sent from this interface.
IN NCFS
Displays the number of NCFs received on this interface.
OUT NCFS
Displays the number of NCFs sent from this interface.
IN NAKS
Displays the number of NAKs received on this interface.
OUT NAKS
Displays the number of unique NAKs sent from this interface.
UNIQUE NAKS
Displays the number of unique NAKs received on this interface.
Viewing multicast and unicast statistics using the CLI
Use statistics to help you monitor routing performance. You can also use statistics to
troubleshoot problems.
268
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing multicast and unicast statistics using the CLI
Procedure steps
To display multicast and unicast information about the specified port or for all ports,
use the following command:
show ports stats interface extended [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the following table to help you use this command.
Variable
port <value>
Value
<value>
is the port/slot number or a range of ports. If
you do not specify the port, statistics for all
ports are shown.
The following table describes the interface parameters.
Variable
Value
PORT_NUM
Indicates the port number.
IN_UNICST
Indicates the number of subnetwork-unicast packets received from
a higher-layer protocol.
OUT_UNICST
Indicates the number of packets that higher-level protocols
requested to be transmitted to a subnetwork-unicast address,
including those discarded or not sent.
IN_MULTICST
Indicates the number of multicast packets received from a higherlayer protocol.
OUTMULTICST
Indicates the number of multicast packets delivered to a higher-layer
protocol.
IN_BRDCST
Indicates the number of broadcast packets received from a higherlayer protocol.
OUT_BRDCST
Indicates the number of broadcast packets delivered to a higherlayer protocol.
Performance Management
September 2011
269
Viewing multicast statistics using the CLI
270
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 41: Viewing 10GbE statistics using
the CLI
You can view the following 10 GbE statistics by using the CLI:
Navigation
• Showing port statistics on page 271
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN section statistics using the CLI on page 273
• Viewing 10 GbE current section statistics at a specified interval using the CLI on
page 274
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN current line statistics using the CLI on page 275
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN line statistics at a specified interval using the CLI on page 277
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN far end line statistics using the CLI on page 278
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN far end line statistics at a specified interval using the CLI on
page 279
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics using the CLI on page 280
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics at a specified interval using the CLI on page 281
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN FE path statistics using the CLI on page 283
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN far end path statistics at a specified interval using the CLI on
page 284
• Viewing 10 GbE SONET medium statistics using the CLI on page 285
Showing port statistics
View the statistics of all 10 GbE ports.
Performance Management
September 2011
271
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the CLI
Procedure steps
To show the statistics of ports, use the following command: show ports stats
Job aid: Output for show ports stats
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats command.
Parameter
272
Description
CIRCUIT ID
Transmission vendor circuit identifier to facililtate troubleshooting.
Note that the circuit identifier, if available, is also represented by
PhysAddress.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
INTERVAL ID
Each interval (1..96) represents a 15-minute time period
(sometimes called a bin). 96 bins represents 24 hours.
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
LINE TYPE
Line type for this interface. Currently, this is LongSingle, indicating
long-range, single mode fiber.
LINE CODING
Line coding for this interface. This is always Non Return to Zero
(NRZ) for 10 GbE WAN.
MEDIUM TYPE
The current framing (SONET or SDH) operating on this interface.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as described
in Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
SEVERELY
ERRORED FRAMES
(SEFs)
Severely Errored Framing Second (SEFs) is a second containing
one or more SEF events.
STATUS
Status of defects.
TIME ELAPSED
Number of seconds, including partial seconds, that have elapsed
since the beginning of the current measurement period. If, for some
reason, such as an adjustment in the system time-of-day clock, the
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE WAN section statistics using the CLI
Parameter
Description
current interval exceeds the maximum value, the agent returns the
maximum value.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
VALID INTERVALS
Number of previous 15 minute intervals for which performance
monitoring data was collected.
WIDTH
Number of defects.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN section statistics using the CLI
Show current section statistics on specified ports to ensure the port functions properly.
Procedure steps
To show the current section statistics on specified ports, enter: show ports stats
wis sectioncurrent [vlan <value>] [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
vlan <value>
Identifies the VLAN.
ports
Ports is an optional parameter you can use
to specify statistics for a specific port.
Job aid: Output for show ports stats wis sectioncurrent
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats wis sectioncurrent
command.
Parameter
PORT NUM
Performance Management
Description
Slot and port number
September 2011
273
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the CLI
Parameter
Description
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
SEVERELY
ERRORED FRAMES
(SEFs)
Severely Errored Framing Second (SEFs) is a second containing
one or more SEF events.
STATUS
Status of defects.
Viewing 10 GbE current section statistics at a specified
interval using the CLI
View current section statistics on specified ports at a specified interval to ensure the interface
functions properly.
Procedure steps
To show the current section statistics on specified ports, enter: show ports stats
wis sectioninterval <intervalid> [<ports>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
intervalid
274
Value
The interval identifier (the interval range is 1
to 96 seconds).
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE WAN current line statistics using the CLI
Variable
Value
Ports is an optional parameter you can use
to specify statistics for a specific port.
ports
Job aid: Output for show ports stats wis sectioninterval
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats wis
sectioninterval command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
SEVERELY
ERRORED FRAMES
(SEFs)
Severely Errored Framing Second (SEFs) is a second containing
one or more SEF events.
Interval ID
Identifies the interval.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN current line statistics using the CLI
View current line statistics on specified ports to ensure the interface functions properly.
Performance Management
September 2011
275
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the CLI
Procedure steps
To view current line statistics on specified ports, enter: show ports stats wis
linecurrent [vlan <value>] [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
vlan <value>
Identifies the VLAN.
ports
Ports is an optional parameter you can use
to specify statistics for a specific port.
Job aid: Output for show ports stats wis linecurrent
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats wis linecurrent
command.
Parameter
276
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
STATUS
Status of defects.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE WAN line statistics at a specified interval using the CLI
Viewing 10 GbE WAN line statistics at a specified interval
using the CLI
View current line statistics on specified ports at a specified interval to ensure the interface
functions properly.
Procedure steps
To view line statistics at a specified interval, enter: show ports stats wis
lineinterval <intervalid> [<ports>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
intervalid
The interval identifier (the interval range is 1
to 96 seconds).
ports
Ports is an optional parameter that you can
use to specify statistics for a specific port.
Job aid: Output for show ports stats wis lineinterval
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats wis lineinterval
command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number.
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
Performance Management
September 2011
277
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the CLI
Parameter
Description
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Interval ID
Identifies the interval.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far end line statistics using the CLI
View current FE line statistics on specified ports to ensure the interface functions properly.
Procedure steps
To show current FE line statistics on specified ports, enter: show ports stats wis
felinecurrent [vlan <value>] [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
vlan <value>
Identifies the VLAN.
ports
Ports is an optional parameter you can use
to specify statistics for a port.
Job aid: Output for show ports stats wis felinecurrent
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats wis felinecurrent
command.
278
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far end line statistics at a specified interval using the CLI
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far end line statistics at a specified
interval using the CLI
View current FE line statistics on specified ports at a specified interval to ensure the interface
functions properly.
Procedure steps
To show current FE line statistics on specified ports at a specified interval, enter: show
ports stats wis felineinterval <intervalid> [<ports>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
intervalid
The interval identifier (the interval range is 1
to 96 seconds).
ports
Ports is an optional parameter that you can
use to specify statistics for a specific port.
Performance Management
September 2011
279
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the CLI
Job aid: Output for show ports stats wis felineinterval
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats wis felineinterval
command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Interval ID
Identifies the interval.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics using the CLI
View current path statistics on specified ports to ensure the interface functions properly. The
default Path SES threshold of 2400 corresponds to a situation where 30 per cent of all of the
SPEs being received have parity errors detected through the Path BIP checks.
Procedure steps
To show current path statistics on specified ports, enter: show ports stats wis
pathcurrent [vlan <value>] [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
280
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics at a specified interval using the CLI
Variable
Value
vlan <value>
Identifies the VLAN.
ports
Ports is an optional parameter you can use
to specify statistics for a specific port.
Job aid: Output for show ports stats wis pathcurrent
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats wis pathcurrent
command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
STATUS
Status of defects.
WIDTH
Number of defects.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics at a specified interval
using the CLI
View current path statistics on specified ports at a specified interval to ensure the interface
functions properly.
Performance Management
September 2011
281
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the CLI
Procedure steps
To show current path statistics on specified ports at a specified interval, enter: show
ports stats wis pathinterval <intervalid> [<ports>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
intervalid
The interval identifier (the interval range is 1
to 96 seconds).
ports
Ports is an optional parameter that you can
use to specify statistics for a specific port.
Job aid: Output for show ports stats wis pathinterval
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats wis pathinterval
command.
Parameter
282
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Interval ID
Identifies the interval.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE WAN FE path statistics using the CLI
Viewing 10 GbE WAN FE path statistics using the CLI
View current FE path statistics on specified ports to ensure the interface functions properly.
Procedure steps
To show current FE path statistics on specified ports, enter: show ports stats wis
fepathcurrent [vlan <value>] [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
vlan <value>
Identifies the VLAN.
ports
Ports is an optional parameter you can use
to specify statistics for a specific port.
Job aid: Output for show ports stats wis fepathcurrent
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats wis fepathcurrent
command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
Performance Management
September 2011
283
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the CLI
Parameter
Description
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far end path statistics at a specified
interval using the CLI
View FE path statistics on specified ports at a specified interval to ensure the interface functions
properly.
Procedure steps
To show current FE path statistics on specified ports at a specified interval, enter: show
ports stats wis fepathinterval <intervalid> [<ports>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
intervalid
The interval identifier (the interval range is 1
to 96 seconds).
ports
Ports is an optional parameter that you can
use to specify statistics for a specific port.
Job aid: Output for show ports stats wis fepathinterval
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats wis fepathinterval
command.
Parameter
PORT NUM
284
Description
Slot and port number
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE SONET medium statistics using the CLI
Parameter
Description
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Interval ID
Identifies the interval.
Viewing 10 GbE SONET medium statistics using the CLI
View current SONET medium statistics on a specified port to ensure the interface functions
properly.
Procedure steps
To show current SONET medium statistics on a specified port, enter: show ports
stats wis sonnetmedium [vlan <value>] [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
vlan <value>
Identifies the VLAN.
ports
Ports is an optional parameter that you can
use to specify statistics for a specific port.
Performance Management
September 2011
285
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the CLI
Job aid: Output for show ports stats wis sonetmedium
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats wis sonetmedium
command.
Parameter
286
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
MEDIUM TYPE
The current framing (SONET or SDH) operating on this interface.
TIME ELAPSED
Number of seconds, including partial seconds, that have elapsed
since the beginning of the current measurement period. If, for some
reason, such as an adjustment in the system time-of-day clock, the
current interval exceeds the maximum value, the agent returns the
maximum value.
VALID INTERVALS
Number of previous 15–minute intervals for which performance
monitoring data was collected.
LINE CODING
Line coding for this interface. This is always Non Return to Zero
(NRZ) for 10 GbE WAN.
LINE TYPE
Line type for this interface. Currently, this is LongSingle, indicating
long-range, single-mode fiber.
CIRCUIT ID
Transmission vendor circuit identifier to facilitate troubleshooting.
The circuit identifier, if available, is also represented by
PhysAddress.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 42: Viewing VLAN and Spanning
Tree statistics using the CLI
You can view the following VLAN and Spanning Tree statistics using the CLI:
Navigation
• Viewing RSTP status statistics using the CLI on page 287
• Viewing RSTP port statistics on page 288
• Viewing STG statistics counters on page 289
• Viewing MSTP statistics using the CLI on page 290
• Viewing MLT statistics on page 291
Viewing RSTP status statistics using the CLI
View RSTP status statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View RSTP statistics using the following command: show rstp stats
Job aid: Output for show rstp stats
The following table describes the output for the show rstp stats command.
Parameter
RSTP Up Count
Performance Management
Description
The number of times RSTP Module has been
enabled. A Trap is generated on the
occurence of this event.
September 2011
287
Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree statistics using the CLI
Parameter
Description
RSTP Down Count
The number of times RSTP Module has been
disabled. A Trap is generated on the
occurence of this event.
Count of Root Bridge Changes
The number of times this Bridge has
detected a Root Bridge change for Common
Spanning Tree context.
STP Time since Topology change
The time (in hundredths of a second) since
the "TcWhile" Timer for any port in this Bridge
was non-zero for this spanning tree
instance.
Total number of topology changes
The number of times that there have been
one nonzero "TcWhile" Timer on this Bridge
for this spanning tree instance.
Viewing RSTP port statistics
View RSTP port statistics to see information about the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)
port.
Procedure steps
Display the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) related port level statistics using
the following command: show ports info rstp stats [vlan <value,]
[port <value,]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show ports info rstp stats [vlan
<value>] [port <value>] command.
Variable
288
Value
vlan <value>
The VLAN ID.
port <value>
A port or list of ports.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing STG statistics counters
Job aid: Output for show ports info rstp stats
The following table describes the output for the show ports info rstp stats [vlan
<value,] [port <value,] command.
Parameter
Description
RxRstBpduCount
The number of RSTP BPDUs that were
received on this port.
RxConfigBpduCount
The number of configuration BPDUs that
were received on this port.
RxTcnBpduCount
The number of TCN BPDUs that were
received on this port.
TxRstBpduCount
The number of RSTP BPDUs that were
transmitted by this port.
TxConfigBpduCount
The number of Config BPDUs that were
transmitted by this port.
TxTcnBpduCount
The number of TCN BPDUs that were
transmitted by this port.
InvalidRstBpduRxCount
The number of invalid RSTP BPDUs that
were received on this port. A trap is
generated on the occurrence of this event.
InvalidConfigBpduRx Count
The number of invalid configuration BPDUs
that were received on this port. A trap is
generated on the occurrence of this event.
InvalidTcnBpduRxCount
The number of invalid TCN BPDUs that were
received on this port. A trap is generated on
the occurrence of this event.
ProtocolMigrationCount
The number of times this port has migrated
from one STP protocol version to another.
The relevant protocols are STP-Compatible
and RSTP. A trap is generated on the
occurrence of this event.
Viewing STG statistics counters
You can display statistics counters for spanning tree groups on all ports or the specified port.
Performance Management
September 2011
289
Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree statistics using the CLI
Procedure steps
Display statistics counters for spanning tree groups on all ports or the specified port
using the following command: show ports stats stg <ports>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show ports stats stg <ports>
command.
Variable
Value
The port and slot number or a range of ports.
<ports>
The following table describes the interface parameters.
Table 9: show ports stats stg extended command parameters
Variable
Value
PORT NUM
Indicates the port and slot number.
IN_CONFIG BPDU
Indicates the number of configuration BPUs received by
this port.
IN_TCN BPDU
Indicates the number of topology change notification BPUs
received by this port.
IN_BAD BPDU
Indicates the number of bad BPUs received by this port.
OUT_CONFIG BPDU
Indicates the number of Config BPUs transmitted by this
port.
OUT_TCN BPDU
Indicates the number of topology change notification BPUs
transmitted by this port.
Viewing MSTP statistics using the CLI
Display MSTP statistics to see MSTP related bridge-level statistics.
290
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing MLT statistics
Procedure steps
Display the MSTP related bridge-level statistics using the following command: show
mstp stats
Job aid: Output for show mstp stats
The following table describes the output for the show mstp stats command.
Parameter
Description
MSTP Up Count
The number of times the MSTP Module has
been enabled. A Trap is generated on the
occurrence of this event..
MSTP Down Count
The number of times the MSTP Module has
been disabled. A Trap is generated on the
occurrence of this event.
Region Config Change Count
The number of times the switch detects a
Region Configuration Identifier Change. The
switch generates a trap on the occurrence of
this event.
Time since topology change
The time (in hundredths of a second) since
the TcWhile Timer for any port in this Bridge
was non-zero for Common Spanning Tree
context.
Topology change count
The count of at least one non-zero TcWhile
timers on this Bridge for Common Spanning
Tree context.
New Root Bridge Count
The number of times this Bridge has
detected a Root Bridge change for Common
Spanning Tree context. A Trap is generated
on the occurrence of this event.
Viewing MLT statistics
View MLT statistics to obtain MultiLinkTrunking statistics for the switch or for the specified MLT
ID.
Performance Management
September 2011
291
Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree statistics using the CLI
Procedure steps
View MLT statistics by using the following command:
show mlt stats [<mid>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use the show mlt stats [<mid>]
command.
Variable
Value
<mid>
Specifies the MLT ID.
Job aid: Output for show mlt stats
The following table describes the output for the show mlt stats [<mid>] command.
Parameter
292
Description
ID IN-OCTETS
The total number of inbound octets of data
(including those in bad packets).
OUT-OCTETS
The total number of outbound octets of
data.
IN-UNICAST
The count of inbound unicast packets.
OUT-UNICAST
The count of outbound unicast packets.
ID IN-MULTICAST
The count of inbound multicast packets.
OUT-MULTICAST
The count of outbound multicast packets.
IN-BROADCAST
The count of inbound broadcast packets.
OUT-BROADCAST
The count of outbound broadcast packets.
MT
The MLT type: E for Ethernet.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 43: Setting the duration and
interval to monitor statistics
using the CLI
You configure CLI monitoring to set the duration and interval to monitor statistics collection.
Procedure steps
Configure CLI monitoring using the following command: config cli monitor
duration <integer> interval <integer>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the config cli monitorv command.
Variable
Value
duration <integer>
Changes the monitoring time duration (refresh
rate) for the monitor commands.
integer is the time duration in seconds (1 to 1800).
The default is 300.
info
Displays the current setting for the monitor
duration and interval used by the monitor
commands.
interval <integer>
Changes the monitoring time interval between
screen updates set by the monitor
commands.
integer is the time duration in seconds (1 to 600).
The default is 5.
For information about the Boot Monitor and run-time CLIs, see Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch
Administration NN46205-605.
Performance Management
September 2011
293
Setting the duration and interval to monitor statistics using the CLI
294
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 44: Viewing OSPF statistics using
the CLI
This section contains procedures to view OSPF statistics in the CLI.
Navigation
• Configuring the switch to monitor OSPF statistics on page 295
• Showing OSPF error statistics on a port using the CLI on page 296
• Viewing OSPF interface statistics using the CLI on page 297
• Viewing OSPF range statistics using the CLI on page 299
• Viewing basic OSPF statistics on a port using the CLI on page 300
• Showing extended OSPF statistics using the CLI on page 301
Configuring the switch to monitor OSPF statistics
You must configure the switch to monitor OSPF statistics before you can capture statistics.
Procedure steps
1. Configure the switch to monitor main OSPF statistics with the following command:
monitor ports stats ospf main [<ports>] [from <value>]
2. Configure the switch to monitor extended OSPF statistics with the following
command:
monitor ports stats ospf extended [<ports>] [from <value>].
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Performance Management
September 2011
295
Viewing OSPF statistics using the CLI
Variable
Value
[<ports>]
Indicates the ports the switch monitors for
statistics.
[from <value>]
Indicates the range of ports the switch
monitors for statistics.
Showing OSPF error statistics on a port using the CLI
Use statistics to help you monitor Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) performance. You can also
use statistics in troubleshooting procedures.
Procedure steps
To display extended information about OSPF errors for the specified port or for all ports,
use the following command:
show ports error ospf [<ports>]
Variable definitions
Use the following table to help you use this command.
Variable
<ports>
Value
<ports> is the port and slot number or a
range of ports.
Job aid: Output for show ports error ospf
The following table describes the output for the show ports error ospf [<ports>]
command.
Parameters
296
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number.
VERSION MISMATCH
Indicates the number of version mismatches this interface
receives.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing OSPF interface statistics using the CLI
Parameters
Description
AREA MISMATCH
Indicates the number of area mismatches this interface
receives.
AUTHTYPEMISMATCH
Indicates the number of AuthType mismatches this interface
receives.
AUTH FAILURES
Indicates the number of authentication failures.
NET_MASK MISMATCH
Indicates the number of net mask mismatches this interface
receives.
HELLOINT MISMATCH
Indicates the number of hello interval mismatches this interface
receives.
DEADINT MISMATCH
Indicates the number of dead interval mismatches this interface
receives.
OPTION MISMATCH
Indicates the number of options mismatches this interface
receives.
Viewing OSPF interface statistics using the CLI
Use statistics to help you monitor Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) performance. You can also
use statistics in troubleshooting procedures.
Procedure steps
To display OSPF interface statistics, use the following command:
show ip ospf ifstats [mismatch] [detail] [vrf <value>] [vrfids <value>]
Variable definitions
Use this table to help you use the show command.
Variable
[mismatch]
Value
mismatch is the number of times the area
ID is not matched.
[detail]
detail provides detailed statistics.
[vrf <value>]
Specifies a VRF instance by VRF name.
[vrfids <value>]
Specifies a VRF or range of VRFs by ID.
Performance Management
September 2011
297
Viewing OSPF statistics using the CLI
The following table describes the OSPF interface statistics parameters.
Job aid: Output for show ip ospf ifstats
The following table describes the output for the show ip ospf ifstats [mismatch] [detail]
[vrf <value>] [vrfids <value>] command.
Parameter
298
Description
INTERFACE
Indicates the IP address of the host.
HELLOS RX
Indicates the number of hello packets received by this interface.
HELLOS TX
Indicates the number of hello packets transmitted by this
interface.
DBS RX
Indicates the number of database descriptor packets received by
this interface.
DBS TX
Indicates the number of database descriptor packets transmitted
by this interface.
LS REQ
Indicates the number of link state request packets received by this
interface.
LS TX
Indicates the number of link state request packets transmitted by
this interface.
LS UDP RX
Indicates the number of link state update packets received by this
interface.
LS UDP TX
Indicates the number of link state update packets transmitted by
this interface.
LS ACK RX
Indicates the number of link state acknowledge packets received
by this interface.
LS ACK TX
Indicates the number of link state acknowledge packets
transmitted by this interface.
VERSION
Indicates the OSPF version.
AREA
Indicates the OSPF area.
AUTHTYPE
Indicates the OSPF authentication type.
AUTHFAIL
The count of authentication fail messages.
NETMASK
Indicates the net mask.
HELLO
The count of Hello messages.
DEADTRR OPTION
The dead TRR option.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing OSPF range statistics using the CLI
Viewing OSPF range statistics using the CLI
Use statistics to help you monitor Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) performance. You can also
use statistics in troubleshooting procedures. OSPF range statistics include area ID, range
network address, range subnet mask, range flag, and LSDB type.
Procedure steps
To display the OSPF range statistics, use the following command:
show ip ospf stats [vrf <value>] [vrfids <value>]
Variable definitions
Use this table to help you use the show command.
Variable
Value
[vrf <value>]
Specifies a VRF instance by VRF name.
[vrfids <value>]
Specifies a VRF or range of VRFs by ID.
Job aid: show ip ospf stats command parameters
The following table describes the show command output.
Parameter
Description
NumBufAlloc
Indicates the number of buffers allocated for OSPF.
NumBufFree
Indicates the number of buffers that are freed by the OSPF.
NumBufAllocFail
Indicates the number of times that OSPF failed to allocate
buffers.
NumBufFreeFail
Indicates the number of times that OSPF failed to free buffers.
NumTxPkt
Indicates the number of packets transmitted by OSPF.
NumRxPkt
Indicates the number of packets received by OSPF.
NumTxDropPkt
Indicates the number of packets dropped before transmission
by OSPF.
Performance Management
September 2011
299
Viewing OSPF statistics using the CLI
Parameter
Description
NumRxDropPkt
Indicates the number of packets dropped before reception by
OSPF.
NumRxBadPkt
Indicates the number of packets received by OSPF that are
bad.
NumSpfRun
Indicates the total number of SPF calculations performed by
OSPF, which also includes the number of partial route table
calculation for incremental updates.
LastSpfRun
Indicates the time (SysUpTime) since the last SPF calculated
by OSPF.
LsdbTblSize
Indicates the number of entries in the link state database
table.
NumAllocBdDDP
Indicates the number of times buffer descriptors were allocated
for OSPF database description packets.
NumFreeBdDDP
Indicates the number of times buffer descriptors were freed after
use as OSPF database description packets.
NumBadLsReq
Indicates the number of bad LSDB requests.
NumSeqMismatch
Indicates the number of mismatches for sequence numbers.
NumOspfRoutes
The count of OSPF routes.
NumOspfAreas
The count of OSPF areas.
NumOspfAdjacencies
The count of Adjacencies.
Viewing basic OSPF statistics on a port using the CLI
Use statistics to help you monitor Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) performance. You can also
use statistics in troubleshooting procedures.
Procedure steps
To view basic OSPF statistics, use the following command:
show ports stats ospf main port <ports>
Variable definitions
Use the following table to help you use this command.
300
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing extended OSPF statistics using the CLI
Variable
port <ports>
Value
<ports>
is the port/slot number or a range of ports.
Job aid: Output for show ports stats ospf main port
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats ospf main port
<ports> command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number.
RX_HELLO
Indicates the number of hello packets this interface receives.
TX_HELLO
Indicates the number of hello packets this interface transmitted.
RXDB_DESCR
Indicates the number of database descriptor packets this interface
receives.
TXDB_DESCR
Indicates the number of database descriptor packets this interface
transmitted.
RXLS_UPDATE
Indicates the number of link state update packets this interface
receives.
TXLS_UPDATE
Indicates the number of link state update packets this interface
transmitted.
Showing extended OSPF statistics using the CLI
Use statistics to help you monitor Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) performance. You can also
use statistics in troubleshooting procedures.
Procedure steps
To display extended OSPF information about the specified port or for all ports, use the
following command:
Performance Management
September 2011
301
Viewing OSPF statistics using the CLI
show ports stats ospf extended [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the following table to help you use this command.
Variable
port <value>
Value
<value> is the port and slot number or a
range of ports.
Job aid: Output for show ports stats ospf extended
The following table describes the output for the show ports stats ospf extended
[port <value>] command.
Parameters
302
Description
PORT_NUM
Indicates the port number.
RXLS_REQS
Indicates the number of link state update request packets received
by this interface.
TXLS_REQS
Indicates the number of link state request packets transmitted by this
interface.
RXLS_ACKS
Indicates the number of link state acknowledge packets received by
this interface.
TXLS_ACKS
Indicates the number of link state acknowledge packets transmitted
by this interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 45: Viewing LACP statistics using
the CLI
View LACP statistics for each port to monitor LACP performance of the port.
Procedure steps
View LACP statistics information per port by using the following command:
show ports stats lacp [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you view the LACP statistics.
Variable
Value
PORT NUM
Specifies the port number.
RX ILLEGAL
Specifies the number of frames received that carry the
Slow Protocols Ethernet Type value (43B.4), but contain a
badly formed PDU or an illegal value of Protocol Subtype
(43B.4).
RX LACPDU
Specifies the number of valid LACP data units (LACPDU)
received on this aggregation port.
RX MARKER PDU
Specifies the number of valid marker PDUs received on this
aggregation port.
RX MARKERRESPPDU
Specifies the number of valid marker response PDUs
received on this aggregation port.
RX UNKNOWN
Specifies the number of frames received that either:
• carry Slow Protocols Ethernet type values, but contain an
unknown PDU.
• are addressed to the Slow Protocols group MAC
Address, but do not carry the Slow Protocols Ethernet
Type.
Performance Management
September 2011
303
Viewing LACP statistics using the CLI
Variable
304
Value
TX LACPDU
Specifies he number of LACPDUs transmitted on this
aggregation port.
TX MARKER PDU
Specifies the number of marker PDUs transmitted on this
aggregation port.
TX MARKERRESPPDU
Specifies the number of marker response PDUs
transmitted on this aggregation port.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 46: Viewing MPLS statistics using
the CLI
This section contains procedures to view Multi-protocol Layer Switching (MPLS) statistics.
Navigation
• Enabling MPLS receive statistics on page 305
• Showing the MPLS receive statistics configuration on page 306
• Showing MPLS receive statistics on page 307
• Enabling MPLS transmit statistics on page 308
• Showing the MPLS transmit statistics configuration on page 308
• Showing MPLS transmit statistics on page 309
• Showing MPLS LDP statistics on page 310
• Viewing MPLS RSVP statistics on page 312
Enabling MPLS receive statistics
You must enable MPLS statistics for received packets before the switch captures receive
statistiscs.
Procedure steps
1. Enter the following command to enable MPLS receive statistics:
config mpls statistics receive enable
2. Enter the following command to define the label number at which the switch begins
to collect receive statistics.
config mpls statistics receive start-label <label #>.
3. Enter the following command to confirm the MPLS statistics configuration.
Performance Management
September 2011
305
Viewing MPLS statistics using the CLI
config mpls statistics receive info
Variable definitions
Use the information in the following table to help you use the config mpls statistics
receive start-label <label #> command.
Variable
<label #>
Value
The number representing the label at which
the switch starts collecting statistics. Valid
values are 0 through 1048575.
Showing the MPLS receive statistics configuration
Show the MPLS receive statistics configuration to verify that the switch captures correct
statistics.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to confirm the MPLS receive statistics configuration:
show mpls statistics info receive
Job aid: MPLS statistics info receive fields
The following table describes fields for the show mpls statistics info receive
command.
Parameter
306
Description
Enable
Displays that MPLS statistics status: True for
enabled and False for disabled.
StartLabel
Displays the label at which the switch begins
collecting statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing MPLS receive statistics
Showing MPLS receive statistics
View statistics for received MPLS packets to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command:
show mpls statistics receive [label <value>] [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the information in the following table to complete the show mpls statistics receive
[label <value>] [port <value>] command.
Variable
Value
label <value>
The number representing the label at which
the switch starts collecting statistics. Valid
values are 0 through 1048575.
[port <value>]
The portlist for MPLS statistics. <slot/port>.
Job aid: Output for the show mpls statistics receive command
The following table describes parameters for the show mpls statistics receive
command command.
Parameter
Descriptions
Label
Displays the LSP label.
Port
Displays the layer switched path (LSP) port.
Packets
Displays LSP packets.
Performance Management
September 2011
307
Viewing MPLS statistics using the CLI
Enabling MPLS transmit statistics
You must enable MPLS statistics for transmited packets before the switch captures transmit
statistics.
Procedure steps
1. Enter the following command to enable MPLS transmit statistics.
config mpls statistics transmit enable
2. Enter the following command to define the label number at which the switch begins
collecting transmit statistics.
config mpls statistics transmit start-label <label #>.
3. Enter the following command to confirm the MPLS statistics configuration.
config mpls statistics transmit info
Variable definitions
Use the information in the following table to help you use the config mpls statistics
transmit start-label <label #> command.
Variable
<label #>
Value
The number representing the label at which
the switch starts collecting statistics. Valid
values are 0 through 1048575.
Showing the MPLS transmit statistics configuration
Show the MPLS transmit statistics configuration to verify that the switch captures correct
statistics.
308
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing MPLS transmit statistics
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to confirm the MPLS transmit statistics configuration.
show mpls statistics info transmit
Procedure job aid: MPLS statistics info transmit fields
The following table describes fields for the show mpls statistics info transmit
command.
Parameter
Description
Enable
Displays that MPLS statistics status: True for
enabled and False for disabled.
StartLabel
Displays the label at which the switch begins
collecting statistics.
Showing MPLS transmit statistics
View statistics for transmitted MPLS packets to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command:
show mpls statistics transmit [label <value>] [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the information in the following table to help you use the show mpls statistics
transmit [label <value>] [port <value>] command.
Variable
label <value>
Performance Management
Value
The number representing the label at which
the switch starts collecting statistics. Valid
values are 0 through 1048575.
September 2011
309
Viewing MPLS statistics using the CLI
Variable
Value
The portlist for MPLS statistics. <slot/port>.
[port <value>]
Procedure job aid: Output for the show mpls statistics transmit
command
The following table describes parameters for the show mpls statistics transmit
command command.
Parameter
Descriptions
Label
Displays the LSP label.
Port
Displays the layer switched path (LSP) port.
Packets
Displays LSP packets.
Showing MPLS LDP statistics
View MPLS LDP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to show MPLS LDP statistics:
show mpls ldp statistics [Peer IPAddress] [detail]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use the show mpls ldp statistics
command.
Variable
310
Value
Peer IPAddress
The IP address of the device for which you
want to view statistics.
detail
Displays all captured statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing MPLS LDP statistics
Procedure job aid: show mpls ldp statistics parameters
The following table describes the receive and transmit parameters for the show mpls ldp
statistics command.
Parameter
Description
Hello messages
The count of hello messages.
Initialization messages
The count of initialization messages.
Keep alive messages
The count of keep-alive messages.
Notification messages
The count of notification messages.
Address messages
The count of address messages.
Address withdraw messages
The count of address withdraw messages.
Label mapping messages
The count of label mapping messages.
Label request messages
The count of label request messages.
Label withdraw messages
The count of label withdraw messages.
Label release messages
The count of label release messages.
Label abort messages
The count of label abort messages.
Unknown messages
The count of unknown messages.
Sessions opened
The count of sessions opened messages.
Sessions closed
The count of sessions closed messages.
Sessions rejected-no hello
The count of sessions rejected-no hello.
Sessions rejected-advert
The count of sessions rejected-advert
messages.
Sessions rejected-max PDU
The count of sessions rejected-max PDU
messages.
Sessions rejected-label range
The count of sessions rejected-label range
messages.
Bad LDP ID
The count of bad LDP ID messages.
Bad PDU length
The count of bad PDU length messages.
Bad message length
The count of bad message length
messages.
Bad TLV length
The count of bad TLV length messages.
Malformed TLV value
The count of malformed TLV value
messages.
Performance Management
September 2011
311
Viewing MPLS statistics using the CLI
Parameter
Description
Keep alive timer expiry
The count of alive timer expiry messages.
Viewing MPLS RSVP statistics
View MPLS RSVP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View MPLS RSVP statistics using the following command:
show mpls rsvp statistics receive [label <value>] [port <value>] transmit
[label <value>] [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the information in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
[label <value>]
Identifies the label for MPLS statistics. The
range is 1 through 1048575.
[port <value>]
Identifies the port for which you want to view
statistics.
Job aid: Output for the show mpls rsvp statistics command
The following table describes parameters for the show mpls rsvp statistics receive
[label <value>] [port <value>] transmit [label <value>] [port <value>] command.
Parameter
312
Description
Path
The count of path messages.
PathErr
The count of path error messages.
PathTear
The count of path tear-down messages.
Resv
The count of reserve messages.
ResvErr
The count of reserve error messages.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing MPLS RSVP statistics
Parameter
Description
ResvTear
The count of reserve tear-down messages.
ResvConf
The count of reserve confirmation
messages.
Ack
The count of acknowledgement messages.
SRefresh
The count of summary refresh messages.
Hello Request
The count of hello request messages.
Hello Ack
The count of hello acknowledgement
messages.
Bad Ip Hdr
The count of bad IP Header messages.
Bad RSVP Length
The count of bad RSVP length messages.
Bad RSVP Version
The count of Bad RSVP version messages.
Bad RSVP Checksum
The count of bad RSVP checksum
messages.
Bad RSVP Msg Type
The count of bad RSVP message type
messages.
Bad RSVP Msg Format
The count of bad RSVP message format
messages.
Bad Interface
The count of bad interface messages.
Performance Management
September 2011
313
Viewing MPLS statistics using the CLI
314
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 47: Viewing EAPoL statistics using
the CLI
The Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 provides the following show commands to help you
monitor and troubleshoot your switch:
Navigation
• Showing the EAPoL status of the device on page 315
• Showing EAPoL Authenticator statistics on page 315
• Showing EAPoL Authenticator diagnostics on page 317
• Showing EAPoL Authenticator session statistics on page 319
• Showing EAPoL configuration statistics on page 321
• Showing EAPoL operation statistics on page 322
Showing the EAPoL status of the device
View the EAPol status to display the current device configuration.
Procedure steps
Display how the device is currently configured by using the following command:
show sys eapol
Showing EAPoL Authenticator statistics
Display the Authenticator statistics to view the controlled port operational state.
Performance Management
September 2011
315
Viewing EAPoL statistics using the CLI
Procedure steps
Display the Authenticator statistics by using the following command:
show ports info eapol auth-stats
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to display Authenticator statistics with the show ports
info eapol auth-stats command.
Variable
Value
port <value>
Specifies the ports for which to show the statistics.
value is the portlist in the format {slot/port [–slot/port]
[,...]}.
vlan <value>
Specifies the VLAN for which to show the statistics.
value is the VLAN IDs in the format {vlan–id[vlan–id][–
vlan–id][,...]}.
Job aid: Showing ports info eapol auth-stats parameters
The following table shows the field descriptions for this command.
Table 10: show ports info eapol auth-stats parameters
Parameter
316
Description
TOTAL RX
Displays the number of valid EAPoL frames of any type received
by this Authenticator.
TOTAL TX
Displays the number of EAPoL frame types of any type
transmitted by this Authenticator.
START RCVD
Displays the number of EAPoL start frames received by this
Authenticator.
LOGOFF RCVD
Displays the number of EAPoL logoff frames received by this
Authenticator.
RESP_ID RCVD
Displays the number of EAPoL Resp/Id frames received by this
Authenticator.
RESP RCVD
Displays the number of valid EAP Response frames (Other than
Resp/Id frames) received by this Authenticator.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing EAPoL Authenticator diagnostics
Parameter
Description
REQ_ID TX
Displays the number of EAPoL Req/Id frames that transmitted
by this Authenticator.
REQ TX
Displays the number of EAP Req/Id frames (other than Rq/Id
frames) transmitted by this Authenticator.
INVALID FRAMES
Displays the number of EAPoL frames received by this
Authenticator in which the frame type is not recognized.
LENGTH ERROR
Displays the number of EAPoL frames received by this
Authenticator in which the packet body length field is not valid.
FRAME VER
Displays the protocol version number in the most recently
received EAPoL frame.
LAST_SRC MAC
Displays the source MAC address in the most recently received
EAPoL frame.
Showing EAPoL Authenticator diagnostics
Display the Authenticator diagnostics to view authentication log statistics on the server.
Procedure steps
Display the Authenticator diagnostics by using the following command:
show ports info eapol auth-diags
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show ports info eapol auth-diags
command.
Variable
Value
port <value>
Specifies the ports for which to show the statistics.
value is the portlist in the format {slot/port [–slot/port]
[,...]}.
vlan <value>
Specifies the VLAN for which to show the statistics.
value is the VLAN IDs in the format {vlan–id[vlan–id][–
vlan–id][,...]}.
Performance Management
September 2011
317
Viewing EAPoL statistics using the CLI
Job aid: Showing ports info eapol auth-diags parameters
The following table shows the field descriptions for this command.
Parameter
318
Description
Enter Conn
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions to the Connecting state from any
other state.
Logoff While Conn
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Connected to Disconnected
as a result of receiving an EAPoL-Logoff message.
Enter Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Connecting to
Authenticating as a result of receiving an EAP-Response/
Identity message received from the supplicant.
Success While Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticating to
Authenticated as a result of the Backend authentication
state machine indicating successful authentication of the
Supplicant.
Timeout While Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticating to Aborting
as a result of the Backend authentication state machine
indicating authentication timeout.
Fail While Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticating to Held as a
result of the Backend authentication state machine
indicating authentication failure.
Reauths While Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticating to Aborting
as a result of a reauthentication request.
Starts While Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticating to Aborting
as a result of an EAPoL-Start message received from the
supplicant.
Logoffs While Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticating to Aborting
as a result of an EAPoL-Logoff message received from the
Supplicant.
Reauths While Authed
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticated to
Connecting as a result of a reauthentication request.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing EAPoL Authenticator session statistics
Parameter
Description
Starts While Authed
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticated to
Connecting as a result of an EAPoL-Start message
received from the Supplicant.
Logoffs While Authed
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticated to
Disconnected as a result of an EAPoL-Logoff message
being received from the Supplicant.
Bkend Responses
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine sends an Initial-Access
request packet to the Authentication server.
Bkend Access Challenge
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine receives an Initial-Access
challenge packet from the Authentication server.
Bkend OtherReqs ToSupp
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine sends an EAP request
packet (other than an Identity, Notification, failure, or
success message) to the Supplicant.
Bkend NonNak FromSupp
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine receives a response from the
Supplicant to an initial EAP request and the response is
something other than EAP-NAK.
Bkend Auth Successes
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine receives an EAP-success
message from the Authentication server.
Bkend Auth Fails
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine receives an EAP-failure
message from the Authentication server.
Showing EAPoL Authenticator session statistics
Display the Authenticator statistics for each session to view a controlled port operational
state.
Procedure steps
Display the Authenticator statistics for each session by using the following command:
Performance Management
September 2011
319
Viewing EAPoL statistics using the CLI
show ports info eapol session-stats
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to display EAPoL Authenticator session statistics with the
show ports info eapol session-stats command.
Variable
Value
port <value>
Specifies the ports for which to show the statistics.
value is the portlist in the format {slot/port [–slot/port]
[,...]}.
vlan <value>
Specifies the VLAN for which to show the statistics.
value is the VLAN IDs in the format {vlan–id[vlan–id][–
vlan–id][,...]}.
Job aid: Showing ports info eapol session-stats parameters
The following table shows the field descriptions for this command.
Table 11: Show ports info eapol session-stats parameters
Parameter
320
Description
TOTAL OCTETS RCVD
Displays the number of octets received in user data frames
on this port during the session.
TOTAL OCTETS TXMT
Displays the number of octets transmitted in user data frames
on this port during the session.
TOTAL FRAMES RCVD
Displays the number of user data frames received on this port
during the session.
TOTAL FRAMES TXMT
Displays the number of user data frames transmitted on this
port during the session.
SESSION ID
Displays a unique identifier for the session that is at least three
characters.
AUTHENTIC METHOD
Displays the authentication method (remote or local RADIUS
server) used to establish the session.
SESSION TIME
Displays the duration of the session (in seconds).
TERMINATE CAUSE
Displays the reason for the session being terminated. The
possible reasons are: Supplicant logoff Port failure,
Supplicant restart Re-authentication failed, Control force
unauthorized, Port re initialized, Port admin disabled, and Not
terminated yet
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing EAPoL configuration statistics
Parameter
USER NAME
Description
Displays the user name of the Supplicant PAE.
Showing EAPoL configuration statistics
Display configuration information for the Supplicant PAE associated with each selected port.
Procedure steps
Display the configuration information for the Supplicant PAE by using the following
command:
show ports info eapol config
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to show EAPoL configuration statistics with the show ports
info eapol config command.
Variable
Value
port <value>
Specifies the ports for which to show the statistics.
value is the portlist in the format {slot/port [–slot/port]
[,...]}.
vlan <value>
Specifies the VLAN for which to show the statistics.
value is the VLAN IDs in the format {vlan–id[vlan–id][–
vlan–id][,...]}.
Job aid: Showing ports info eapol config parameters
The following table shows the field descriptions for this command.
Table 12: Show ports info eapol config parameters
Parameter
ADMIN STATUS
Performance Management
Description
Displays the authentication status for this port.
force-unauthorized: port is always unauthorized.
auto: port authorization depends on the results of the
EAPoL authentication by the RADIUS server.
September 2011
321
Viewing EAPoL statistics using the CLI
Parameter
Description
force-authorized: port is always authorized.
MAX REQ
Displays the maximum number of times to retry sending
packets to the Supplicant.
QUIET PERIOD
Displays the time interval (in seconds) between
authentication failure and the start of a new
authentication.
TRANSMIT PERIOD
Displays the time (in seconds) that the Authenticator waits
for a response from a Supplicant for EAP Request or
Identity packets.
SERVER TIMEOUT
Displays the time (in seconds) that the Authenticator waits
for a response from the RADIUS server.
SUPPLICANT TIMEOUT
Displays the time (in seconds) that the Authenticator waits
for a response from a Supplicant for all EAP packets except
EAP Request/Identity packets.
REAUTHENTICATION
When set to true, the Authenticator reauthenticates a
Supplicant at the time interval
REAUTH PERIOD
Displays the time interval (in seconds) between successive
reauthentications.
Showing EAPoL operation statistics
Display statistical information about the Authenticator for each port.
Procedure steps
Display statistical information about the Authenticator by using the following command:
show ports info eapol oper-stats
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to show EAPoL operation statistics with the show ports
info eapol oper-stats command.
Variable
port <value>
322
Value
Specifies the ports for which to show the statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing EAPoL operation statistics
Variable
Value
value is the portlist in the format {slot/port [–slot/port]
[,...]}.
vlan <value>
Specifies the VLAN for which to show the statistics.
value is the VLAN IDs in the format {vlan–id[vlan–id][–
vlan–id][,...]}.
Job aid: Showing ports info eapol oper-stats parameters
The following table shows the field descriptions for this command.
Table 13: show ports info eapol oper-stats parameters
Item
PORT STATUS
Description
Displays the authentication status for this port.
• unauthorized: port is always unauthorized.
• auto: port authorization depends on the results of the EAPoL
authentication by the RADIUS server.
• authorized: port is always authorized.
PAE STATUS
Displays the current Authenticator PAE state.
The possible states are as follows:
initialized, disconnected, connecting, authenticating, authenticated,
aborting held, force-authorized, force-unauthorized
BKEND STATUS
Displays the current state of Backend Authentication.
The possible states are as follows:
request, response, success, fail, timeout, idle, initialize
Performance Management
September 2011
323
Viewing EAPoL statistics using the CLI
324
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 48: Viewing RADIUS statistics
using the CLI
You cannot collect the following network statistics from a console port: the number of input and output
packets, and the number of input and output bytes. All other statistics from console ports are available to
assist with debugging.
Procedure steps
1. Display current RADIUS server configurations by using the following command:
show radius server stat
2. Clear server statistics by using the following command:
config radius clear-stat
Procedure job aid: Showing RADIUS server stat command
fields
The following table shows the field descriptions for this command.
Table 14: show radius server stat command fields
Parameter
Description
RADIUS Server
The IP address of the RADIUS server.
AccessRequests
Number of access-response packets sent to the server; does
not include retransmissions.
AccessAccepts
Number of access-accept packets, valid or invalid, received
from the server.
AccessRejects
Number of access-reject packets, valid or invalid, received from
the server.
BadResponses
Number of invalid access-response packets received from the
server.
Performance Management
September 2011
325
Viewing RADIUS statistics using the CLI
Parameter
326
Description
PendingRequests
Access-request packets sent to the server that have not yet
received a response, or timed out.
ClientRetries
Number of authentication retransmissions to the server.
AcctOnRequests
Number of accounting On requests sent to the server.
AcctOffRequests
Number of accounting Off requests sent to the server.
AcctStartRequests
Number of accounting Start requests sent to the server.
AcctStopRequests
Number of accounting Stop requests sent to the server.
AcctInterimRequests
Number of accounting Interim Requests sent to the server.
The AcctInterimRequests counter increments only if the
parameter acct-include-cli-commands is true.
AcctBadResponses
Number of Invalid Responses from the server that are
discarded.
AcctPendingRequests
Number of requests waiting to be sent to the server.
AcctClientRetries
Number of retries made to this server.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 49: Viewing DHCP relay statistics
using the CLI
Show DHCP relay information to view DHCP parameter information for one port or for all ports.
To show VRF information, replace show ports stats dhcp-relay [<ports>] with show ports
stats dhcp-relay [vrf <value>] [vrfids <value>] in the following procedure.
Procedure steps
Display statistics about DHCP for a specified port or for all ports using the following
command: show ports stats dhcp-relay [<ports>]
Variable definitions
Use the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
ports
The ports with statistics you want to see.
vrf <WORD 0–64>
The VRF name and is a string length 0
through 64.
vrfids <0–255>
The VRF ID range.
Procedure job aid: Parameters for the show ports stats
dhcp-relay command
The following table shows the field descriptions for the show ports stats dhcp-relay
command.
Performance Management
September 2011
327
Viewing DHCP relay statistics using the CLI
Table 15: show ports stats dhcp-relay command
Parameter
328
Description
PORT_NUM
Indicates the port number.
VRF NAME
Indicates the name of the VRF.
NUMREQUEST
Indicates the total number of DHCP requests seen on this
interface.
NUMREPLY
Indicates the total number of DHCP replies seen on this interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 50: Viewing RMON statistics using
the CLI
This chapter contains procedures to view RMON statistics.
Navigation
• Configuring the switch to capture RMON statistics on page 329
• Viewing RMON statistics on page 330
Configuring the switch to capture RMON statistics
Configure the switch to capture RMON statistics to monitor network performance.
Procedure steps
Configure the switch to capture RMON statistics with the following command: monitor
ports stats rmon [<ports>] [from <value>]
See the following table for more information.
Variable definitions
Use the following table to complete the monitor ports stats rmon command.
Variable
Value
[<ports>]
Indicates the ports on which you want to
capture statistics.
[from <value>]
Indicates a range of ports.
Performance Management
September 2011
329
Viewing RMON statistics using the CLI
Viewing RMON statistics
View RMON statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View RMON statistics with the following command:
show rmon ether-stats
Job aid: Output for show rmon ether-stats
The following table describes parameters in the output for the show rmon ether-stats
command.
Parameter
330
Description
Index
An index that uniquely identifies an entry in
the Ethernet Statistics table.
Port
Identifies the source of the data that this
etherStats entry analyzes.
Owner
The entity that configured this entry and is
therefore using the assigned resources.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 51: Viewing PCAP statistics using
the CLI
View PCAP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view PCAP statistics:
show diag pcap stats
Job aid: Output for show diag pcap stats
The following table describes parameters for the show diag pcap stats command.
Parameter
Packet Capacity Count
Description
The maximum number of packets that
currently can be stored in the PCAP engine
buffer. Reset-stat does not reset this value.
Number of packets received in PCAP engine The number of packets currently in the PCAP
engine buffer. When buffer-wrap occurs, this
is set to 0 and the count starts again.
Important:
When buffer-wrap occurs, the second field
is set to 0 and the third field is not zero.
From the capture log, the user can
determine how many times buffer-wrap
occurred.
Number of packets accumulated in PCAP
engine
This is the number of packets accumulated
in the PCAP engine.
Important:
When buffer-wrap occurs, the second field
is set to 0 and the third field is not zero.
From the capture log, the user can
Performance Management
September 2011
331
Viewing PCAP statistics using the CLI
Parameter
Description
determine how many times buffer-wrap
occurred.
Number of packets dropped in PCAP engine The number of packets dropped when
by filters
ingress packets match the filter criteria and
the PCAP action is drop.
Number of packets dropped in Hardware
332
The number of packets dropped by the
PCAP engine hardware when the amount of
packets being forwarded cannot be
processed.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 52: Viewing MSDP statistics using
the CLI
clear statistics counters for one or all of the Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) peers without
resetting the sessions.
Procedure steps
Clear statistics counters for one or all of the MSDP peers by using the following
command:
clear ip msdp statistics [peer <peer-address>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use the clear ip msdp statistics
command.
Variable
peer <peer-address>
Performance Management
Value
The IP address of the MSDP peer.
September 2011
333
Viewing MSDP statistics using the CLI
334
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 53: ACLI statistics command
reference
This section provides a reference listing the ACLI commands you can use to view the statistics described
in the subsequent configuration sections.
Roadmap of ACLI commands for viewing statistics
The following table shows commands and parameters to view statistics in the ACLI.
Command
clear filter acl
statistics default
Parameter
[<1-4096>]
Configuration Mode
privExec
[<portList>]
clear filter acl
statistics port
[<1-4096>]
[<1-1000>]
[<portList>]
clear radius
statistics
clear ip ipfix hash- [<slots>]
statistics
clear ip ipfix stats [<slots>]
clear ip trafficfilter-statistics
[<1-4096>]
clear ip msdp
statistics
{A.B.C.D}
show eapol authstats interface
[<interface-type>]
[<interface-id>]
Performance Management
September 2011
335
ACLI statistics command reference
Command
show eapol session
interface
Parameter
Configuration Mode
[<interface-type>]
[<interface-id>]
show eapol sessionstats
[<interface-id>]
show eapol system
show filter acl
statistics port
[<1-4096>]
show interfaces
FastEthernet
statistics bridging
[<portlist>]
show interfaces
FastEthernet
statistics dhcprelay
[<vrf>]
[<vrfids>]
[<portlist>]
show interfaces
FastEthernet
statistics ipvpn
[<vrf>]
[<vrfids>]
[<portlist>]
show interfaces
FastEthernet
statistics lacp
[<portlist>]
show interfaces
FastEthernet
statistics rmon
[<portlist>]
show interfaces
FastEthernet
statistics stg
[<portlist>]
show interfaces
FastEthernet
statistics verbose
show interfaces
FastEthernet
336
[<portList>]
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Roadmap of ACLI commands for viewing statistics
Command
Parameter
Configuration Mode
statistics egressqueues
show interfaces
[fastEthernet|
GigabitEthernet]
error
collision
ospf
ospf
verbose
show ip ipfix export [<slots>]
show ip ospf ifstats [mismatch]
[detail]
[vrf <value>]
[vrfids <value>]
show ip ospf
statistics
[vrf <value>]
show ip pgm
retransmit
show ip pgm session
show ip pgm
interface statistics
show ip pgm
interface statistics
nak
show ip pgm
interface statistics
parity
show ip tcp
statistics
[<interface-id>]
show ip pgm
retransmit
show ip pgm session
Performance Management
September 2011
337
ACLI statistics command reference
Command
Parameter
Configuration Mode
show ip pgm
interface stats
show ip pgm
interface stats nak
show ip pgm
interface stats
parity
show ip tcp
statistics
[<interface-id>]
show ip trafficfilter statistics
[1-3071]
show mpls statistics [FastEthernet <value>]
receive
[GigabitEthernet <value>]
[label <value>]
show mpls statistics [FastEthernet <value>]
transmit
[GigabitEthernet <value>]
[label <value>]
show mpls statistics [FastEthernet <value>]
rsvp
[GigabitEthernet <value>]
[vlan <value>]
show mpls statistics [IPAddress]
ldp
[detail]
show mlt stats
<mltid>
show pcap stats
show ports
statistics ospf
show ports
<portList>
statistics ospf main
338
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Roadmap of ACLI commands for viewing statistics
Command
show ports
statistics ospf
extended
Parameter
Configuration Mode
<portList>
show port statistics <1-4094>
wis sectioncurrent
[<portList>]
show port statistics <1-96>
wis sectioninterval
show port statistics <1-4094>
wis linecurrent
[<portList>]
show port statistics <1-96>
wis lineinterval
show port statistics <1-4094>
wis felinecurrent
[<portList>]
show port statistics <1-96>
wis felineinterval
show port statistics <1-4094>
wis pathcurrent
[<portList>]
show port statistics <1-96>
wis pathinterval
show port statistics <1-4094>
wis fepathcurrent
[<portList>]
show port statistics <1-96>
wis fepathinterval
show qos statistics
egress-queue-set
<1-386>
[detail]
[interface-type]
show qos statistics
policy
<0-2000>
lane
Performance Management
September 2011
339
ACLI statistics command reference
Command
Parameter
Configuration Mode
port
show spanning-tree
mstp statistics
show radius-server
show rmon stats
spanning-tree rstp
statistics
spanning-tree rstp
port statistics
<portList>
[vrfids <value>]
Global Configuration Mode
mpls statistics
receive
mpls statistics
receive start-label
<0-1048575>
mpls statistics
transmit
mpls statistics
<0-1048575>
transmit start-label
340
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 54: Viewing TCP statistics using
the ACLI
View TCP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View TCP statistics with the following command:
show ip tcp statistics
Job aid: Output for show ip tcp statistics-global
The following table describes the output for the show ip tcp statistics command.
Parameter
Description
ActiveOpens
The count of transitions by TCP connections
to the SYN-SENT state from the CLOSED
state.
PassiveOpens
The count of transitions by TCP connections
to the SYN-RCVD state from the LISTEN
state.
AttemptFails
The count of transitions by TCP connections
to the CLOSED state from either the SYNSENT state or the SYN-RCVD state, plus the
count of transitions to the LISTEN state from
the SYN-RCVD state.
EstabResets
The count of transitions by TCP connections
to the CLOSED state from the
ESTABLISHED or CLOSE-WAIT state.
CurrEstab
The count of TCP connections for which the
current state is either ESTABLISHED or
CLOSE-WAIT.
Performance Management
September 2011
341
Viewing TCP statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
342
Description
InSegs
The total count of segments received,
including those received in error. This count
includes segments received on currently
established connections.
OutSegs
The total number of segments sent, including
those on current connections but excluding
those containing only retransmitted octets.
RetransSegs
The total count of TCP segments transmitted
containing one or more previously
transmitted octets.
InErrs
The count of segments received in error.
OutRsts
The count of TCP segments sent containing
the RST flag.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 55: Viewing interface statistics
using the ACLI
View statistics for individual interfaces to manage network performance.
Navigation
• Viewing Port routing statistics on page 343
• Displaying bridging statistics for specific ports on page 344
• Displaying DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports on page 345
• Viewing IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics on page 347
• Displaying IPVPN statistics for specific ports on page 347
• Displaying LACP statistics for specific ports on page 348
• Displaying RMON statistics for specific ports on page 349
• Displaying STG statistics for specific ports on page 351
• Displaying statistics for all ports on page 352
• Viewing IPv6 VRRP statistics on page 354
Viewing Port routing statistics
View port routing statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View port routing statistics with the following command:
Performance Management
September 2011
343
Viewing interface statistics using the ACLI
show routing statistics interface [<interface-type>] [<interface-id>]
Variable definitions
The following table defines variables in the show routing statistics interface
[<interface-type>] [<interface-id>] command.
Variable
Value
[<interface-type>]
Indicates the interface type.
[<interface-id>]
Indicates the interface identifier.
Job aid: Output for show routing statistics interface
The following table describes the output for the show routing statistics interface
[<interface-type>] [<interface-id>] command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number.
IN_FRAME UNICAST
The count of inbound unicast frames.
IN_FRAME MULTICAST
The count of inbound multicast frames.
IN DISCARD
The count of inbound discarded frames.
OUT_FRAME UNICAST
The count of outbound unicast frames.
OUT_FRAME MULTICAST
The count of outbound multicast frames.
Displaying bridging statistics for specific ports
Display individual bridging statistics for specific ports to manage network performance.
344
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Displaying DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports
Prerequisites to displaying bridging statistics for specific ports
You must be in Privileged Executive Configuration Mode to complete this procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view egress queue statistics for specific ports.
show interfaces FastEthernet statistics bridging [<portList>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
[<portList>]
Value
Displays all statistics by port.
Job aid: show interfaces FastEthernet statistics bridging
parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show interfaces FastEthernet
statistics bridging command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Port index of the statistics table.
IN_FRAME UNICAST
The count of inbound unicast frames.
IN_FRAME MULTICAST
The count of inbound Multicast frames.
IN_FRAME BROADCAST
The count of inbound Broadcast frames.
OUT_FRAME
The count of outbound frames.
Displaying DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports
Display individual DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports to manage network performance.
Performance Management
September 2011
345
Viewing interface statistics using the ACLI
Prerequisites to displaying DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports
You must be in Privileged Executive Configuration Mode to complete this procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view egress queue statistics for specific ports.
show interfaces FastEthernet statistics dhcp-relay [<vrf>][<vrfids>]
[<portList>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
[<vrf>]
Specifies a VRF instance by VRF name.
[<vrfids>]
The ID of the VRF and is an integer between
0 and 255..
[<portList>]
Displays all statistics by port.
Job aid: show interfaces FastEthernet statistics DHCP-relay
parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show interfaces FastEthernet
statistics dhcp-relay command.
Field
346
Description
PORT_NUM
Indicates the port number.
VRF NAME
Identifies the VRF
NUMREQUEST
Indicates the number of DHCP requests on
this interface
NUMREPLY
Indicates the number of DHCP replies on this
interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics
Viewing IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics
Display individual IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics for specific ports to manage network
performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view IPv6 DHCP-relay statistics.
show ipv6 dhcp-relay counters
Displaying IPVPN statistics for specific ports
Display individual IPVPN statistics for specific ports to manage network performance.
Prerequisites to displaying IPVPN statistics for specific ports
You must be in Privileged Executive Configuration Mode to use this procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view egress queue statistics for specific ports:
show interfaces FastEthernet statistics ipvpn [<vrf>][<vrfids>]
[<portList>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
[<vrf>]
Specifies a VRF instance by VRF name.
[<vrfids>]
The ID of the VRF and is an integer between
0 and 255..
Performance Management
September 2011
347
Viewing interface statistics using the ACLI
Variable
[<portList>]
Value
Displays all statistics by port.
Job aid: show interfaces FastEthernet statistics IPVPN parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show interfaces FastEthernet
statistics IPVPN command.
Parameter
Description
PORT_NUM
Indicates the port number.
VRF NAME
Identifies the VRF
IN Unicast
The count of inbound unicast packets.
IN Discard
The count of inbound discarded packets.
Out Discard
The count of outbound discarded packets.
Displaying LACP statistics for specific ports
Display individual LACP statistics for specific ports to manage network performance.
Prerequisites to displaying LACP statistics for specific ports
You must be in Privileged Executive Configuration Mode to complete this procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view egress queue statistics for specific ports.
show interfaces FastEthernet statistics lacp [<portList>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
348
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Displaying RMON statistics for specific ports
Variable
[<portList>]
Value
Displays all statistics by port.
Job aid: show interfaces FastEthernet statistics lacp parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show interfaces FastEthernet
statistics lacp command.
Parameter
Description
PORT_NUM
Indicates the port number.
TX LACPDU
The count of transmitted LACP data units.
RX LACPDU
The count of received LACP data units.
TX MARKERPDU
The count of transmitted marker protocol
data units.
RX MARKERPDU
The count of received marker protocol data
units.
TX MARKERRESPPDU
The count of transmitted marker protocol
response data units.
RX MARKERRESPPDU
The count of received marker protocol
response data units.
RX UNKNOWN
The count of received unknown frames.
RX ILLEGAL
The count of received illegal frames.
Displaying RMON statistics for specific ports
Display individual RMON statistics for specific ports to manage network performance.
Prerequisites to displaying RMON statistics for specific ports
You must be in Privileged Executive Configuration Mode to complete this procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view egress queue statistics for specific ports.
Performance Management
September 2011
349
Viewing interface statistics using the ACLI
show interfaces FastEthernet statistics rmon [<portList>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
[<portList>]
Value
Displays all statistics by port.
Job aid: show interfaces FastEthernet statistics rmon parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show interfaces FastEthernet
statistics rmon command.
Parameter
350
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number.
OCTETS
The total number of octets of data (including
those in bad packets) received on the
network (excluding framing bits but including
FCS octets).
PKTS
The total number of packets (including bad
packets, broadcast packets, and multicast
packets) received.
MULTICAST
The total number of packets received that
were directed to a multicast address. This
number does not include packets directed to
the broadcast address.
BROADCAST
The total number of packets received that
were directed to the broadcast address. This
number does not include multicast packets.
CRC ALLIGN
The total number of packets received that
had a length (excluding framing bits, but
including FCS octets) between 64 and 1518
octets, inclusive, but had either a bad Frame
Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral
number of octets (FCS Error), or a bad FCS
with a nonintegral number of octets
(Alignment Error).
UNDERSIZE
The total number of packets received that
were less than 64 octets long (excluding
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Displaying STG statistics for specific ports
Parameter
Description
framing bits, but including FCS octets) and
were otherwise well formed.
OVERSIZE
The total number of packets received that
were longer than 1518 octets (excluding
framing bits, but including FCS octets) and
were otherwise well formed.
FRAGMENT
The total number of packets received that
were less than 64 octets in length (excluding
framing bits but including FCS octets) and
had either a bad Frame Check Sequence
(FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS
Error) or a bad FCS with a nonintegral
number of octets (Alignment Error).
COLLISION
An estimated value for the total number of
collisions on this Ethernet segment.
Displaying STG statistics for specific ports
Display individual STG statistics for specific ports to manage network performance.
Prerequisites to displaying STG statistics for specific ports
You must be in Privileged Executive Configuration Mode to complete this procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view egress queue statistics for specific ports.
show interfaces FastEthernet statistics stg [<portList>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
[<portList>]
Performance Management
Value
Displays all statistics by port.
September 2011
351
Viewing interface statistics using the ACLI
Job aid: show interfaces FastEthernet statistics stg parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show interfaces FastEthernet
statistics stg command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port and slot number.
IN_CONFIG BPDU
Indicates the number of configuration BPUs
received by this port.
IN_TCN BPDU
Indicates the number of topology change
notification BPUs received by this port.
IN_BAD BPDU
Indicates the number of bad BPUs received
by this port.
OUT_CONFIG BPDU
Indicates the number of Config BPUs
transmitted by this port.
OUT_TCN BPDU
Indicates the number of topology change
notification BPUs transmitted by this port.
Displaying statistics for all ports
Display individual STG statistics for specific ports to manage network performance.
Prerequisites to displaying statistics for ports
You must be in Privileged Executive Configuration Mode to complete this procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view egress queue statistics for specific ports.
352
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing VRRP interface statistics
show interfaces FastEthernet statistics verbose
Job aid: show interfaces FastEthernet statistics verbose
parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show interfaces FastEthernet
statistics verbose command.
Parameter
Description
PORT_NUM
Indicates the port number.
IN_UNICAST
The count of inbound unicast packets.
OUT_UNICAST
The count of outbound unicast packets.
IN_MULTICAST
The count of inbound Multicast packets.
OUT_MULTICAST
The count of outbound Multicast packets.
IN_BRDCST
The count of inbound broadcast packets.
OUT_BRDCST
The count of outbound broadcast packets.
Viewing VRRP interface statistics
View VRRP statistics to manage network performance.
Prerequisites
You must be in Privileged Executive Configuration Mode to complete this procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view VRRP interface statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
353
Viewing interface statistics using the ACLI
show ip vrrp statistics
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use show ip vrrp statistics
command.
Variable
Value
address
Specifies the backup address.
vrf
Displays the VRRP for a particular VRF.
vrfids
Specifies the VRF IDs in the range of 0 to
255.
vrfid
Specifies the VRF ID in the range of 0 to
255.
Viewing IPv6 VRRP statistics
View IPv6 VRRP statistics to manage network performance.
Prerequisites
You must be in Privileged Executive Configuration Mode to complete this procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view IPv6 VRRP statistics.
show ipv6 vrrp statistics [link-local <fe80::X:X:X:X>] [vrid
<1-255>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use show ip vrrp interface statistics
command.
354
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing IPv6 VRRP statistics
Variable
Value
[link-local <fe80::X:X:X:X>]
Specifies the link-local address.
[vrid <1-255>]
Displays information by virtual router ID.
Performance Management
September 2011
355
Viewing interface statistics using the ACLI
356
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 56: Viewing IPFIX statistics using
the ACLI
This section contains procedures to view IPFIX statistics.
Navigation
• Viewing IPFIX exporter statistics on page 357
• Viewing IPFIX hash statistics on page 358
Viewing IPFIX exporter statistics
View exporter statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View IPFIX exporter statistics with the following command: show ip ipfix export
[<slots>]
See the following table for more information.
Variable definitions
The following table describes an optional parameter you enter after the show ip ipfix
export command.
Variable
[<slots>]
Performance Management
Value
Indicates a slot or range of slots for which you
want to view statistics.
September 2011
357
Viewing IPFIX statistics using the ACLI
Job aid: Output for show ip ipfix export
The following table describes the output for the show ip ipfix export command.
Variable
Value
SlotNum
Indicates the slot number.
Collector-IP Address
Indicates the IP address for the designated
collector interface.
Number of packets sent
Indicates the number of packets sent.
Number of bytes sent
Indicates the number of bytes sent.
Number of packets lost
Indicates the number of lost packets.
Viewing IPFIX hash statistics
View hash statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View IPFIX exporter statistics with the following command: show ip ipfix hashstatistics [<slots>]
See the following table for more information.
Variable definitions
The following table describes an optional parameter you enter after the show ip ipfix
hash-statistics command.
Variable
[<slots>]
358
Value
Indicates a slot or range of slots for which you
want to view statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing IPFIX hash statistics
Job aid: Output for show ip ipfix hash-statistics
The following table describes the output for theshow ip ipfix hash-statistics
command .
Variable
Value
SlotNum
Indicates the slot number.
Hash Overflows
Indicates the number of hash overflows for
each slot.
Hash Drops (resource contention)
Indicates the number of hash drops for each
slot.
Performance Management
September 2011
359
Viewing IPFIX statistics using the ACLI
360
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 57: Viewing QoS statistics using
the ACLI
View statistics to ensure proper QoS performance.
Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/ 8600 I/O modules limit the memory for statistics counters. The
system supports up to 1000 counters for ingress (depending on the overlapping attribute values) and an
equal number for egress.
Navigation
• Traffic shaping statistics on page 361
• Displaying egress queue set statistics on page 362
• Displaying egress queue statistics for specific ports on page 363
• Displaying policing statistics on page 364
• Clearing ACL statistics on page 365
• Viewing ACE port statistics on page 366
• Clearing ACE for each-port statistics on page 367
• Clearing traffic filter statistics on page 367
• Showing traffic filter statistics on page 368
Traffic shaping statistics
Two hardware counters are maintained for every elementary egress queue. These two
counters are total pages and dropped pages, where each page represents 512 bytes. For
example, a 64-byte packet uses a 512-byte memory page.
Statistics precision makes it difficult to compare actual queue output since statistics count
bytes. If one considers packet sizes fewer than 512 bytes, each packet appears as one page.
However, for packets greater than 512 bytes, the actual number of pages is greater than the
number of frames. Based on backplane overhead, 512-byte packets use two pages; where
each cell holds 144 or 148 bytes of data, depending on whether the packer header extension
is present.
Performance Management
September 2011
361
Viewing QoS statistics using the ACLI
The following table describes the relationship between packet size and memory pages used
for egress queuing.
Table 16: Relationship between packet size and memory pages used for egress queuing
Packet size (bytes)
Number of pages
1 to 63
1
64 to 148
1
149 to 632
2
633 to 1120
3
1121 to 1518
4
Displaying egress queue set statistics
Display individual queue statistics with the following procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to display individual queue statistics.
show qos statistics egress-queue-set <1-386> [interface type
<fastethernet|gigabitethernet>][detail]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
362
Value
<interface type>
fastethernet|gigabitethernet
<1-386>
Specifies the transmitted queue template
identifier.
[detail]
Displays all details.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Displaying egress queue statistics for specific ports
Job aid: show qos statistics egress-queue-set parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show qos statistics egress-queue-set
command.
Parameter
Description
Port
Port index of the statistics table.
Qid
Queue offset from the base queue for this
port.
Total pages
Total pages offered to the queue.
Dropped pages
Total pages dropped by the queue.
Utilization %
Utilization of the queue in percent.
Displaying egress queue statistics for specific ports
To display individual egress queue statistics for specific ports, use the following command. Be
aware that you can also use the command to verify that drops occur according to the queue
priority level.
Prerequisites to displaying egress queue statistics for specific
ports
You must be in Privileged Executive Configuration Mode to complete this procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view egress queue statistics for specific ports.
show interfaces FastEthernet statistics egress-queues <0-63>
[<portList>] [verbose]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Performance Management
September 2011
363
Viewing QoS statistics using the ACLI
Variable
Value
[<portList>]
Displays all queue statistics by port.
<0-63>
Indicates the transmitted queue template
identifier.
[verbose]
Displays the queues with both nonzero and
zero allocation. Otherwise, only queues with
nonzero allocations are shown. You can also
use this option for debugging purposes
because it can signal a configuration
problem if the queues with zero allocation
have packet drops.
Job aid: show interfaces FastEthernet statistics egress-queues
parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show interfaces FastEthernet
statistics egress-queuescommand.
Parameter
Description
Port
Port index of the statistics table.
Qid
Queue offset from the base queue for this
port.
Total pages
Total pages offered to the queue.
Dropped pages
Total pages dropped by the queue.
Utilization %
Utilization of the queue in percent.
Displaying policing statistics
Display policing statistics with the following procedure.
Important:
There is a known issue with the show qos statistics policy command in that it does
not display the correct statistics.
364
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Clearing ACL statistics
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view policing statistics.
show qos statistics policy
Job aid: show qos statistics policy parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show qos statistics policy
command.
Parameter
Description
Policer Name
Specifies the packet policer name.
Id
Identifies a global policer (GP) ID value that
corresponds to the local policer. Valid values
range from 1 to 16 383.
lane ports
Specifies a port number for a set of lanes.
Total pkts
Specifies the total packets.
Total Bytes
Specifies the total bytes.
BytesOvr SvcRate
Specifies the bytes over the local policer
service rate.
BytesOvr PeakRate
Specifies the bytes over the local policer
peak rate.
DropOth pkts
Specifies other dropped packets.
Clearing ACL statistics
Clear default ACL statistics if you no longer require previous statistics.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to clear default ACL statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
365
Viewing QoS statistics using the ACLI
clear filter acl statistics default [<1-4096>]
Variable definitions
Use the information in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
[<1-4096>]
Specifies the ACL identifier.
Viewing ACE port statistics
View port statistics to ensure that the ACE operates correctly.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view ACE port statistics.
show filter acl statistics port [<1-4096>][<portList>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
[<1-4096>]
Specifies the ACL ID.
[<portList>]
Specifies the ports for which you want to see
statistics.
Job aid: show filter acl statistics port parameters
The following table describes parameters for the show filter acl statistics port
command.
Parameter
Acl ID
366
Description
Specifies the identifier for the ACL.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Clearing ACE for each-port statistics
Parameter
Description
Acl Name
Specifies the name for the ACL.
Acl Type
Specifies the ACL type.
Ace Id
Specifies the ACE identifier.
Port Num
Specifies the port number.
Packets
Specifies the number of packets on the
port.
Bytes
Specifies the number of bytes on the port.
Clearing ACE for each-port statistics
Clear ACE for each-port statistics with the following procedure.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to clear ACE for each-port statistics.
clear filter acl statistics port [<1-4096>][<portList>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use this command.
Variable
Value
[<1-4096>]
Specifies the ACL ID.
[<portList>]
Specifies the ports for which you want to see
statistics.
Clearing traffic filter statistics
Clear traffic filter statistics to delete statistics you no longer require..
Performance Management
September 2011
367
Viewing QoS statistics using the ACLI
Prerequisites
You must log on to the Global Configuration mode in the ACLI.
Procedure steps
Clear the traffic filter statistics by using the following command:
clear ip traffic-filter-statistics [<1-4096>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use the clear command.
Variable
<1-4096>
Value
Specifies the filter ID.
Showing traffic filter statistics
View the filter ID and counter information for all filters that have statistics gathering enabled,
or for a specific filter ID to manage network performance.
Prerequisites
You must log on to the Privileged Exec mode in the ACLI.
Procedure steps
Show traffic filter statistics by using the following command:
368
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing traffic filter statistics
show ip traffic-filter statistics [<1-3071]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use this command.
Variable
Value
Specifies the filter ID.
<1-3071>
Job aid: Output for show ip traffic-filter statistics command
The following table describes parameters for the show ip traffic-filter statistics
command.
Parameter
Description
FILTER ID
Indicates the filter.
FILTER-PKTS
The count of filter packets.
FILTER-OCTETS
The count of filter octets.
TRAFFIC PROFILE DISCARD PKTS
The count of discarded packets.
Performance Management
September 2011
369
Viewing QoS statistics using the ACLI
370
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 58: Viewing multicast statistics
using the ACLI
You can view the following multicast statistics using the ACLI:
Navigation
• Showing PGM retransmission statistics on page 371
• Showing PGM session statistics on page 372
• Showing PGM interface statistics on page 374
• Showing PGM interface NAK statistics on page 375
• Showing PGM interface parity statistics on page 376
Showing PGM retransmission statistics
Display the PGM retransmission statistics to analyze trends.
Procedure steps
Show PGM retransmission statistics using the following command: show ip pgm
retransmit
Procedure job aid: show ip pgm retransmit command
The following table shows the fields for the show ip pgm retransmit command.
Table 17: show ip pgm retransmit command
Parameter
SOURCE PORT
Performance Management
Description
Displays the source port of this retransmit state.
September 2011
371
Viewing multicast statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
Description
GLOBAL ID
Displays the global ID for this entry.
SOURCE
Displays the source IP address for this entry.
GROUP
Displays the destination group address for this entry.
SEQ_NUM TG/CNT
Displays the selected sequence number for this entry.
UPSTREAM CCT
Displays the upstream circuit number from this entry.
DOWNSTREAM
Displays the list of downstream interfaces from this entry.
Showing PGM session statistics
Display the PGM session statistics to analyze trends.
Procedure steps
Show PGM session statistics using the following command: show ip pgm session
Procedure job aid: show ip pgm session command
Use the data in the following table to use the show ip pgm session command.
Table 18: show ip pgm session command
Parameter
372
Description
SOURCE PORT
Displays the source port for this session.
GLOBAL ID
Displays the global ID for this session.
SOURCE
Displays the source IP address for this session.
GROUP
Displays the destination group address for this
session.
UPSTREAM ADDRESS
Displays the IP address of the upstream interface for
this session.
UPSTREAM IF_CCT
Displays the circuit number of the upstream interface
for this session.
TRAIL EDGE SEQ
Displays the trailing edge sequence of the transfer
window.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing PGM session statistics
Parameter
Description
LEAD EDGE SEQ
Displays the leading edge sequence of the transfer
window.
IN SPMS
Displays the number of SPMs received during this
session.
OUT SPMS
Displays the number of SPMs sent out during this
session.
TOTAL RE_XMIT STATES
Displays the total number of retransmit state entries
during this session.
TOTAL RE_XMIT TIMEOUT
Displays the total number of timed out retransmit state
entries during this session.
IN RDATA
Displays the number of RDATA packets received
during this session.
OUT RDATA
Displays the number of RDATA packets sent out during
this session.
IN_RDATA NO_STATE ERORS
Displays the number of RDATA packets discarded
because there was no active session.
UNIQUE NAKS
Displays the number of unique NAKs received during
this session.
IN NAKS
Displays the number of NAKs received during this
session.
OUT NAKS
Displays the number of unique NAKs sent out during
this session.
IN_NAK SEQ ERRORS
Displays the number of NAKs discarded because they
were out of sequence.
IN NNAKS
Displays the number of NNAKs received during this
session.
OUT NNAKS
Displays the number of NNAKs sent out during this
session.
IN NCFS
Displays the number of NCFs received during this
session.
OUT NCFS
Displays the number of NCFs sent out during this
session.
IN_REDIRECTED NCFS
Displays the number of redirected NCFs received
during this session.
IN_PARITY_NAK
Displays the number of parity NAKs received during
this session.
OUT_PARITY_NAK
Displays the number of parity NAKs sent out during
this session.
Performance Management
September 2011
373
Viewing multicast statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
Description
IN_PARITY_RDATA
Displays the number of parity RDATA packets received
during this session.
OUT_PARITY_RDATA
Displays the number of parity RDATA packets sent out
during this session.
IN_PARITY_NCF
Displays the number of parity NCFs received during
this session.
OUT_PARITY_NCF
Displays the number of parity NCFs sent out during
this session.
IN_PARITY_SPM
Displays the number of parity SPMs received during
this session.
OUT_PARITY_SPM
Displays the number of parity SPMs sent out during
this session.
UNIQUE_PARITY_NAKS
Displays the number of unique parity NAKs received
during this session.
Showing PGM interface statistics
Show PGM interface statistics to display general statistics about the selected interface.
Procedure steps
Show PGM interface statistics using the following command: show ip pgm
interface statistics
Procedure job aid: show ip pgm interface stat command
The following table describes the fields for the show ip pgm interface statistics
command.
Parameter
374
Description
CCT
Displays the circuit number of the selected interface.
TOTAL REXMIT STATES
Displays the total number of retransmit state entries for this
interface.
TOTAL REXMIT
TIMEOUT
Displays the total number of timed-out retransmit state entries
for this interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing PGM interface NAK statistics
Parameter
Description
IN SPMS
Displays the number of SPMs received on this interface.
OUT SPMS
Displays the number of SPMs sent from this interface.
IN RDATA
Displays the number of RDATA packets received on this
interface.
OUT RDATA
Displays the number of RDATA packets sent from this
interface.
IN NCFS
Displays the number of NCFs received on this interface.
OUT NCFS
Displays the number of NCFs sent from this interface.
IN REDIRECT NCFS
Displays the number of redirected NCFs received on this
interface.
Showing PGM interface NAK statistics
Show PGM interface NAK statistics to display information about NAK and NNAK on the
selected interface.
Procedure steps
Show PGM interface nak statistics using the following command: show ip pgm
interface statistics nak
Procedure job aid: show ip pgm interface stats nak command
The following table describes the fields for the show ip pgm interface statistics
nak command.
Table 19: show ip pgm interface stat nak command
Parameter
Description
CCT
Displays the circuit number of the selected interface.
UNIQUE_NAKS
Displays the number of unique NAKs received on this interface.
IN_NAKS
Displays the number of NAKs received on this interface.
OUT_NAKS
Displays the number of unique NAKs sent from this interface.
IN_NNAKS
Displays the number of NNAKs received on this interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
375
Viewing multicast statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
OUT_NNAKS
Description
Displays the number of NNAKs sent from this interface.
Showing PGM interface parity statistics
Show PGM interface parity statistics to display parity information about the selected
interface.
Procedure steps
Show PGM interface parity statistics using the following command: show ip pgm
interface stats parity
Procedure job aid: show ip pgm interface stats parity command
The following table describes the fields for the show ip pgm interface stats parity
command.
Table 20: show ip pgm interface stat parity command
Parameter
376
Description
CCT
Displays the circuit number of the selected interface.
IN SPMS
Displays the number of SPMs received on this interface.
OUT SPMS
Displays the number of SPMs sent from this interface.
IN RDATA
Displays the number of RDATA packets received on this interface.
OUT RDATA
Displays the number of RDATA packets sent from this interface.
IN NCFS
Displays the number of NCFs received on this interface.
OUT NCFS
Displays the number of NCFs sent from this interface.
IN NAKS
Displays the number of NAKs received on this interface.
OUT NAKS
Displays the number of unique NAKs sent from this interface.
UNIQUE NAKS
Displays the number of unique NAKs received on this interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 59: Viewing 10GbE statistics using
the ACLI
This section contains the following procedures to view 10 GbE statistics:
Navigation
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN section statistics using the ACLI on page 378
• Viewing 10 GbE current section statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI on
page 379
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN current line statistics using the ACLI on page 380
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN line statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI on page 381
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN far-end line statistics using the ACLI on page 383
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN far-end line statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI on
page 384
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics using the ACLI on page 385
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI on page 386
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN FE path statistics using the ACLI on page 388
• Viewing 10 GbE WAN far-end path statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI on
page 389
• Viewing 10 GbE SONET medium statistics using the ACLI on page 390
Performance Management
September 2011
377
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the ACLI
Prerequisites
Before you can show 10 GbE port statistics, you must enter the configuration mode in the
ACLI for the GbE port for which you want to view statistics.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN section statistics using the ACLI
Show current section statistics on specified ports to ensure the port functions properly.
Procedure steps
To show the current section statistics on specified ports, enter: show port
statistics wis sectioncurrent [1-4094] [portList]
Job aid: Output for show port statistics wis sectioncurrent
The following table describes output for the show port statistics wis
sectioncurrent command.
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
[1-4094]
Specifies the VLAN on which you want to
view statistics.
[portList]
Specifies the port on which you want to view
statistics.
Job aid: Output for show port statistics wis sectioncurrent
The following table describes the output for the show port statistics wis
sectioncurrent command.
378
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE current section statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
SEVERELY
ERRORED FRAMES
(SEFs)
Severely Errored Framing Second (SEFs) is a second containing
one or more SEF events.
STATUS
Status of defects.
Viewing 10 GbE current section statistics at a specified
interval using the ACLI
View current section statistics on specified ports at a specified interval to ensure the interface
functions properly.
Procedure steps
To show the current section statistics on specified ports, enter: show port
statistics wis sectioninterval <1-96>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
<1-96>
Performance Management
Value
Identifies the interval.
September 2011
379
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the ACLI
Job aid: Output for show port statistics wis sectioninterval
The following table describes the output for the show port statistics wis
sectioninterval command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
SEVERELY
ERRORED FRAMES
(SEFs)
Severely Errored Framing Second (SEFs) is a second containing
one or more SEF events.
Interval ID
Identifies the interval.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN current line statistics using the ACLI
View current line statistics on specified ports to ensure the interface functions properly.
Procedure steps
To view current line statistics on specified ports, enter: show port statistics wis
linecurrent
Variable definitions
The the data in the following table to complete this command.
380
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE WAN line statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI
Variable
Value
[1-4094]
Specifies the VLAN on which you want to
view statistics.
[portList]
Specifies the port on which you want to view
statistics.
Job aid: Output for show port statistics wis linecurrent
The following table describes the output for the show port statistics wis
linecurrent command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
SEVERELY
ERRORED FRAMES
(SEFs)
Severely Errored Framing Second (SEFs) is a second containing
one or more SEF events.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
STATUS
Status of defects.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN line statistics at a specified interval
using the ACLI
View current line statistics on specified ports at a specified interval to ensure the interface
functions properly.
Performance Management
September 2011
381
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the ACLI
Procedure steps
To view line statistics at a specified interval, enter: show port statistics wis
lineinterval <1-96>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
Identifies the interval
<1-96>
Job aid: Output for show port statistics wis lineinterval
The following table describes the output for the show port statistics wis
lineinterval command.
Parameter
382
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Interval ID
Identifies the interval.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far-end line statistics using the ACLI
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far-end line statistics using the ACLI
View current FE line statistics on specified ports to ensure the interface functions properly.
Procedure steps
To show current FE line statistics on specified ports, enter: show port statistics
wis felinecurrent
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
<1-4094>
Indicates the VLAN on which you want to
view statistics.
<portList>
Indicates the ports on which you want to view
statistics.
Job aid: Output for the show port statistics wis felinecurrent
command
The following table describes the output for the show port statistics wis
felinecurrent command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
Performance Management
September 2011
383
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
Description
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far-end line statistics at a specified
interval using the ACLI
View current FE line statistics on specified ports at a specified interval to ensure the interface
functions properly.
Procedure steps
To show current FE line statistics on specified ports at a specified interval, enter: show
port statistics wis felineinterval <1-96>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
Identifies the interval
<1-96>
Job aid: Output for show port statistics wis felineinterval
The following table describes the output for the show port statistics wis
felineintervalcommand.
Parameter
384
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
Description
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Interval ID
Identifies the interval.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics using the ACLI
View current path statistics on specified ports to ensure the interface functions properly. The
default Path SES threshold of 2400 corresponds to a situation where 30 per cent of all of the
SPEs being received have parity errors detected through the Path BIP checks.
Procedure steps
To show current path statistics on specified ports, enter: show port statistics
wis pathcurrent
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
<1-4094>
Indicates the VLAN on which you want to
view statistics.
<portList>
Indicates the ports on which you want to view
statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
385
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the ACLI
Job aid: Output for show port statistics wis pathcurrent
The following table describes the output for the show port statistics wis
pathcurrent command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number.
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
STATUS
Status of defects.
WIDTH
Number of defects.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics at a specified interval
using the ACLI
View current path statistics on specified ports at a specified interval to ensure the interface
functions properly.
386
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE WAN path statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI
Procedure steps
To show current path statistics on specified ports at a specified interval, enter: show
port statistics wis pathinterval <1-96>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
Identifies the interval
<1-96>
Job aid: Output for show port statistics wis pathinterval
The following table describes the output for the show port statistics wis
pathinterval command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Interval ID
Identifies the interval.
Performance Management
September 2011
387
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the ACLI
Viewing 10 GbE WAN FE path statistics using the ACLI
View current FE path statistics on specified ports to ensure the interface functions properly.
Procedure steps
To show current FE path statistics on specified ports, enter: show port statistics
wis fepathcurrent
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
<1-4094>
Indicates the VLAN on which you want to
view statistics.
<portList>
Indicates the ports on which you want to view
statistics.
Job aid: Output for show port statistics wis fepathcurrent
The following table describes the output for the show port statistics wis
fepathcurrent command.
Parameter
388
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far-end path statistics at a specified interval using the ACLI
Parameter
Description
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Viewing 10 GbE WAN far-end path statistics at a specified
interval using the ACLI
View FE path statistics on specified ports at a specified interval to ensure the interface functions
properly.
Procedure steps
To show current FE path statistics on specified ports at a specified interval, enter: show
port statistics wis fepathinterval <1-96>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
Identifies the interval
<1-96>
Job aid: Output for show port statistics wis fepathinterval
The following table describes output for the show port statistics wis
fepathinterval command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
Performance Management
September 2011
389
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
Description
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Interval ID
Identifies the interval.
Viewing 10 GbE SONET medium statistics using the ACLI
View current SONET medium statistics on a specified port to ensure the interface functions
properly.
Procedure steps
To show current SONET medium statistics on a specified port, enter: show ports
stats wis sonnetmedium [vlan <value>] [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
390
Value
<1-4094>
Indicates the VLAN on which you want to
view statistics.
<portList>
Indicates the ports on which you want to view
statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing 10 GbE SONET medium statistics using the ACLI
Job aid: Output for show port statistics wis fepathcurrent
The following table describes the output for the show port statistics wis
fepathcurrent command.
Parameter
Description
PORT NUM
Slot and port number
ERRORED
SECONDS COUNT
(ES)
Errored Second (ES) is a second with one or more Coding
Violations or one or more incoming defects, for example, SEF,
LOS, AIS, LOP.
SEVERELY
ERRORED COUNT
(SES)
Severely Errored Second (SES) is a second with x or more Coding
Violations (CV), or a second with at least one or more incoming
defects.
The value of x is defined for a Bit Error Rate (BER) as outlined in
Annex 50A of the IEEE 802.3ae specification. For section BIP
errors, x = 8554; for line BIP errors, x = 9835.
CODE VIOLATION
COUNT (CV-P; CV-S;
CV-L)
Coding Violations (CV) are Bit Interleaved Parity (BIP) errors that
are detected in the incoming signal. CV counters increment for
each BIP error detected.
UNAVAILABLE
SECONDS (UAS)
Number of seconds that the interface is unavailable.
Performance Management
September 2011
391
Viewing 10GbE statistics using the ACLI
392
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 60: Viewing VLAN and Spanning
Tree statistics using the ACLI
You can view the following VLAN and Spanning Tree statistics using the ACLI:
Navigation
• Viewing MSTP statistics using the ACLI on page 393
• Viewing RSTP statistics on page 394
• Viewing RSTP port statistics on page 395
• Viewing MLT statistics on page 396
Viewing MSTP statistics using the ACLI
Display MSTP statistics to see MSTP related bridge-level statistics.
Prerequisites
To complete this procedure, you must log on to privExec configuration mode.
Procedure steps
Display the MSTP related bridge-level statistics using the following command: show
spanning-tree mstp statistics
Job aid: Output for show spanning-tree mstp statistics
The following table describes the output for the show spanning-tree mstp statistics
command.
Performance Management
September 2011
393
Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
Description
MSTP Up Count
The number of times the MSTP Module has
been enabled. A Trap is generated on the
occurrence of this event.
MSTP Down Count
The number of times the MSTP Module has
been disabled. A Trap is generated on the
occurrence of this event.
Region Config Change Count
The number of times the switch detects a
Region Configuration Identifier Change. The
switch generates a trap on the occurrence of
this event.
Time since topology change
The time (in hundredths of a second) since
the TcWhile Timer for any port in this Bridge
was non-zero for Common Spanning Tree
context.
Topology change count
The count of at least one non zero TcWhile
timers on this Bridge for Common Spanning
Tree context.
New Root Bridge Count
The number of times this Bridge has
detected a Root Bridge change for Common
Spanning Tree context. A Trap is generated
on the occurrence of this event.
Viewing RSTP statistics
View Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View RSTP stats with the following command: show spanning-tree rstp
statistics
Job aid: Output for show spanning-tree mstp statistics
The following table describes output for the show spanning-tree mstp statistics
command.
394
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing RSTP port statistics
Parameter
Description
RSTP Up Count
The number of times RSTP Module has been
enabled. A Trap is generated on the
occurence of this event.
RSTP Down Count
The number of times RSTP Module has been
disabled. A Trap is generated on the
occurence of this event.
Count of Root Bridge Changes
The number of times this Bridge has
detected a Root Bridge change for Common
Spanning Tree context.
STP Time since Topology change
The time (in hundredths of a second) since
the "TcWhile" Timer for any port in this Bridge
was non zero for this spanning tree
instance.
Total number of topology changes
The number of times that there have been
atleast one non zero "TcWhile" Timer on this
Bridge for this spanning tree instance.
Viewing RSTP port statistics
View RSTP stats on ports to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View RSTP statistics on a port with the following command: show spanning-tree
rstp port statistics <portlist>
Variable Defintions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
<portlist>
Performance Management
Value
The ports for which you want to view
statistics.
September 2011
395
Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree statistics using the ACLI
Job aid: Output for show spanning-tree rstp port statistics
The following table describes output for the show spanning-tree rstp port
statistics command.
Parameter
Description
RxRstBpduCount
The number of RSTP BPDUs received on
this port.
RxConfigBpduCount
The number of configuration BPDUs
received on this port.
RxTcnBpduCount
The number of TCN BPDUs received on this
port.
TxRstBpduCount
The number of RSTP BPDUs transmitted by
this port.
TxConfigBpduCount
The number of Config BPDUs transmitted by
this port.
TxTcnBpduCount
The number of TCN BPDUs transmitted by
this port.
InvalidRstBpduRxCount
The number of invalid RSTP BPDUs
received on this port. A trap is generated on
the occurrence of this event.
InvalidConfigBpduRx Count
The number of invalid configuration BPDUs
received on this port. A trap is generated on
the occurrence of this event.
InvalidTcnBpduRxCount
The number of invalid TCN BPDUs received
on this port. A trap is generated on the
occurrence of this event.
ProtocolMigrationCount
The number of times this port migrated from
one STP protocol version to another. The
relevant protocols are STP-Compatible and
RSTP. A trap is generated on the occurrence
of this event.
Viewing MLT statistics
View MLT statistics to display MultiLinkTrunking statistics for the switch or for the specified
MLT ID.
396
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing MLT statistics
Prerequisites
You must log on to the Privileged EXEC mode in the ACLI.
Procedure steps
View MLT statistics by using the following command:
show mlt stats <mltid>
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use the show mlt stats <mltid>
command.
Variable
<mltid>
Value
Specifies the MLT ID. The value ranges from
1–256.
Job aid: Output for show mlt stats
The following table describes the output for the show mlt stats <mltid> command.
Parameter
Description
ID IN-OCTETS
The total number of inbound octets of data
(including those in bad packets).
OUT-OCTETS
The total number of outbound octets of
data.
IN-UNICAST
The count of inbound unicast packets.
OUT-UNICAST
The count of outbound unicast packets.
ID IN-MULTICAST
The count of inbound multicast packets.
OUT-MULTICAST
The count of outbound multicast packets.
IN-BROADCAST
The count of inbound broadcast packets.
OUT-BROADCAST
The count of outbound broadcast packets.
MT
The MLT type: E for Ethernet.
Performance Management
September 2011
397
Viewing VLAN and Spanning Tree statistics using the ACLI
398
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 61: Viewing OSPF statistics using
the ACLI
This section contains procedures to view OSPF statistics in the ACLI.
Navigation
• Showing OSPF error statistics on a port on page 399
• Viewing OSPF interface statistics on page 400
• Viewing OSPF range statistics on page 402
• Viewing basic OSPF statistics on a port on page 404
• Showing extended OSPF statistics using the CLI on page 405
Showing OSPF error statistics on a port
Use statistics to help you monitor Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) performance. You can also
use statistics in troubleshooting procedures.
Procedure steps
To display extended information about OSPF errors for the specified port or for all ports,
use the following command:
show interfaces [fastEthernet|GigabitEthernet] error ospf
[<portList>]
Variable definitions
Use the following table to help you use this command.
Performance Management
September 2011
399
Viewing OSPF statistics using the ACLI
Variable
<portList>
Value
<portList> is the port/slot number or a range
of ports.
The following table describes the OSPF error parameters.
Job aid: Output for show ports error ospf command parameters
The following table describes the output for the show interfaces [fastEthernet|
GigabitEthernet] error ospf [<portList>] command.
Parameters
Description
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number.
VERSION MISMATCH
Indicates the number of version mismatches this interface
receives.
AREA MISMATCH
Indicates the number of area mismatches this interface
receives.
AUTHTYPEMISMATCH
Indicates the number of AuthType mismatches this interface
receives.
AUTH FAILURES
Indicates the number of authentication failures.
NET_MASK MISMATCH
Indicates the number of net mask mismatches this interface
receives.
HELLOINT MISMATCH
Indicates the number of hello interval mismatches this interface
receives.
DEADINT MISMATCH
Indicates the number of dead interval mismatches this interface
receives.
OPTION MISMATCH
Indicates the number of options mismatches this interface
receives.
Viewing OSPF interface statistics
Use statistics to help you monitor Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) performance. You can also
use statistics in troubleshooting procedures.
400
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing OSPF interface statistics
Procedure steps
To display OSPF interface statistics, use the following command:
show ip ospf ifstats [mismatch] [vrf <value>] [vrfids <value>]
Variable definitions
Use this table to help you use the show command.
Variable
[mismatch]
Value
mismatch is the number of times the area
ID is not matched.
[vrf <value>]
Specifies a VRF instance by VRF name.
[vrfids <value>]
Specifies a VRF or range of VRFs by ID.
The following table describes the OSPF interface statistics parameters.
Job aid: Output for show ip ospf ifstats
The following table describes the output for the show ip ospf ifstats [mismatch] [detail]
[vrf <value>] [vrfids <value>] command.
Variable
Value
INTERFACE
Indicates the IP address of the host.
HELLOS RX
Indicates the number of hello packets received by this interface.
HELLOS TX
Indicates the number of hello packets transmitted by this
interface.
DBS RX
Indicates the number of database descriptor packets received by
this interface.
DBS TX
Indicates the number of database descriptor packets transmitted
by this interface.
LS REQ
Indicates the number of link state request packets received by this
interface.
LS TX
Indicates the number of link state request packets transmitted by
this interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
401
Viewing OSPF statistics using the ACLI
Variable
Value
LS UDP RX
Indicates the number of link state update packets received by this
interface.
LS UDP TX
Indicates the number of link state update packets transmitted by
this interface.
LS ACK RX
Indicates the number of link state acknowledge packets received
by this interface.
LS ACK TX
Indicates the number of link state acknowledge packets
transmitted by this interface.
VERSION
Indicates the OSPF version.
AREA
Indicates the OSPF area.
AUTHTYPE
Indicates the OSPF authentication type.
AUTHFAIL
The count of authentication fail messages.
NETMASK
Indicates the net mask.
HELLO
The count of Hello messages.
DEADTRR OPTION
The dead TRR option.
Viewing OSPF range statistics
Use statistics to help you monitor Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) performance. You can also
use statistics in troubleshooting procedures. OSPF range statistics include area ID, range
network address, range subnet mask, range flag, and LSDB type.
Procedure steps
To display the OSPF range statistics, use the following command:
show ip ospf stats [vrf <value>] [vrfids <value>]
Variable definitions
Use this table to help you use the show command.
Variable
[vrf <value>]
402
Value
Specifies a VRF instance by VRF name.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing OSPF range statistics
Variable
[vrfids <value>]
Value
Specifies a VRF or range of VRFs by ID.
Job aid: show ip ospf stats command parameters
The following table describes the show command output.
Parameter
Description
NumBufAlloc
Indicates the number of buffers allocated for OSPF.
NumBufFree
Indicates the number of buffers that are freed by the OSPF.
NumBufAllocFail
Indicates the number of times that OSPF failed to allocate
buffers.
NumBufFreeFail
Indicates the number of times that OSPF failed to free buffers.
NumTxPkt
Indicates the number of packets transmitted by OSPF.
NumRxPkt
Indicates the number of packets received by OSPF.
NumTxDropPkt
Indicates the number of packets dropped before transmission
by OSPF.
NumRxDropPkt
Indicates the number of packets dropped before reception by
OSPF.
NumRxBadPkt
Indicates the number of packets received by OSPF that are
bad.
NumSpfRun
Indicates the total number of SPF calculations performed by
OSPF, which also includes the number of partial route table
calculation for incremental updates.
LastSpfRun
Indicates the time (SysUpTime) since the last SPF calculated
by OSPF.
LsdbTblSize
Indicates the number of entries in the link state database
table.
NumAllocBdDDP
Indicates the number of times buffer descriptors were allocated
for OSPF database description packets.
NumFreeBdDDP
Indicates the number of times buffer descriptors were freed after
use as OSPF database description packets.
NumBadLsReq
Indicates the number of bad LSDB requests.
NumSeqMismatch
Indicates the number of mismatches for sequence numbers.
NumOspfRoutes
The count of OSPF routes.
NumOspfAreas
The count of OSPF areas.
Performance Management
September 2011
403
Viewing OSPF statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
Description
NumOspfAdjacencies
The count of Adjacencies.
Viewing basic OSPF statistics on a port
Use statistics to help you monitor Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) performance. You can also
use statistics in troubleshooting procedures.
Procedure steps
To view basic OSPF statistics, use the following command:
show ports statistics ospf main <portList>
Variable definitions
Use the following table to help you use this command.
Variable
<portList>
Value
<portList> is the port/slot number or a range
of ports.
Job aid: Output for show ports statistics ospf main
The following table describes the output for the show ports statistics ospf main
<portList> command.
Table 21: show ports info ospf main command parameters
Variable
404
Value
PORT NUM
Indicates the port number.
RX_HELLO
Indicates the number of hello packets this interface receives.
TX_HELLO
Indicates the number of hello packets this interface transmitted.
RXDB_DESCR
Indicates the number of database descriptor packets this interface
receives.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing extended OSPF statistics using the CLI
Variable
Value
TXDB_DESCR
Indicates the number of database descriptor packets this interface
transmitted.
RXLS_UPDATE
Indicates the number of link state update packets this interface
receives.
TXLS_UPDATE
Indicates the number of link state update packets this interface
transmitted.
Showing extended OSPF statistics using the CLI
Use statistics to help you monitor Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) performance. You can also
use statistics in troubleshooting procedures.
Procedure steps
To display extended OSPF information about the specified port or for all ports, use the
following command:
show ports statistics ospf extended <portList>
Variable definitions
Use the following table to help you use this command.
Variable
<portList>
Value
<portList> is the port/slot number or a range
of ports.
Job aid: Output for show ports statistics ospf extended
The following table describes the output for the show ports statistics ospf extended
<portList> command.
Parameters
PORT_NUM
Performance Management
Description
Indicates the port number.
September 2011
405
Viewing OSPF statistics using the ACLI
Parameters
406
Description
RXLS_REQS
Indicates the number of link state update request packets received
by this interface.
TXLS_REQS
Indicates the number of link state request packets transmitted by this
interface.
RXLS_ACKS
Indicates the number of link state acknowledge packets received by
this interface.
TXLS_ACKS
Indicates the number of link state acknowledge packets transmitted
by this interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 62: Viewing LACP statistics using
the ACLI
View LACP statistics for each port to monitor LACP performance of the port.
Prerequisites
You must log on to the Privileged EXEC mode in the ACLI.
Procedure steps
View LACP statistics information per port by using the following command:
show lacp interface fastethernet/gigabitethernet {slot/port [slot/port]}
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use theshow lacp interface
fastethernet/gigabitethernet {slot/port [-slot/port]} command.
Variable
Value
vid
Shows ports attached to a particular VLAN.
{slot/port [-slot/port]}
Specify the ports.
Performance Management
September 2011
407
Viewing LACP statistics using the ACLI
408
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 63: Viewing MPLS statistics using
the ACLI
This section contains procedures to view multiprotocol layer switching (MPLS) statistics.
Navigation
• Enabling MPLS receive statistics on page 409
• Enabling MPLS transmit statistics on page 410
• Showing MPLS receive statistics on page 410
• Showing MPLS transmit statistics on page 411
• Showing MPLS LDP statistics on page 412
• Viewing MPLS RSVP statistics on page 414
Enabling MPLS receive statistics
You must enable MPLS statistics for received packets before the switch captures receive
statistiscs.
Prerequisites to enabling MPLS receive statistics
You must be in Global Configuration Mode to complete this procedure.
Procedure steps
1. Enter the following command to enable MPLS receive statistics.
mpls statistics receive
2. Enter the following command to define the label number at which the switch begins
collecting receive statistics:
Performance Management
September 2011
409
Viewing MPLS statistics using the ACLI
mpls statistics receive start-label <0-1048575>.
Enabling MPLS transmit statistics
You must enable MPLS statistics for transmitted packets before the switch captures transmitted
statistiscs.
Procedure steps
1. Enter the following command to enable MPLS transmit statistics.
mpls statistics transmit
2. Enter the following command to define the label number at which the switch begins
collecting transmit statistics.
mpls statistics transmit start-label <0-1048575>.
Showing MPLS receive statistics
View statistics for received MPLS packets with the following procedure.
Procedure steps
show mpls statistics receive [label <value>] [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the information in the following table to complete the show mpls statistics receive
[GigabitEthernet <value>] [FastEthernet <value>] [label <value>]
[port <value>] command.
Variable
410
Value
[GigabitEthernet <value>]
Identifies the GigabitEthernet interface for
which you are viewing statistics.
[FastEthernet <value>]
Identifies the FastEthernet interface for
which you are viewing statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing MPLS transmit statistics
Variable
Value
label <value>
The number representing the label at which
you want the switch to start collecting
statistics. Valid values are 0 through
1048575.
[port <value>]
The portlist for MPLS statistics. <slot/port>.
Procedure job aid: Output for the show mpls statistics receive
command
The following table describes parameters for the show mpls statistics receive
command command.
Parameter
Descriptions
Label
Displays the LSP label.
Port
Displays the layer switched path (LSP) port.
Packets
Displays LSP packets.
Showing MPLS transmit statistics
View statistics for transmitted MPLS packets to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
show mpls statistics transmit [FastEthernet <value>] [GigabitEthernet
<value>] [label <value>] [port <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the information in the following table to complete the show mpls statistics
transmit [label <value>] [port <value>] command.
Variable
[GigabitEthernet <value>]
Performance Management
Value
Identifies the GigabitEthernet interface for
which you are viewing statistics.
September 2011
411
Viewing MPLS statistics using the ACLI
Variable
Value
[FastEthernet <value>]
Identifies the FastEthernet interface for
which you are viewing statistics.
label <value>
The number representing the label at which
you want the switch to start collecting
statistics. Valid values are 0 to 1048575.
[port <value>]
The portlist for MPLS statistics. <slot/port>.
Procedure job aid: Output for the show mpls statistics transmit
command
The following table describes parameters for the show mpls statistics transmit
command command.
Parameter
Description
Label
Displays the LSP label.
Port
Displays the layer switched path (LSP) port.
Packets
Displays LSP packets.
Showing MPLS LDP statistics
View MPLS LDP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to show MPLS LDP statistics.
show mpls statistics ldp [Peer IPAddress] [detail]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete the show mpls statistics ldp
command.
412
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing MPLS LDP statistics
Variable
Value
Peer IPAddress
The IP address of the device for which you
want to view statistics.
detail
Displays all captured statistics.
Job aid: show mpls ldp statistics parameters
The following table describes the receive and transmit parameters for the show mpls
statistics ldp command.
Parameter
Description
Hello messages
The count of hello messages.
Initialization messages
The count of initialization messages.
Keep alive messages
The count of keep-alive messages.
Notification messages
The count of notification messages.
Address messages
The count of address messages.
Address withdraw messages
The count of address withdraw messages.
Label mapping messages
The count of label mapping messages.
Label request messages
The count of label request messages.
Label withdraw messages
The count of label withdraw messages.
Label release messages
The count of label release messages.
Label abort messages
The count of label abort messages.
Unknown messages
The count of unknown messages.
Sessions opened
The count of sessions opened messages.
Sessions closed
The count of sessions closed messages.
Sessions rejected-no hello
The count of sessions rejected-no hello.
Sessions rejected-advert
The count of sessions rejected-advert
messages.
Sessions rejected-max PDU
The count of sessions rejected-max PDU
messages.
Sessions rejected-label range
The count of sessions rejected-label range
messages.
Bad LDP ID
The count of bad LDP ID messages.
Bad PDU length
The count of bad PDU length messages.
Performance Management
September 2011
413
Viewing MPLS statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
Description
Bad message length
The count of bad message length
messages.
Bad TLV length
The count of bad TLV length messages.
Malformed TLV value
The count of Malformed TLV value
messages.
Keep alive timer expiry
The count of alive timer expiry messages.
Viewing MPLS RSVP statistics
View MPLS RSVP statistics to manage network performance.
Prerequisites to viewing MPLS RSPV statistics
You must be in privExec Configuration Mode to complete this procedure.
Procedure steps
View MPLS RSVP statistics using the following command:
show mpls statistics rsvp [FastEthernet <value>] [GigabitEthernet <value>]
[label <value>] [vlan <value>]
Variable definitions
Use the information in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
414
Value
[FastEthernet <value>]
Identifies the FastEthernet interface for
which you are viewing statistics.
[GigabitEthernet <value>] [label <value>]
Identifies the GigabitEthernet interface for
which you are viewing statistics.
[vlan <value>]
Identifies the VLAN for which you are viewing
statistics.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Viewing MPLS RSVP statistics
Job aid: Output for the show mpls statistics rsvp command
The following table describes parameters for the show mpls statistics rsvp
[FastEthernet <value>] [GigabitEthernet <value>] [label <value>] [vlan <value>] command.
Parameter
Description
Path
The count of path messages.
PathErr
The count of path error messages.
PathTear
The count of path tear-down messages.
Resv
The count of reserve messages.
ResvErr
The count of reserve error messages.
ResvTear
The count of reserve tear-down messages.
ResvConf
The count of reserve confirmation
messages.
Ack
The count of acknowledgement messages.
SRefresh
The count of summary refresh messages.
Hello Request
The count of hello request messages.
Hello Ack
The count of hello acknowledgement
messages.
Bad Ip Hdr
The count of bad IP Header messages.
Bad RSVP Length
The count of bad RSVP length messages.
Bad RSVP Version
The count of Bad RSVP version messages.
Bad RSVP Checksum
The count of bad RSVP checksum
messages.
Bad RSVP Msg Type
The count of bad RSVP message type
messages.
Bad RSVP Msg Format
The count of bad RSVP message format
messages.
Bad Interface
The count of bad interface messages.
Performance Management
September 2011
415
Viewing MPLS statistics using the ACLI
416
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 64: Viewing EAPoL statistics using
the ACLI
The Avaya Ethernet Routing Switch 8800/8600 provides the following show commands to help you
monitor and troubleshoot your device:
Navigation
• Showing the EAPoL status of the device on page 417
• Showing EAPoL Authenticator statistics on page 417
• Showing Showing EAPoL session statistics on page 421
Showing the EAPoL status of the device
Display the current device configuration.
Prerequisites
You must log on to the Privileged EXEC mode in the ACLI.
Procedure steps
Display the current device configuration by using the following command:
show eapol system
Showing EAPoL Authenticator statistics
Display the Authenticator statistics to manage network performance.
Performance Management
September 2011
417
Viewing EAPoL statistics using the ACLI
Prerequisites
You must log on to the Privileged EXEC mode in the ACLI.
Procedure steps
Display the Authenticator statistics by using the following command:
show eapol auth-stats interface
[<interface-type>] [<interface-id>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show eapol auth-diags interface
command.
Variable
Value
interface-type
Specifies the type of interface displayed
interface-id
Specifies the VLAN for which to show the statistics.
Job aid: Output for show eapol auth-diags interface
The following table describes the output for the show eapol auth-diags interface
command.
Parameter
418
Description
Enter Conn
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions to the Connecting state from any
other state.
Logoff While Conn
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Connected to Disconnected
as a result of receiving an EAPoL-Logoff message.
Enter Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Connecting to
Authenticating as a result of receiving an EAP-Response/
Identity message being received from the Supplicant.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing EAPoL Authenticator statistics
Parameter
Description
Success While Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticating to
Authenticated as a result of the Backend authentication
state machine indicating successful authentication of the
Supplicant.
Timeout While Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticating to Aborting
as a result of the Backend authentication state machine
indicating authentication timeout.
Fail While Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticating to Held as a
result of the Backend authentication state machine
indicating authentication failure.
Reauths While Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticating to Aborting
as a result of a reauthentication request.
Starts While Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticating to Aborting
as a result of an EAPoL-Start message being received from
the Supplicant.
Logoffs While Auth-ing
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticating to Aborting
as a result of an EAPoL-Logoff message being received
from the Supplicant.
Reauths While Authed
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticated to
Connecting as a result of a reauthentication request.
Starts While Authed
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticated to
Connecting as a result of an EAPoL-Start message being
received from the Supplicant.
Logoffs While Authed
Counts the number of times that the Authenticator PAE
state machine transitions from Authenticated to
Disconnected as a result of an EAPoL-Logoff message
being received from the Supplicant.
Bkend Responses
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine sends an Initial-Access
request packet to the Authentication server.
Bkend Access Challenge
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine receives an Initial-Access
challenge packet from the Authentication server.
Bkend OtherReqs ToSupp
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine sends an EAP request
Performance Management
September 2011
419
Viewing EAPoL statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
Description
packet (other than an Identity, Notification, failure, or
success message) to the Supplicant.
420
Bkend NonNak FromSupp
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine receives a response from the
Supplicant to an initial EAP request and the response is
different EAP-NAK.
Bkend Auth Successes
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine receives an EAP-success
message from the Authentication server.
Bkend Auth Fails
Counts the number of times that the Backend
Authentication state machine receives an EAP-failure
message from the Authentication server.
TOTAL RX
Displays the number of valid EAPoL frames of any type
received by this Authenticator.
TOTAL TX
Displays the number of EAPoL frame types of any type
transmitted by this Authenticator.
START RCVD
Displays the number of EAPoL start frames received by this
Authenticator.
LOGOFF RCVD
Displays the number of EAPoL logoff frames received by
this Authenticator.
RESP_ID RCVD
Displays the number of EAPoL Resp/Id frames received by
this Authenticator.
RESP RCVD
Displays the number of valid EAP Response frames (Other
than Resp/Id frames) received by this Authenticator.
REQ_ID TX
Displays the number of EAPoL Req/Id frames that
transmitted by this Authenticator.
REQ TX
Displays the number of EAP Req/Id frames (other than Rq/
Id frames) transmitted by this Authenticator.
INVALID FRAMES
Displays the number of EAPoL frames received by this
Authenticator in which the frame type is not recognized.
LENGTH ERROR
Displays the number of EAPoL frames received by this
Authenticator in which the packet body length field is not
valid.
FRAME VER
Displays the protocol version number in the most recently
received EAPoL frame.
LAST_SRC MAC
Displays the source MAC address in the most recently
received EAPoL frame.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Showing Showing EAPoL session statistics
Showing Showing EAPoL session statistics
View EAPoL session statistics to manage network performance.
Prerequisites
You must log on to the Privileged EXEC mode in the ACLI.
Procedure steps
Display the session statistics by using the following command:
show eapol session interface
[<interface-type>] [<interface-id>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to complete this command.
Variable
Value
interface-type
Specifies the type of interface displayed
interface-id
Specifies the VLAN for which to show the statistics.
Job aid: Output for show eapol session interface
The following table describes the output for the show eapol session interface
command.
Parameter
Description
TOTAL OCTETS RCVD
Displays the number of octets received in user data frames
on this port during the session.
TOTAL OCTETS TXMT
Displays the number of octets transmitted in user data frames
on this port during the session.
Performance Management
September 2011
421
Viewing EAPoL statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
422
Description
TOTAL FRAMES RCVD
Displays the number of user data frames received on this port
during the session.
TOTAL FRAMES TXMT
Displays the number of user data frames transmitted on this
port during the session.
SESSION ID
Displays a unique identifier for the session that is at least three
characters.
AUTHENTIC METHOD
Displays the authentication method (remote or local RADIUS
server) used to establish the session.
SESSION TIME
Displays the duration of the session (in seconds).
TERMINATE CAUSE
Displays the reason the session terminated.
USER NAME
Displays the user name of the Supplicant PAE.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 65: Viewing RADIUS statistics
using the ACLI
You cannot collect the following network statistics from a console port: the number of input and output
packets, and the number of input and output bytes. All other statistics from console ports are available to
assist with debugging.
Prerequisites
• You must log on to the Privileged EXEC mode in the ACLI.
• To clear statistics, you must log on to the Global Configuration mode in the ACLI.
Procedure steps
1. Display current RADIUS server configurations by using the following command:
show radius-server
2. Clear server statistics by using the following command:
clear radius statistics
Procedure job aid: Showing RADIUS server command
fields
The following table shows the field descriptions for this command.
Parameter
Description
RADIUS Server
The IP address of the RADIUS server.
AccessRequests
Number of access-response packets sent to the server; does
not include retransmissions.
Performance Management
September 2011
423
Viewing RADIUS statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
424
Description
AccessAccepts
Number of access-accept packets, valid or invalid, received
from the server.
AccessRejects
Number of access-reject packets, valid or invalid, received from
the server.
BadResponses
Number of invalid access-response packets received from the
server.
PendingRequests
Access-request packets sent to the server that have not yet
received a response, or have timed out.
ClientRetries
Number of authentication retransmissions to the server.
AcctOnRequests
Number of accounting On requests sent to the server.
AcctOffRequests
Number of accounting Off requests sent to the server.
AcctStartRequests
Number of accounting Start requests sent to the server.
AcctStopRequests
Number of accounting Stop requests sent to the server.
AcctInterimRequests
Number of accounting Interim Requests sent to the server.
The AcctInterimRequests counter increments only if the
parameter acct-include-cli-commands is set to true.
AcctBadResponses
Number of Invalid Responses from the server that are
discarded.
AcctPendingRequests
Number of requests waiting to be sent to the server.
AcctClientRetries
Number of retries made to this server.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 66: Viewing DHCP relay statistics
using the ACLI
Show DHCP relay information to view DHCP parameter information for one port, for all ports, or for a
VLAN.
Prerequisites
Access privExec configuration mode or VRF Router configuration mode.
Procedure steps
Display statistics about DHCP for a specified port, for all ports, or for a VLAN using the
following command: show interfaces [interface-type] statistics
dhcp-relay [slot/port] [vrf <WORD/0-32>] [vrfids <0-255>]
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to use the show ip dhcp-relay interface
[interface-type] [interface-id] [vrf <WORD 0-64>] [vrfids <0-255>]
command.
Variable
Value
[interface-type] [interfaceid]
The type of interface and the ID of the
interface.
[vrf <WORD 0-64>]
The name of the VRF.
[vrfids <0-255>]
The ID of the VRF and is an integer. The
range is are 0-255.
Performance Management
September 2011
425
Viewing DHCP relay statistics using the ACLI
Procedure job aid: show statistics dhcp-relay command
The following table shows the field descriptions for the show interfaces [interfacetype] statistics dhcp-relay [slot/port] [vrf <WORD 0-64>] [vrfids
<0-255>] command.
Parameter
426
Description
PORT_NUM
Indicates the port number.
NUMREQUEST
Indicates the total number of DHCP requests on this interface.
NUMREPLY
Indicates the total number of DHCP replies on this interface.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 67: Viewing RMON statistics using
the ACLI
View RMON statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
View RMON statistics with the following command:
show rmon stats
Job aid: Output for show rmon stats
The following table describes parameters in the output for the show rmon stats
command.
Parameter
Description
Index
An index that uniquely identifies an entry in
the Ethernet Statistics table.
Port
Identifies the source of the data that this
etherStats entry analyzes.
Owner
The entity that configured this entry and is
therefore using the assign resources.
Performance Management
September 2011
427
Viewing RMON statistics using the ACLI
428
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 68: Viewing PCAP statistics using
the ACLI
View PCAP statistics to manage network performance.
Procedure steps
Enter the following command to view PCAP statistics:show pcap stats
See the following table for more information.
Job aid: Output for show pcap stats
The following table describes parameters for the show pcap stats command.
Parameter
Packet Capacity Count
Description
The maximum number of packets that
currently can be stored in the PCAP engine
buffer. Reset-stat does not reset this value.
Number of packets received in PCAP engine The number of packets currently in the PCAP
engine buffer. When buffer-wrap occurs, the
value is set to 0 and the count starts again.
Important:
When buffer-wrap occurs, the second field
is set to 0 and the third field is not set to
zero. From the capture log, the user can
determine how many times buffer-wrap
occurred.
Number of packets accumulated in PCAP
engine
This is the number of packets accumulated
in the PCAP engine.
Important:
When buffer-wrap occurs, the second field
is set to 0 and the third field is not set to
zero. From the capture log, the user can
Performance Management
September 2011
429
Viewing PCAP statistics using the ACLI
Parameter
Description
determine how many times buffer-wrap
occurred.
Number of packets dropped in PCAP engine The number of packets dropped when
by filters
ingress packets match the filter criteria and
the PCAP action is set to drop.
Number of packets dropped in Hardware
430
The number of packets dropped by the
PCAP engine hardware when the amount of
packets being forwarded cannot be
processed.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 69: Viewing MSDP statistics using
the ACLI
clear statistics counters for one or all of the Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) peers without
resetting the sessions.
Procedure steps
Clear statistics counters for one or all of the MSDP peers by using the following
command:
clear ip msdp statistics {A.B.C.D}
Variable definitions
Use the data in the following table to help you use the clear ip msdp statistics
command.
Variable
peer address {A.B.C.D}
Performance Management
Value
The IP address of the MSDP peer.
September 2011
431
Viewing MSDP statistics using the ACLI
432
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 70: RMON alarm variables
RMON alarm variables are divided into three categories. Each category has subcategories.
The following table lists the alarm variable categories and provides a brief variable description.
Table 22: RMON alarm variables
Category
Subcategory
Security
Errors
Interface
Performance Management
Variable
Definition
rcCliNumAccessViolations.0
The number of CLI access
violations detected by the
system.
rcWebNumAccessBlocks.0
The number of accesses the
Web server blocked.
snmpInBadCommunityNames.0
The number of SNMP
messages delivered to the
SNMP protocol entity that
represented an SNMP operation
not allowed by the SNMP
community named in the
message.
ifInDiscards
The number of inbound packets
discarded, to prevent the
packets being delivered to a
higher-layer protocol, though no
errors were detected. One
possible reason for discarding a
packet is to free buffer space.
ifInErrors
For packet-oriented interfaces,
the number of inbound packets
that contained errors preventing
them from being delivered to a
higher-layer protocol. For
character-oriented or fixedlength interfaces, the number of
inbound transmission units that
contained errors, preventing
them from being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol.
ifOutDiscards
The number of outbound
packets discarded, to prevent
the packets being transmitted,
even though no errors were
September 2011
433
RMON alarm variables
Category
Subcategory
Variable
Definition
detected. One possible reason
for discarding such a packet is to
free buffer space.
Ethernet
434
ifOutErrors
For packet-oriented interfaces,
the number of outbound packets
that were not transmitted
because of errors. For
character-oriented or fixedlength interfaces, the number of
outbound transmission units
that were not transmitted
because of errors.
dot3StatsAlignmentErrors
A count of frames received on a
particular interface that are not
an integral number of octets in
length and do not pass the
Frame Check Sequence (FCS)
check. The count represented
by an instance of this object
increments when the
alignmentError status is
returned by the MAC service to
the LLC (or other MAC user).
Received frames for which
multiple error conditions exist
are, according to the
conventions of IEEE 802.3
Layer Management, counted
exclusively according to the
error status presented to the
LLC.
dot3StatsFCSErrors
A count of frames received on a
particular interface that are an
integral number of octets in
length but do not pass the FCS
check. The count represented
by an instance of this object
increments when the
frameCheckError status is
returned by the MAC service to
the LLC (or other MAC user).
Received frames for which
multiple error conditions occur
are, according to the
conventions of IEEE 802.3
Layer Management, counted
exclusively according to the
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Category
Subcategory
Variable
Definition
error status presented to the
LLC.
Performance Management
dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames
A count of successfully
transmitted frames on a
particular interface where
transmission is inhibited by
exactly one collision. A frame
that is counted by an instance of
this object is also counted by the
corresponding instance of either
the ifOutUcastPkts object, the
ifOutMulticastPkts object, or the
ifOutBroadcastPkts object, and
is not counted by the
corresponding instance of the
dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFram
es object.
dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames
A count of successfully
transmitted frames on a
particular interface where
transmission is inhibited by
more than one collision. A frame
that is counted by an instance of
this object is also counted by the
corresponding instance of either
the ifOutUcastPkts,
ifOutMulticastPkts, or
ifOutBroadcastPkts object, and
is not counted by the
corresponding instance of the
dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrame
s object.
dot3StatsSQETestErrors
A count of times that the SQE
TEST ERROR message is
generated by the PLS sublayer
for a particular interface. The
SQE TEST ERROR message is
defined in section 7.2.2.2.4 of
ANSI/IEEE 802.3-1985 and its
generation is described in
section 7.2.4.6 of the same
document.
dot3StatsDeferredTransmissions
A count of frames for which the
first transmission attempt on a
particular interface is delayed
because the medium is busy.
The count represented by an
September 2011
435
RMON alarm variables
Category
Subcategory
Variable
Definition
instance of this object does not
include frames involved in
collisions.
436
dot3StatsLateCollisions
The number of times that a
collision is detected on a
particular interface later than
512 bit-times into the
transmission of a packet; 512
bit-times corresponds to 51.2
microseconds on a 10 Mb/s
system. A (late) collision
included in a count represented
by an instance of this object is
also considered as a (generic)
collision for purposes of other
collision-related statistics.
dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions
A count of frames where the
transmission on a particular
interface fails due to excessive
collisions.
dot3StatsInternalMacTransmitErrors
A count of frames where the
transmission on a particular
interface fails due to an internal
MAC sublayer transmit error. A
frame is only counted by an
instance of this object if it is not
counted by the corresponding
instance of either the
dot3StatsLateCollisions object,
the
dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions
object, or the
dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors
object.
The precise meaning of the
count represented by an
instance of this object is
implementation specific. In
particular, an instance of this
object can represent a count of
transmission errors on a
particular interface that are not
otherwise counted.
dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors
The number of times the carrier
sense condition was lost or
never asserted when the switch
attempted to transmit a frame on
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Category
Subcategory
Variable
Definition
a particular interface. The count
represented by an instance of
this object increments at most
once for each transmission
attempt, even if the carrier
sense condition fluctuates
during a transmission attempt.
Performance Management
dot3StatsFrameTooLongs
A count of frames received on a
particular interface that exceeds
the maximum permitted frame
size. The count represented by
an instance of this object
increments when the
frameTooLong status is returned
by the MAC service to the LLC
(or other MAC user). Received
frames for which multiple error
conditions obtained are,
according to the conventions of
IEEE 802.3 Layer Management,
counted exclusively according
to the error status presented to
the LLC.
dot3StatsInternalMacReceiveErrors
A count of frames where the
transmission on a particular
interface fails due to an internal
MAC sublayer transmit error. A
frame is counted by an instance
of this object ony if it is not
counted by the corresponding
instance of either the
dot3StatsLateCollisions object,
the
dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions
object, or the
dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors
object.
The precise meaning of the
count represented by an
instance of this object is
implementation-specific. In
particular, an instance of this
object can represent a count of
transmission errors on a
particular interface that are not
otherwise counted.
September 2011
437
RMON alarm variables
Category
Subcategory
IP
438
Variable
Definition
ipInHdrErrors.0
The number of input datagrams
discarded due to errors in the
datagram IP headers, including
bad checksums, version
number mismatch, other format
errors, time-to-live exceeded,
and errors discovered in
processing IP options.
ipInDiscards.0
The number of discarded input
IP datagrams where no
problems were encountered to
prevent continued processing.
An example of why they were
discarded can be lack of buffer
space. This counter does not
include any datagrams
discarded while awaiting
reassembly.
ipOutDiscards.0
The number of output IP
datagrams where no problems
were encountered to prevent
transmission to the destination,
but that were discarded (for
example, for lack of buffer
space). This counter includes
datagrams counted in
ipForwDatagrams if packets
meet this (discretionary) discard
criterion.
ipFragFails.0
The number of IP datagrams
discarded because they needed
to be fragmented at this entity
but were not, for example,
because the Don't Fragment
flag was set.
ipReasmFails.0
The number of failures detected
by the IP reassembly algorithm
(for whatever reason: timed out,
errors, and so forth). This is not
necessarily a count of discarded
IP fragments because some
algorithms (notably the
algorithm in RFC 815) can lose
track of the number of fragments
by combining them as they are
received.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Category
Subcategory
MLT
Performance Management
Variable
Definition
icmpInParmProbs.0
The number of ICMP In
parameter problem (ICMP type
12) messages received.
icmpOutParmProbs.0
The number of ICMP Out
parameter problem (ICMP type
12) messages received.
rcStatMltEtherAlignmentErrors
The number of frames received
on an MLT that are not an
integral number of octets in
length, but do not pass the FCS
check.
rcStatMltEtherFCSErrors
The number of frames received
on an MLT that are an integral
number of octets in length, but
do not pass the FCS check.
rcStatMltEtherSingleCollFrames
The number of successfully
transmitted frames on a
particular MLT where
transmission is inhibited by
exactly one collision.
rcStatMltEtherMultipleCollFrames
The number of successfully
transmitted frames on a
particular MLT where
transmission is inhibited by
more than one collision.
rcStatMltEtherSQETestError
A count of times that the SQE
TEST ERROR message is
generated by the PLS sublayer
for a particular MLT.
rcStatMltEtherDeferredTransmiss
A count of frames where the first
transmission attempt on a
particular MLT is delayed
because the medium is busy.
The count represented by an
instance of this object.
rcStatMltEtherLateCollisions
The number of times that a late
collision is detected on a
particular MLT later than 512 bittimes into the transmission of a
packet; 512-bit-times
corresponds to 51.2microseconds on a 10 Mb/s
system.
September 2011
439
RMON alarm variables
Category
440
Subcategory
Variable
Definition
rcStatMltEtherExcessiveCollis
The number of times that
excessive collisions are
detected on a particular MLT
later than 512 bit-times into the
transmission of a packet; 512
bit-times corresponds to 51.2
microseconds on a 10-Mb/s
system.
rcStatMltEtherMacTransmitError
A count of frames where the
transmission on a particular MLT
fails due to an internal MAC
sublayer transmit error. A frame
is counted by an instance of this
object only if it is not counted by
the corresponding instance of
either the LateCollisions object,
the ExcessiveCollisions object,
or the CarrierSenseErrors
object.
rcStatMltEtherCarrierSenseError
The number of times the carrier
sense condition was lost or
never asserted during an
attempt to transmit a frame on a
particular MLT. The count
represented by an instance of
this object increments at most
once for each transmission
attempt, even if the carrier
sense condition fluctuates
during a transmission attempt.
rcStatMltEtherFrameTooLong
A count of frames received on a
particular MLT that exceeds the
maximum permitted frame size.
The count represented by an
instance of this object
increments when the
frameTooLong status is returned
by the MAC service to the LLC
(or other MAC user).
rcStatMltEtherMacReceiveError
A count of frames for which
reception on a particular MLT
fails due to an internal MAC
sublayer receive error. A frame
is only counted by an instance of
this object if it is not counted by
the corresponding instance of
either the FrameTooLongs
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Category
Subcategory
Variable
Definition
object, the AlignmentErrors
object, or the FCSErrors object.
Other
Traffic
Interface
Performance Management
rcTblArNoSpace
The number of entries not added
to the address translation table
due to lack of space.
snmpInAsnParseErrs.0
The number of ASN.1 or BER
errors encountered by the
SNMP protocol entity when it
decodes received SNMP
messages.
rcStgPortInBadBpdus
The number of bad BPDUs
received by this port.
dot1dTpPortInDiscards
Count of valid frames received
that were discarded (that is,
filtered) by the forwarding
process.
rip2ifStatRcvBadPackets
The number of routes in valid
RIP packets that were ignored
for any reason.
rip2ifStatRcvBadRoutes
The number of RIP response
packets received by the RIP
process that were subsequently
discarded for any reason.
rcStatOspfBufferAllocFailures.0
The number of times that OSPF
failed to allocate buffers.
rcStatOspfBufferFreeFailures.0
The number of times that OSPF
failed to free buffers.
ifInOctets
The number of octets received
on the interface, including
framing characters.
ifInMulticastPkts
The number of packets,
delivered by this sublayer to a
higher sublayer, that are
addressed to a multicast
address at this sublayer. For a
MAC layer protocol, this number
includes both Group and
Functional addresses.
ifInBroadcastPkts
The number of packets,
delivered by this sublayer to a
higher (sub) layer, that are
addressed to a broadcast
address at this sublayer.
September 2011
441
RMON alarm variables
Category
Subcategory
RmonEther
Stats
442
Variable
Definition
ifInUnkownProtos
For packet-oriented interfaces,
the number of packets received
through the interface that are
discarded because of an
unknown or unsupported
protocol. For character-oriented
or fixed-length interfaces that
support protocol multiplexing,
the number of transmission units
received through the interface
that are discarded because of
an unknown or unsupported
protocol. For any interface that
does not support protocol
multiplexing, this counter is
always 0.
ifOutOctets
The number of octets
transmitted from the interface,
including framing characters.
ifOutMulticastPkts
The number of packets that
higher-level protocols requested
be transmitted, and that are
addressed to a multicast
address at this sublayer
including those that are
discarded or not sent. For a
MAC layer protocol, this
includes both Group and
Functional addresses.
ifoutBroadcastPkts
The number of packets that
higher level protocols requested
transmitted, and that were
addressed to a broadcast
address at this sublayer,
including those discarded or not
sent.
ifLastChange
The value of sysUpTime at the
time the interface entered its
current operational state. If the
current state was entered prior
to the last reinitialization of the
local network management
subsystem, this object contains
a value of zero.
etherStatsOctets
The number of octets of data
(including those in bad packets)
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Category
Subcategory
Variable
Definition
received on the network
(excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets). Use this
object as a reasonable estimate
of Ethernet utilization. For
greater precision, sample the
etherStatsPkts and
etherStatsOctets objects before
and after a common interval.
Performance Management
etherStatsPkts
The number of packets
(including bad packets,
broadcast packets, and
multicast packets) received.
etherStatsBroadcastPkts
The number of good packets
received that are directed to the
broadcast address. This number
does not include multicast
packets.
etherStatsMulticastPkts
The number of good packets
received that are directed to a
multicast address. This number
does not include packets
directed to the broadcast
address.
etherStatsCRCAlignErrors
The number of packets received
that had a length (excluding
framing bits, but including FCS
octets) of 64 to 1518 octets,
inclusive, but had either a bad
Frame Check Sequence (FCS)
with an integral number of octets
(FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a
nonintegral number of octets
(Alignment Error).
etherStatsUndersizePkts
The number of packets received
that are less than 64 octets long
(excluding framing bits, but
including FCS octets) and were
otherwise well formed.
etherStatsOversizePkts
The number of packets received
that are longer than 1518 octets
(excluding framing bits, but
including FCS octets) and were
otherwise well formed.
September 2011
443
RMON alarm variables
Category
Subcategory
IP
444
Variable
Definition
etherStatsFragments
The number of packets received
that are less than 64 octets in
length (excluding framing bits
but including FCS octets) and
had either a bad Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) with an integral
number of octets (FCS Error) or
a bad FCS with a nonintegral
number of octets (Alignment
Error).
It is normal for
etherStatsFragments to
increment because it counts
both runts (which are normal
occurrences due to collisions)
and noise hits.
etherStatsCollisions
The best estimate of the total
number of collisions on this
Ethernet segment.
ipInReceives.0
All incoming IP packets.
ipInAddrErrors.0
The number of bad IP
destination addresses.
ipForwDatagrams.0
IP packets forwarded.
ipInUnknownProtos.0
Number of unsupported IP
protocols.
ipInDelivers.0
The number of IP In packets
delivered.
ipOutRequests.0
The number of IP datagrams
that local IP user protocols
supplied to IP in request for
transmission.
ipOutNoRoutes.0
The number of IP datagrams
discarded because no route was
found to transmit to the
destination.
ipFragOKs.0
The number of IP datagrams
successfully fragmented.
ipFragCreates.0
The number of IP datagram
fragments generated as a result
of fragmentation.
ipReasmReqds.0
The number of requests to
reassemble fragments.
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Category
Subcategory
ICMP
Performance Management
Variable
Definition
ipReasmOKs.0
The number of fragments
reassembled successfully.
IcmpInSrcQuenchs.0
The number of ICMP Source
Quench messages received.
icmpInRedirects.0
The number of ICMP redirect
messages.
icmpInEchos.0
The number of ICMP Echo
requests messages received.
icmpInEchosReps.0
The number of ICMP Echo reply
messages received.
icmpInTimeStamps.0
The number of ICMP timestamp
request messages received.
icmpInTimeStampsReps.0
The number of ICMP timestamp
reply messages received.
icmpInAddrMasks.0
The number of ICMP mask
request messages reviewed.
icmpInAddrMasksReps.0
The number of ICMP mask reply
messages reviewed.
icmpInDestUnreachs.0
The number of ICMP
destinations unreachable
messages received.
icmpInTimeExcds.0
The number of ICMP Time
Exceeded messages received.
icmpOutSrcQuenchs.0
The number of ICMP Source
Quench messages sent.
icmpOutRedirects.0
The number of ICMP redirect
messages sent.
icmpOutEchos.0
The number of ICMP Echo
request messages sent.
icmpOutEchosReps.0
The number of ICMP Echo reply
messages sent.
icmpOutTimeStamps.0
The number of ICMP
Timestamp request messages
sent.
icmpOutTimeStampsReps.0
The number of ICMP
Timestamp reply messages
sent.
icmpOutAddrMasks.0
The number of ICMP Address
mask messages sent.
September 2011
445
RMON alarm variables
Category
Subcategory
Snmp
446
Variable
Definition
icmpOutAddrMasksReps.0
The number of ICMP Address
mask reply messages sent.
icmpOutDestUnreachs.0
The number of ICMP destination
unreachable messages sent.
icmpOutTimeExcds.0
The number of ICMP time
exceeded messages sent.
snmpInPkts.0
The number of messages
delivered to the SNMP entity
from the transport service.
snmpOutPkts.0
The number of SNMP
messages passed from the
SNMP protocol entity to the
transport service.
snmpInBadVersions.0
The number of SNMP
messages delivered to the
SNMP protocol entity that were
intended for an unsupported
SNMP version.
snmpInBadCommunityUses.0
The number of SNMP
messages delivered to the
SNMP protocol entity that
represented an SNMP operation
not allowed by the SNMP
community named in the
message.
snmpInTooBigs.0
The number of SNMP PDUs
delivered to the SNMP protocol
entity and for which the value of
the error-status field is tooBig.
snmpInNoSuchNames.0
The number of SNMP PDUs
delivered to the SNMP protocol
entity and for which the value of
the error-status field is
noSuchName.
snmpInBadValues. 0
The number of SNMP PDUs
received that were generated by
the SNMP protocol entity and for
which the value of the errorstatus field is badValue.
snmpInReadOnlys.0
The number of valid SNMP
PDUs delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity and for which the
value of the error-status field is
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Category
Subcategory
Variable
Definition
readOnly. It is a protocol error to
generate an SNMP PDU that
contains the value readOnly in
the error-status field; therefore,
this object is provided as a way
to detect incorrect
implementations of the SNMP.
Performance Management
snmpInGenErrs.0
The number of SNMP PDUs
delivered to the SNMP protocol
entity and for which the value of
the error-status field is genErr.
snmpInTotalReqVars.0
The number of MIB objects
retrieved successfully by the
SNMP protocol entity as the
result of receiving valid SNMP
Get-Request and Get-Next
PDUs.
snmpInTotalSetVars.0
The number of MIB objects
altered successfully by the
SNMP protocol entity as the
result of receiving valid SNMP
Set-Request PDUs.
snmpInGetRequests.0
The number of SNMP GetRequest PDUs accepted and
processed by the SNMP
protocol entity.
snmpInGetNexts.0
The number of SNMP Get-Next
PDUs accepted and processed
by the SNMP protocol entity.
snmpInSetRequests.0
The number of SNMP SetRequest PDUs accepted and
processed by the SNMP
protocol entity.
snmpInGetResponses.0
The number of SNMP GetResponse PDUs accepted and
processed by the SNMP
protocol entity.
snmpInTraps.0
The number of SNMP Trap
PDUs accepted and processed
by the SNMP protocol entity.
snmpOutTooBigs.0
The number of SNMP PDUs
generated by the SNMP
protocol entity and for which the
September 2011
447
RMON alarm variables
Category
Subcategory
Variable
Definition
value of the error-status field is
tooBig.
Bridge
448
snmpOutNoSuchNames.0
The number of SNMP PDUs
generated by the SNMP
protocol entity and for which the
value of the error-status field is
noSuchName.
snmpOutBadValues.0
The number of SNMP PDUs
sent that were generated by the
SNMP protocol entity and for
which the value of the errorstatus field is badValue.
snmpOutGenErrs.0
The number of SNMP PDUs
generated by the SNMP
protocol entity and for which the
value of the error-status field is
genErr.
snmpOutGetRequests.0
The number of SNMP GetRequest PDUs generated by the
SNMP protocol entity.
snmpOutGetNexts.0
The number of SNMP Get-Next
PDUs generated by the SNMP
protocol entity.
snmpOutSetRequests.0
The number of SNMP SetRequest PDUs generated by the
SNMP protocol entity.
snmpOutGetResponses.0
The number of SNMP GetResponse PDUs generated by
the SNMP protocol entity.
snmpOutTraps.0
The number of SNMP Trap
PDUs generated by the SNMP
protocol entity.
rcStgTimeSinceTopologyChange
The time (in hundredths of a
second) since the most recent
topology change was detected
by the bridge entity.
rcStgTopChanges
The number of topology
changes detected by this bridge
since the management entity
was reset or initialized.
rcStgMaxAge
The maximum age, in
hundredths of a second, of
Spanning Tree Protocol
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Category
Subcategory
Variable
Definition
information learned from the
network on any port before it is
discarded. This is the actual
value that this bridge is currently
using.
Performance Management
rcStgPortForwardTransitions
The number of times this port
transitioned from the Learning
state to the Forwarding state.
rcStgPortInConfigBpdus
The number of Config BPDUs
received by this port.
rcStgPortInTcnBpdus
The number of Topology
Change Notification BPDUs
received by this port.
rcStgPortOutConfigBpdus
The number of Config BPDUs
transmitted by this port.
rcStgPortOutTcnBpdus
The number of Topology
Change Notification BPDUs
transmitted by this port.
dot1dTpPortInFrames
The number of frames received
by this port from its segment. A
frame received on the interface
corresponding to this port is
counted by this object only if it is
for a protocol being processed
by the local bridging function,
including bridge management
frames.
dot1dTpPortOutFrames
The number of frames
transmitted by this port to its
segment. A frame transmitted
on the interface corresponding
to this port is counted by this
object only if it is for a protocol
processed by the local bridging
function, including bridge
management frames.
dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards.0
The number of Forwarding
Database entries learned but
discarded due to a lack of space
to store them in the Forwarding
Database. If this counter
increases, it indicates that the
forwarding database is regularly
becoming full (a condition that
September 2011
449
RMON alarm variables
Category
Subcategory
Variable
Definition
has negative performance
effects on the subnetwork). If
this counter has a significant
value but does not increase,
then the problem occurred, but
is not persistent.
Utilization
rcSysCpuUtil.0
Percentage of SF/CPU usage.
rcSysSwitchFabricUtil.0
Percentage of switching fabric
usage.
rcSysBufferUtil.0
Buffer usage as a percentage of
the total amount of buffer space
in the system. A high value
indicates congestion.
rcSysNVRamUsed.0
Nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM) in
use in kilobytes.
rcSysLastChange.0
Last management-initiated
configuration change since
sysUpTime.
rcSysLastVlanChange.0
Last management-initiated
VLAN configuration change
since sysUpTime.
rcSysLastSaveToNVRam.0
SysUpTime of the most recent
time the NVRAM on the SF/CPU
board was written to.
rcSysLastSaveToStandbyNVRam.0
SysUpTime of the most recent
time the standby NVRAM (on
the backup SF/CPU board) was
written to.
rip2GlobalRoute Changes.0
The number of changes made to
the IP Route database by RIP.
rip2GlobalQueries.0
The number of responses sent
to RIP queries from other
systems.
rip2ifStatSentUpdates
The number of triggered RIP
updates actually sent on this
interface.
ospfExternLSACount.0
The number of external (LSA
type 5) link-state
advertisements in the link-state
database.
RIP
OSPF
450
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Category
Subcategory
Igmp
Performance Management
Variable
Definition
ospfOriginateNewLSAs.0
The number of new link-state
advertisements that originated.
The number increments each
time the router originates a new
LSA.
ospfrxNewLSAs.0
The number of link-state
advertisements received that
are determined to be new
installations.
ospfSpfRuns
Indicates the number of SPF
calculations performed by
OSPF.
ospfAreaBdrRtrCount
The number of area border
routers reachable within this
area.
ospfASBdrRtrCount
The number of autonomous
system border routers
reachable within this area.
ospfAreaLSACount
The number of link-state
advertisements in this areas link
state database.
ospfIfState
This signifies a change in the
state of an OSPF virtual
interface.
ospfIfEvents
The number of times this OSPF
interface changed the state or
an error occurred.
ospfVirtIfState
The number of times this OSPF
interface changes its state..
ospfVirtIfEvents
The number of state changes or
error events on this virtual link.
ospfVirtNbrState
The state of the Virtual Neighbor
Relationship.
ospfVirtNbrEvents
The number of times this virtual
link changed the state or an
error occurred.
igmpInterfaceWrongVersions
The number of queries received
whose IGMP version does not
match. IGMP requires that all
routers on the LAN are
configured to run the same
version of IGMP.
September 2011
451
RMON alarm variables
Category
Subcategory
MLT
452
Variable
Definition
igmpInterfaceJoins
The number of times a group
membership was added on this
interface.
igmpInterfaceLeaves
The number of times a group
membership was deleted on this
interface.
rcStatMltIfExtnIfInMulticastPkts
The number of multicast packets
delivered to this MLT interface.
rcStatMltIfExtnIfInBroadcastPkts
The number of broadcast
packets delivered to this MLT
interface.
rcStatMltIfExtnIfOutMulticastPkts
The number of MLT interface
multicast packets delivered to
this MLT interface.
rcStatMltIfExtnIfOutBroadcastPkts
The number of MLT interface
broadcast packets delivered to
this MLT interface.
rcStatMltIfExtnIfHCInOctets
The number of octets received
on this MLT interface including
framing characters detected by
the high-count (64-bit) register.
rcStatMltIfExtnIfHCInUcastPkts
The number of packets
delivered by this MLT interface
to a higher MLT that were not
addressed to a multicast or
broadcast address as detected
by the high-count (64-bit)
register.
rcStatMltIfExtnIfHCInMulticastPkt
The number of multicast packets
delivered to this MLT interface
detected by the high-count (64bit) register.
rcStatMltIfExtnIfHCInBroadcastPkt
The number of broadcast
packets delivered to this MLT
interface detected by the highcount (64-bit) register.
rcStatMltIfExtnIfHCOutOctets
The number of octets
transmitted from the MLT
interface, including framing
characters.
rcStatMltIfExtnIfHCOutUcastPkts
The number of packets
transmitted by this MLT interface
to a higher MLT that were not
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Category
Subcategory
Variable
Definition
addressed to a multicast or
broadcast address as detected
by the high-count (64-bit)
register.
Performance Management
rcStatMltIfExtnIfHCOutMulticast
The number of packets that
higher-level protocols requested
be transmitted, and that were
addressed to a multicast
address at this sublayer,
including those that were
discarded or not sent registered
by the high-count (64-bit)
register.
rcStatMltIfExtnIfHCOutBroadcast
The number of packets that
higher-level protocols requested
be transmitted, and that were
addressed to a broadcast
address at this sublayer,
including those that were
discarded or not sent registered
by the high-count (64-bit)
register.
September 2011
453
RMON alarm variables
454
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Chapter 71: Customer Service
Visit the Avaya Web site to access the complete range of services and support that Avaya provides. Go
to www.avaya.com or go to one of the pages listed in the following sections.
Navigation
• Getting technical documentation on page 455
• Getting product training on page 455
• Getting help from a distributor or reseller on page 455
• Getting technical support from the Avaya Web site on page 456
Getting technical documentation
To download and print selected technical publications and release notes directly from the
Internet, go to www.avaya.com/support.
Getting product training
Ongoing product training is available. For more information or to register, you can access the
Web site at www.avaya.com/support. From this Web site, you can locate the Training contacts
link on the left-hand navigation pane.
Getting help from a distributor or reseller
If you purchased a service contract for your Avaya product from a distributor or authorized
reseller, contact the technical support staff for that distributor or reseller for assistance.
Performance Management
September 2011
455
Customer Service
Getting technical support from the Avaya Web site
The easiest and most effective way to get technical support for Avaya products is from the
Avaya Technical Support Web site at www.avaya.com/support.
456
Performance Management
September 2011
Comments? infodev@avaya.com
Download PDF